{"title":"PSB Speakers | Vinyl Sound Buffalo, NY USA","description":"\u003cp\u003eVinyl Sound is an authorized PSB Speakers dealer in Buffalo, New York, carrying the full PSB speaker lineup for residential, home theater, and architectural audio installations across the continental United States with free shipping. PSB — founded in Canada by acoustic engineer Paul Barton and developed in collaboration with the National Research Council of Canada — has spent more than four decades applying psychoacoustic research and anechoic chamber measurement to loudspeaker design, producing speakers that are consistently recognized for accurate tonal balance, wide dispersion, and low distortion across their full product range. Every PSB speaker sold at Vinyl Sound Buffalo is a genuine authorized product backed by PSB's manufacturer warranty and Vinyl Sound's customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB speaker collection at Vinyl Sound includes architectural in-ceiling and in-wall speakers across multiple performance tiers: the CS650, CS630, CS610, CS605, CS850, CS810, and CS805 in-ceiling models spanning 6.5-inch and 8-inch driver sizes, with open-back designs, LR4 crossovers, titanium and aluminum dome tweeters, and carbon-filled or fiber-filled polypropylene woofers; the W-LCR and C-LCR in-wall and angled in-ceiling speakers for left-center-right home theater channel installation; and the CS AIC 860 angled in-ceiling speaker for off-axis listening positions where a standard vertical installation cannot aim the tweeter toward the listening area. All PSB in-ceiling and in-wall speakers include both round and square magnetic frameless grilles and are compatible with new construction brackets and acoustic backcans available separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePSB's outdoor and on-wall speaker collection at Vinyl Sound includes the CS500 and CS1000 Universal In-Outdoor speakers rated for outdoor and semi-outdoor installation, and the PWM series on-wall home theater speakers — the PWM3 seven-driver flagship, the PWM2 five-driver mid-series model, the PWM1 three-driver entry model, and the PWM Sat compact Synchrony-platform satellite — all sharing a 3.38-inch cabinet depth and available in satin black or satin white for horizontal or vertical wall mounting in home theater L\/C\/R and surround configurations. The PSB iQ2 BluOS streaming powered speaker pair is also available at Vinyl Sound for customers building wireless multi-room audio systems using the BluOS ecosystem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePSB's architectural subwoofer systems at Vinyl Sound include the CSIW SUB28 dual 8-inch in-wall sealed subwoofer, the CSIW SUB10 10-inch new-construction in-wall subwoofer with PMI foam sandwich cone and rubber-isolated stud beam mounting, and the CSIR SUB 10-inch slim in-room passive subwoofer with IsoAcoustics isolators and included wall bracket and floor stand. All three passive subwoofer enclosures are designed to pair with the PSB CS 500W 500-watt DSP subwoofer amplifier, which includes predefined EQ profiles calibrated for each PSB passive sub. PSB's SubSeries powered subwoofers — the BP12, BP8, and BP7 — offer self-contained amplified bass for home theater and stereo systems without a separate subwoofer amplifier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePSB's headphone and personal audio collection at Vinyl Sound includes the M4U 9 wireless active noise cancelling headphones with aptX Adaptive Bluetooth and HDMI eARC, the M4U 8 MKII wireless ANC headphones with Audiodo Personal Sound personalization and aptX HD, and the M4U TWM true wireless planar earphones using Magneto-Static driver technology for audiophile-grade sound in a fully wireless form factor. All PSB M4U headphones are compatible with the PSB mobile app for personalized hearing profile calibration and EQ adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eVinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York serves customers across Western New York and ships all PSB speakers and audio equipment free of charge to any address in the continental United States. Whether you are building a new home theater in Buffalo, upgrading an existing in-ceiling speaker installation, specifying PSB for a custom audio project, or selecting PSB headphones for personal listening, Vinyl Sound carries the full PSB catalog with the product knowledge to match the right model to your installation. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo by phone or email to discuss any PSB speaker, subwoofer, amplifier, or headphone in this collection.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"psb-synchrony-t800-tower-speakers","title":"PSB Synchrony T800 Tower Speakers","description":"\u003ch2 bis_size='{\"x\":12,\"y\":9,\"w\":560,\"h\":58,\"abs_x\":12,\"abs_y\":9}'\u003ePSB Synchrony T800 Tower Loudspeakers at Vinyl Sound Buffalo NY\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp bis_size='{\"x\":12,\"y\":78,\"w\":560,\"h\":254,\"abs_x\":12,\"abs_y\":78}'\u003eThe PSB Synchrony T800 is the flagship tower loudspeaker of PSB's Synchrony Series, representing the pinnacle of acoustic engineering from one of Canada's most respected loudspeaker manufacturers. Available at Vinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York, the T800 is a transitional three-way bass reflex design incorporating a 1\" titanium dome tweeter, a 5¼\" carbon fibre midrange driver, and three 8\" carbon fibre woofers mounted in individually-tuned chambers with triple rear-firing ports. The Synchrony T800 delivers a full-range frequency response of 21Hz to 23,000Hz (±3dB), a sensitivity of 89dB anechoic (91dB in-room), and a nominal impedance of 4 ohms, making it compatible with a wide range of high-current audiophile amplifiers. The Synchrony T800 is part of Vinyl Sound Buffalo's full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vinylsound.com\/collections\/speakers\" bis_size='{\"x\":12,\"y\":255,\"w\":138,\"h\":19,\"abs_x\":12,\"abs_y\":255}'\u003eloudspeaker collection\u003c\/a\u003e, which includes bookshelf, floorstanding, and centre channel speakers from leading audiophile brands. IsoAcoustics GAIA II isolation feet are included as standard, integrated into custom outrigger stabilizers to decouple the cabinet from the floor and minimize mechanical energy feedback into the enclosure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 bis_size='{\"x\":12,\"y\":349,\"w\":560,\"h\":29,\"abs_x\":12,\"abs_y\":349}'\u003eDriver Configuration and Crossover Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp bis_size='{\"x\":12,\"y\":389,\"w\":560,\"h\":235,\"abs_x\":12,\"abs_y\":389}'\u003eThe PSB Synchrony T800 employs a transitional three-way driver array engineered for coherent, low-distortion reproduction across the full audio spectrum. The 1\" titanium dome tweeter with ferrofluid cooling handles high-frequency reproduction from 1,800Hz upward, crossed over using a Linkwitz-Riley 4th-order network for precise phase and amplitude alignment at the crossover points. The 5¼\" cast basket carbon fibre midrange driver with rubber surround covers the critical vocal and instrument range from 450Hz to 1,800Hz, while three 8\" cast basket carbon fibre woofers with rubber surrounds, each housed in a discrete, individually-tuned chamber, reproduce bass frequencies down to a measured LF cutoff of 20Hz. The crossover employs polypropylene film capacitors and oxygen-free copper wiring throughout. Triple five-way gold-plated binding posts support tri-wiring and tri-amplification configurations, and two included port plugs allow bass tuning to suit different room acoustics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 bis_size='{\"x\":12,\"y\":640,\"w\":560,\"h\":29,\"abs_x\":12,\"abs_y\":640}'\u003eCabinet Construction and Isolation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp bis_size='{\"x\":12,\"y\":680,\"w\":560,\"h\":176,\"abs_x\":12,\"abs_y\":680}'\u003eThe Synchrony T800 cabinet is constructed from acoustically inert MDF with aluminum-clad front baffles to maximize rigidity and reduce baffle resonance. Each of the three woofers occupies a discrete, subdivided internal chamber with its own rear-firing port, eliminating inter-driver coupling and minimizing standing waves within the enclosure. The cabinet is available in Satin Walnut Veneer and High Gloss Black finishes, with magnetically-mounted acoustically transparent fabric grilles included. The outrigger stabilizer base integrates IsoAcoustics GAIA II feet as standard, providing effective decoupling from the listening room floor at no additional cost — a feature that distinguishes the T800 from competing tower loudspeakers at its price point.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 bis_size='{\"x\":12,\"y\":872,\"w\":560,\"h\":29,\"abs_x\":12,\"abs_y\":872}'\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable bis_size='{\"x\":12,\"y\":912,\"w\":560,\"h\":647,\"abs_x\":12,\"abs_y\":912}'\u003e\n\u003ctbody bis_size='{\"x\":15,\"y\":915,\"w\":554,\"h\":641,\"abs_x\":15,\"abs_y\":915}'\u003e\n\u003ctr bis_size='{\"x\":15,\"y\":915,\"w\":554,\"h\":43,\"abs_x\":15,\"abs_y\":915}'\u003e\n\u003cth bis_size='{\"x\":15,\"y\":915,\"w\":149,\"h\":43,\"abs_x\":15,\"abs_y\":915}'\u003eFrequency Response (±3dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd bis_size='{\"x\":166,\"y\":915,\"w\":402,\"h\":43,\"abs_x\":166,\"abs_y\":915}'\u003e21Hz – 23,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr bis_size='{\"x\":15,\"y\":961,\"w\":554,\"h\":43,\"abs_x\":15,\"abs_y\":961}'\u003e\n\u003cth bis_size='{\"x\":15,\"y\":961,\"w\":149,\"h\":43,\"abs_x\":15,\"abs_y\":961}'\u003eFrequency Response (±1½dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd bis_size='{\"x\":166,\"y\":961,\"w\":402,\"h\":43,\"abs_x\":166,\"abs_y\":961}'\u003e24Hz – 20,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr bis_size='{\"x\":15,\"y\":1006,\"w\":554,\"h\":23,\"abs_x\":15,\"abs_y\":1006}'\u003e\n\u003cth bis_size='{\"x\":15,\"y\":1006,\"w\":149,\"h\":23,\"abs_x\":15,\"abs_y\":1006}'\u003eOff Axis 30° (±1½dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd bis_size='{\"x\":166,\"y\":1006,\"w\":402,\"h\":23,\"abs_x\":166,\"abs_y\":1006}'\u003e30Hz – 10,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr bis_size='{\"x\":15,\"y\":1031,\"w\":554,\"h\":23,\"abs_x\":15,\"abs_y\":1031}'\u003e\n\u003cth bis_size='{\"x\":15,\"y\":1031,\"w\":149,\"h\":23,\"abs_x\":15,\"abs_y\":1031}'\u003eLF Cutoff\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd bis_size='{\"x\":166,\"y\":1031,\"w\":402,\"h\":23,\"abs_x\":166,\"abs_y\":1031}'\u003e20Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr bis_size='{\"x\":15,\"y\":1057,\"w\":554,\"h\":23,\"abs_x\":15,\"abs_y\":1057}'\u003e\n\u003cth bis_size='{\"x\":15,\"y\":1057,\"w\":149,\"h\":23,\"abs_x\":15,\"abs_y\":1057}'\u003eSensitivity (Anechoic)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd bis_size='{\"x\":166,\"y\":1057,\"w\":402,\"h\":23,\"abs_x\":166,\"abs_y\":1057}'\u003e89dB \/ 1W \/ 1m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr bis_size='{\"x\":15,\"y\":1083,\"w\":554,\"h\":43,\"abs_x\":15,\"abs_y\":1083}'\u003e\n\u003cth bis_size='{\"x\":15,\"y\":1083,\"w\":149,\"h\":43,\"abs_x\":15,\"abs_y\":1083}'\u003eSensitivity (Listening Room)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd bis_size='{\"x\":166,\"y\":1083,\"w\":402,\"h\":43,\"abs_x\":166,\"abs_y\":1083}'\u003e91dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr bis_size='{\"x\":15,\"y\":1128,\"w\":554,\"h\":23,\"abs_x\":15,\"abs_y\":1128}'\u003e\n\u003cth bis_size='{\"x\":15,\"y\":1128,\"w\":149,\"h\":23,\"abs_x\":15,\"abs_y\":1128}'\u003eNominal Impedance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd bis_size='{\"x\":166,\"y\":1128,\"w\":402,\"h\":23,\"abs_x\":166,\"abs_y\":1128}'\u003e4 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr bis_size='{\"x\":15,\"y\":1153,\"w\":554,\"h\":23,\"abs_x\":15,\"abs_y\":1153}'\u003e\n\u003cth bis_size='{\"x\":15,\"y\":1153,\"w\":149,\"h\":23,\"abs_x\":15,\"abs_y\":1153}'\u003eMinimum Impedance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd bis_size='{\"x\":166,\"y\":1153,\"w\":402,\"h\":23,\"abs_x\":166,\"abs_y\":1153}'\u003e4 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr bis_size='{\"x\":15,\"y\":1179,\"w\":554,\"h\":23,\"abs_x\":15,\"abs_y\":1179}'\u003e\n\u003cth bis_size='{\"x\":15,\"y\":1179,\"w\":149,\"h\":23,\"abs_x\":15,\"abs_y\":1179}'\u003eRecommended Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd bis_size='{\"x\":166,\"y\":1179,\"w\":402,\"h\":23,\"abs_x\":166,\"abs_y\":1179}'\u003e20 – 300 Watts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr bis_size='{\"x\":15,\"y\":1205,\"w\":554,\"h\":23,\"abs_x\":15,\"abs_y\":1205}'\u003e\n\u003cth bis_size='{\"x\":15,\"y\":1205,\"w\":149,\"h\":23,\"abs_x\":15,\"abs_y\":1205}'\u003eProgram Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd bis_size='{\"x\":166,\"y\":1205,\"w\":402,\"h\":23,\"abs_x\":166,\"abs_y\":1205}'\u003e300 Watts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr bis_size='{\"x\":15,\"y\":1230,\"w\":554,\"h\":23,\"abs_x\":15,\"abs_y\":1230}'\u003e\n\u003cth bis_size='{\"x\":15,\"y\":1230,\"w\":149,\"h\":23,\"abs_x\":15,\"abs_y\":1230}'\u003eTweeter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd bis_size='{\"x\":166,\"y\":1230,\"w\":402,\"h\":23,\"abs_x\":166,\"abs_y\":1230}'\u003e1\" (25mm) Titanium Dome with Ferrofluid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr bis_size='{\"x\":15,\"y\":1256,\"w\":554,\"h\":23,\"abs_x\":15,\"abs_y\":1256}'\u003e\n\u003cth bis_size='{\"x\":15,\"y\":1256,\"w\":149,\"h\":23,\"abs_x\":15,\"abs_y\":1256}'\u003eMidrange\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd bis_size='{\"x\":166,\"y\":1256,\"w\":402,\"h\":23,\"abs_x\":166,\"abs_y\":1256}'\u003e5¼\" (133mm) Cast Basket Carbon Fibre Cone, Rubber Surround\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr bis_size='{\"x\":15,\"y\":1281,\"w\":554,\"h\":43,\"abs_x\":15,\"abs_y\":1281}'\u003e\n\u003cth bis_size='{\"x\":15,\"y\":1281,\"w\":149,\"h\":43,\"abs_x\":15,\"abs_y\":1281}'\u003eWoofer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd bis_size='{\"x\":166,\"y\":1281,\"w\":402,\"h\":43,\"abs_x\":166,\"abs_y\":1281}'\u003e3 × 8\" (203mm) Cast Basket Carbon Fibre Cone, Rubber Surround\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr bis_size='{\"x\":15,\"y\":1327,\"w\":554,\"h\":43,\"abs_x\":15,\"abs_y\":1327}'\u003e\n\u003cth bis_size='{\"x\":15,\"y\":1327,\"w\":149,\"h\":43,\"abs_x\":15,\"abs_y\":1327}'\u003eCrossover Frequencies\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd bis_size='{\"x\":166,\"y\":1327,\"w\":402,\"h\":43,\"abs_x\":166,\"abs_y\":1327}'\u003e450Hz, 1,800Hz (Linkwitz-Riley 4th Order)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr bis_size='{\"x\":15,\"y\":1372,\"w\":554,\"h\":43,\"abs_x\":15,\"abs_y\":1372}'\u003e\n\u003cth bis_size='{\"x\":15,\"y\":1372,\"w\":149,\"h\":43,\"abs_x\":15,\"abs_y\":1372}'\u003eDesign Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd bis_size='{\"x\":166,\"y\":1372,\"w\":402,\"h\":43,\"abs_x\":166,\"abs_y\":1372}'\u003eTransitional 3-Way, Bass Reflex, Triple Rear-Firing Ports, 3 Individual Woofer Chambers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr bis_size='{\"x\":15,\"y\":1417,\"w\":554,\"h\":43,\"abs_x\":15,\"abs_y\":1417}'\u003e\n\u003cth bis_size='{\"x\":15,\"y\":1417,\"w\":149,\"h\":43,\"abs_x\":15,\"abs_y\":1417}'\u003eDimensions (W × H × D)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd bis_size='{\"x\":166,\"y\":1417,\"w\":402,\"h\":43,\"abs_x\":166,\"abs_y\":1417}'\u003e14⅞\" × 47¾\" × 15⅝\" (377 × 1212 × 396mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr bis_size='{\"x\":15,\"y\":1462,\"w\":554,\"h\":23,\"abs_x\":15,\"abs_y\":1462}'\u003e\n\u003cth bis_size='{\"x\":15,\"y\":1462,\"w\":149,\"h\":23,\"abs_x\":15,\"abs_y\":1462}'\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd bis_size='{\"x\":166,\"y\":1462,\"w\":402,\"h\":23,\"abs_x\":166,\"abs_y\":1462}'\u003e100 lbs (45.36kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr bis_size='{\"x\":15,\"y\":1488,\"w\":554,\"h\":23,\"abs_x\":15,\"abs_y\":1488}'\u003e\n\u003cth bis_size='{\"x\":15,\"y\":1488,\"w\":149,\"h\":23,\"abs_x\":15,\"abs_y\":1488}'\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd bis_size='{\"x\":166,\"y\":1488,\"w\":402,\"h\":23,\"abs_x\":166,\"abs_y\":1488}'\u003eSatin Walnut Veneer, High Gloss Black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr bis_size='{\"x\":15,\"y\":1513,\"w\":554,\"h\":43,\"abs_x\":15,\"abs_y\":1513}'\u003e\n\u003cth bis_size='{\"x\":15,\"y\":1513,\"w\":149,\"h\":43,\"abs_x\":15,\"abs_y\":1513}'\u003eIncluded Accessories\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd bis_size='{\"x\":166,\"y\":1513,\"w\":402,\"h\":43,\"abs_x\":166,\"abs_y\":1513}'\u003eTriple 5-Way Gold-Plated Binding Posts, Outrigger Stabilizers with IsoAcoustics GAIA II Feet, Magnetic Grille, 2 × Port Plugs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2 bis_size='{\"x\":12,\"y\":1559,\"w\":560,\"h\":29,\"abs_x\":12,\"abs_y\":1559}'\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 bis_size='{\"x\":12,\"y\":1599,\"w\":560,\"h\":22,\"abs_x\":12,\"abs_y\":1599}'\u003eWhat amplifier power does the PSB Synchrony T800 require?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp bis_size='{\"x\":12,\"y\":1633,\"w\":560,\"h\":97,\"abs_x\":12,\"abs_y\":1633}'\u003ePSB recommends 20 to 300 watts per channel for the Synchrony T800. The nominal impedance is 4 ohms with a minimum of 4 ohms, so a high-current amplifier capable of driving 4-ohm loads is recommended for optimal performance. The T800's 89dB anechoic sensitivity (91dB in-room) means it is relatively efficient and does not require an extremely powerful amplifier for typical listening levels in most rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 bis_size='{\"x\":12,\"y\":1747,\"w\":560,\"h\":22,\"abs_x\":12,\"abs_y\":1747}'\u003eDoes the PSB Synchrony T800 include IsoAcoustics feet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp bis_size='{\"x\":12,\"y\":1780,\"w\":560,\"h\":97,\"abs_x\":12,\"abs_y\":1780}'\u003eYes. The Synchrony T800 includes IsoAcoustics GAIA II isolation feet integrated into the custom outrigger stabilizer base as standard. The GAIA II feet isolate the loudspeaker cabinet from the floor, preventing mechanical energy generated by the drivers from reflecting back into the enclosure and reducing sympathetic resonance with the floor surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 bis_size='{\"x\":12,\"y\":1894,\"w\":560,\"h\":22,\"abs_x\":12,\"abs_y\":1894}'\u003eWhat is the bass extension of the PSB Synchrony T800?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp bis_size='{\"x\":12,\"y\":1928,\"w\":560,\"h\":97,\"abs_x\":12,\"abs_y\":1928}'\u003eThe PSB Synchrony T800 measures 21Hz to 23,000Hz at ±3dB, with an LF cutoff of 20Hz. This extension is achieved through three 8\" carbon fibre woofers, each mounted in a discrete individual chamber, with triple rear-firing ports. Two included port plugs allow the user to adjust bass output to suit room acoustics and manage low-frequency room resonance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 bis_size='{\"x\":12,\"y\":2042,\"w\":560,\"h\":22,\"abs_x\":12,\"abs_y\":2042}'\u003eCan the PSB Synchrony T800 be tri-wired or tri-amplified?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp bis_size='{\"x\":12,\"y\":2075,\"w\":560,\"h\":97,\"abs_x\":12,\"abs_y\":2075}'\u003eYes. The Synchrony T800 features triple five-way gold-plated binding posts supporting tri-wiring and tri-amplification. This allows separate amplifier channels or cable runs to be connected to the tweeter, midrange, and woofer sections independently, bypassing the passive crossover for each driver section when using active amplification or allowing premium cable optimization with tri-wiring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 bis_size='{\"x\":12,\"y\":2189,\"w\":560,\"h\":22,\"abs_x\":12,\"abs_y\":2189}'\u003eWhere can I audition the PSB Synchrony T800 in Buffalo NY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp bis_size='{\"x\":12,\"y\":2223,\"w\":560,\"h\":78,\"abs_x\":12,\"abs_y\":2223}'\u003eThe PSB Synchrony T800 is available at Vinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York. Contact Vinyl Sound to arrange an in-store listening session and system matching demonstration. Vinyl Sound is an authorized PSB Speakers dealer serving the Buffalo, NY and Western New York region, with shipping available across the continental United States.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 bis_size='{\"x\":12,\"y\":2317,\"w\":560,\"h\":22,\"abs_x\":12,\"abs_y\":2317}'\u003eWhat finishes are available for the PSB Synchrony T800?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp bis_size='{\"x\":12,\"y\":2350,\"w\":560,\"h\":58,\"abs_x\":12,\"abs_y\":2350}'\u003eThe PSB Synchrony T800 is available in two finishes: Satin Walnut Veneer and High Gloss Black. Both finishes are available through Vinyl Sound Buffalo. Contact Vinyl Sound to confirm current inventory and lead times for each finish option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 bis_size='{\"x\":12,\"y\":2425,\"w\":560,\"h\":22,\"abs_x\":12,\"abs_y\":2425}'\u003eWhere to buy PSB Synchrony T800 speakers in Buffalo NY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp bis_size='{\"x\":12,\"y\":2459,\"w\":560,\"h\":78,\"abs_x\":12,\"abs_y\":2459}'\u003eThe PSB Synchrony T800 is available from Vinyl Sound, an authorized PSB Speakers dealer located in Buffalo, New York. Vinyl Sound offers in-store demonstration, expert system matching, and shipping across the USA. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo by phone or email to purchase or arrange a listening appointment.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PSB Speakers","offers":[{"title":"High Gloss Black","offer_id":53575541686579,"sku":null,"price":7999.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Satin Walnut","offer_id":53575541719347,"sku":null,"price":7999.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0873\/0293\/0739\/files\/synchrony-t800-3-4-pair.png?v=1782784342"},{"product_id":"psb-synchrony-t600-tower-speakers","title":"PSB Synchrony T600 Tower Speakers","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePSB Synchrony T600 Tower Loudspeakers at Vinyl Sound Buffalo NY\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Synchrony T600 is a flagship-grade three-way tower loudspeaker from PSB's Synchrony Series, offering the same driver topology and cabinet philosophy as the Synchrony T800 in a more compact and lighter enclosure suited to medium and large listening rooms. Available at Vinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York, the T600 is a transitional three-way bass reflex design incorporating a 1\" titanium dome tweeter, a 5¼\" carbon fibre midrange driver, and three 6½\" carbon fibre woofers in individually-tuned chambers with triple rear-firing ports. The T600 delivers a frequency response of 24Hz to 23,000Hz (±3dB), 89dB anechoic sensitivity (91dB in-room), and a nominal impedance of 4 ohms. IsoAcoustics GAIA II isolation feet are included as standard in the outrigger stabilizer base. The Synchrony T600 is part of Vinyl Sound Buffalo's full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vinylsound.com\/collections\/speakers\"\u003eloudspeaker collection\u003c\/a\u003e, which includes bookshelf, floorstanding, and centre channel speakers from leading audiophile brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDriver Configuration and Crossover Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Synchrony T600 uses the same transitional three-way driver architecture as the T800, with die-cast aluminum basket construction on all drivers for rigidity and reduced coloration. The 1\" titanium dome tweeter with ferrofluid cooling crosses over at 1,800Hz via a Linkwitz-Riley 4th-order network. The 5¼\" cast basket carbon fibre midrange driver with mass-loaded rubber surround covers 450Hz to 1,800Hz, while three 6½\" cast basket carbon fibre woofers — each in a discrete, individually-tuned chamber — extend bass to a measured LF cutoff of 20Hz. The crossover uses advanced components throughout, and triple five-way gold-plated binding posts support tri-wiring and tri-amplification. Two included port plugs allow bass tuning to suit room acoustics. The T600's transitional array driver layout randomizes floor bounce reflections, smoothing the overall frequency response compared to conventional vertical array designs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCabinet Construction and Isolation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Synchrony T600 cabinet features extensive internal bracing and a 5mm solid aluminum front baffle to eliminate resonances and preserve fine transient detail. The internal volume is divided into four chambers — one per driver group — to eliminate standing waves and ensure even low-frequency response. Ten internal isolation cups further reduce cabinet-born colorations. The outrigger stabilizer base integrates IsoAcoustics GAIA II feet as standard, decoupling the loudspeaker from the floor and improving micro-detail retrieval, soundstage width, and imaging precision. The T600 is available in Satin Walnut Veneer and High Gloss Piano Black finishes, with a magnetically attached acoustically transparent grille included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±3dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24Hz – 23,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±1½dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28Hz – 20,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOff Axis 30° (±1½dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30Hz – 10,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLF Cutoff\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Anechoic)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89dB \/ 1W \/ 1m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Listening Room)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e91dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNominal Impedance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMinimum Impedance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 – 300 Watts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProgram Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 Watts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTweeter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\" (25mm) Titanium Dome with Ferrofluid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMidrange\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5¼\" (133mm) Cast Basket Carbon Fibre Cone, Rubber Surround\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWoofer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 × 6½\" (165mm) Cast Basket Carbon Fibre Cone, Rubber Surround\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCrossover Frequencies\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450Hz, 1,800Hz (Linkwitz-Riley 4th Order)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransitional 3-Way, Bass Reflex, Triple Rear-Firing Ports, 3 Individual Woofer Chambers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions (W × H × D)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9\" × 41¼\" × 13½\" (228 × 1048 × 343mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e77 lbs (34.9kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSatin Walnut Veneer, High Gloss Piano Black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Accessories\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTriple 5-Way Gold-Plated Binding Posts, Outrigger Stabilizers with IsoAcoustics GAIA II Feet, Magnetic Grille, 2 × Port Plugs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the PSB Synchrony T600 and T800?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Synchrony T600 and T800 share the same driver topology, crossover design, and cabinet philosophy, but differ primarily in woofer size and overall cabinet dimensions. The T800 uses three 8\" woofers and measures 47¾\" tall, while the T600 uses three 6½\" woofers in a more compact 41¼\" tall cabinet. The T800 extends bass 3Hz lower (21Hz vs 24Hz at ±3dB) and weighs 100 lbs compared to the T600's 77 lbs. Both include IsoAcoustics GAIA II feet as standard. The T600 is the preferred choice for medium-sized rooms where the T800's larger cabinet would be excessive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat amplifier does the PSB Synchrony T600 need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePSB recommends 20 to 300 watts per channel for the Synchrony T600. The nominal and minimum impedance is 4 ohms, so a high-current amplifier comfortable driving 4-ohm loads is recommended. The T600's 89dB anechoic sensitivity (91dB in-room) makes it moderately efficient and suitable for amplifiers from 50 watts upward in typical listening rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the PSB Synchrony T600 include IsoAcoustics feet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Synchrony T600 includes IsoAcoustics GAIA II isolation feet integrated into the outrigger stabilizer base as standard equipment. The GAIA II feet prevent mechanical energy from the drivers and cabinet from coupling to the floor, improving micro-detail retrieval, transient clarity, and soundstage imaging. No additional purchase is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the PSB Synchrony T600 be used for home theatre?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Synchrony T600 is well suited to both two-channel stereo listening and multi-channel home theatre applications. Its triple five-way binding posts support bi-wiring, tri-wiring, and tri-amplification for use with AV receivers or separate amplifier configurations. PSB's Synchrony Series also includes a matching centre channel and surround speakers for a full Synchrony home theatre system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat finishes are available for the PSB Synchrony T600?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Synchrony T600 is available in Satin Walnut Veneer and High Gloss Piano Black. Both finishes are stocked by Vinyl Sound Buffalo. Contact Vinyl Sound to confirm current availability and lead times for each finish option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I audition the PSB Synchrony T600 in Buffalo NY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The PSB Synchrony T600 is available for in-store demonstration at Vinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York. Vinyl Sound is an authorized PSB Speakers dealer serving Buffalo, NY and the wider Western New York region. Contact Vinyl Sound to arrange a listening session and amplifier matching consultation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to buy PSB Synchrony T600 speakers in Buffalo NY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Synchrony T600 is available from Vinyl Sound, an authorized PSB Speakers dealer in Buffalo, New York. Vinyl Sound offers in-store demonstration, expert system matching, and shipping across the continental United States. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo by phone or email to purchase or arrange an appointment.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PSB Speakers","offers":[{"title":"High Gloss Black","offer_id":53575552401715,"sku":null,"price":6249.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Satin Walnut","offer_id":53575552434483,"sku":null,"price":6249.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0873\/0293\/0739\/files\/sncyrony-tower-t600-pair-glossblack.png?v=1782785085"},{"product_id":"psb-synchrony-b600-bookshelf-speakers","title":"PSB Synchrony B600 Bookshelf Speakers","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePSB Synchrony B600 Bookshelf Speakers at Vinyl Sound Buffalo NY\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Synchrony B600 is the flagship bookshelf loudspeaker of PSB's Synchrony Series, combining the driver technology and cabinet engineering of the Synchrony tower range into a compact two-way monitor suited to smaller listening rooms, desktop systems, and surround configurations. Available at Vinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York, the B600 is a two-way bass reflex design incorporating a 1\" titanium dome tweeter with ferrofluid cooling and a 6½\" cast basket carbon fibre cone woofer with rubber surround, crossed over at 2,200Hz using a Linkwitz-Riley 4th-order network. The B600 delivers a frequency response of 50Hz to 20,000Hz (±3dB) with an LF cutoff of 35Hz (−10dB), a sensitivity of 86dB anechoic (88dB in-room), and a nominal impedance of 6 ohms with a minimum of 4 ohms. Custom-designed IsoAcoustics isolation feet are included as standard. Optional 24\" dedicated stands are available to optimize placement. The Synchrony B600 is part of Vinyl Sound Buffalo's full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vinylsound.com\/collections\/speakers\"\u003eloudspeaker collection\u003c\/a\u003e, which includes bookshelf, floorstanding, and centre channel speakers from leading audiophile brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDriver Configuration and Crossover Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Synchrony B600 employs a two-way driver configuration built on the same platform as the Synchrony tower loudspeakers. The 1\" titanium dome tweeter with ferrofluid cooling handles high-frequency reproduction from 2,200Hz upward via a Linkwitz-Riley 4th-order crossover, providing precise phase and amplitude alignment at the crossover point for smooth on- and off-axis response. The 6½\" cast basket carbon fibre cone woofer with mass-loaded rubber surround features an advanced motor structure maintaining constant magnetic force in the voice coil gap, reducing distortion at higher power levels and extending usable bandwidth. The rear-firing port features a CNC-turned aluminum flange for smooth airflow and reduced port noise. Dual five-way gold-plated binding posts support bi-wiring and bi-amplification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCabinet Construction and Isolation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Synchrony B600 cabinet is built with rigorous internal bracing and a solid aluminum front baffle to eliminate resonances and baffle talk, ensuring that fine transient detail and low-level information are preserved. The enclosure geometry minimizes internal standing waves, and the aluminum-flanged rear-firing port extends bass output while maintaining low port noise at high listening levels. Custom-designed IsoAcoustics isolation feet are integrated into the cabinet base as standard, decoupling the B600 from the shelf, stand, or surface on which it rests, and reducing mechanical energy reflection back into the enclosure. The B600 is available in Satin Walnut Veneer and High Gloss Black finishes, with a slim-profile magnetic grille included. Optional 24\" dedicated stands are available separately for optimal floor placement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±3dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50Hz – 20,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±1½dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55Hz – 20,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOff Axis 30° (±1½dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55Hz – 10,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLF Cutoff (−10dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Anechoic)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e86dB \/ 1W \/ 1m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Listening Room)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e88dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNominal Impedance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMinimum Impedance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 – 150 Watts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProgram Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 Watts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTweeter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\" (25mm) Titanium Dome with Ferrofluid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWoofer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6½\" (165mm) Cast Basket Carbon Fibre Cone, Rubber Surround\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCrossover Frequency\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,200Hz (Linkwitz-Riley 4th Order)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-Way, Bass Reflex, Rear-Firing Port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions (W × H × D)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9\" × 15½\" × 11½\" (228 × 393 × 298mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23 lbs (10.4kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSatin Walnut Veneer, High Gloss Black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Accessories\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDual 5-Way Gold-Plated Binding Posts, IsoAcoustics Isolation Feet, Magnetic Grille, Rear-Firing Port with CNC Aluminum Flange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOptional\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\" Dedicated Speaker Stands\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the PSB Synchrony B600 and the Synchrony tower speakers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Synchrony B600 shares the same driver materials, crossover topology, and cabinet engineering philosophy as the Synchrony T600 and T800 tower loudspeakers, but in a compact two-way bookshelf format. The B600 uses a single 6½\" woofer rather than the three-woofer arrays in the towers, resulting in a higher bass rolloff point of 50Hz (±3dB) compared to 24Hz and 21Hz for the T600 and T800 respectively. The B600 is suited to smaller rooms, nearfield listening, desktop systems, and surround speaker roles, or to pairing with a subwoofer for full-range two-channel listening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the PSB Synchrony B600 need a subwoofer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe B600 extends to 50Hz at ±3dB and 35Hz at −10dB, which is sufficient for most music listening without a subwoofer in a small to medium room. For home theatre use, low-frequency effects below 50Hz, or listeners who prefer extended deep bass, pairing the B600 with a dedicated subwoofer is recommended. Vinyl Sound Buffalo carries a range of subwoofers compatible with the Synchrony B600 and can advise on system integration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat amplifier does the PSB Synchrony B600 require?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePSB recommends 15 to 150 watts per channel for the Synchrony B600. The nominal impedance is 6 ohms with a minimum of 4 ohms, making the B600 compatible with most integrated amplifiers and AV receivers. The 86dB anechoic sensitivity (88dB in-room) is moderate, so amplifiers of at least 30 to 50 watts per channel are recommended for dynamic headroom in typical listening environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the PSB Synchrony B600 be bi-wired or bi-amplified?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Synchrony B600 features dual five-way gold-plated binding posts supporting bi-wiring and bi-amplification. Bi-wiring connects separate cable runs to the tweeter and woofer binding posts from a single amplifier, while bi-amplification uses separate amplifier channels for each driver section, bypassing the passive crossover. Both configurations can improve channel separation and reduce intermodulation between the high- and low-frequency sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre stands available for the PSB Synchrony B600?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. PSB offers optional 24\" dedicated speaker stands designed specifically for the Synchrony B600, providing optimal height and a stable base for floor placement. The B600 also includes custom IsoAcoustics isolation feet as standard, which function on both stand tops and shelves to decouple the speaker from its support surface. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo to enquire about stand availability and pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I audition the PSB Synchrony B600 in Buffalo NY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The PSB Synchrony B600 is available for in-store demonstration at Vinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York. Vinyl Sound is an authorized PSB Speakers dealer serving Buffalo, NY and the Western New York region. Contact Vinyl Sound to arrange a listening session with amplifier and source matching.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to buy PSB Synchrony B600 bookshelf speakers in Buffalo NY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Synchrony B600 is available from Vinyl Sound, an authorized PSB Speakers dealer in Buffalo, New York. Vinyl Sound offers in-store demonstration, expert system matching, and shipping across the continental United States. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo by phone or email to purchase or arrange a listening appointment.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PSB Speakers","offers":[{"title":"High Gloss Black","offer_id":53575566590259,"sku":null,"price":1899.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Satin Walnut","offer_id":53575566623027,"sku":null,"price":1899.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0873\/0293\/0739\/files\/synchrony-bookshelf-speaker-b600-black.png?v=1782785448"},{"product_id":"psb-synchrony-sst-24-speaker-stands","title":"PSB Synchrony SST-24 Speaker Stands","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePSB Synchrony SST-24 Speaker Stands at Vinyl Sound Buffalo NY\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Synchrony SST-24 are 24\" all-metal speaker stands designed and matched specifically for the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vinylsound.com\/products\/psb-synchrony-b600-bookshelf-speakers\"\u003ePSB Synchrony B600 bookshelf loudspeakers\u003c\/a\u003e, providing optimal listening height for seated listening and a stable, acoustically inert base that complements the B600's built-in IsoAcoustics isolation feet. Available at Vinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York, the SST-24 stands feature a Gloss Black all-metal construction with carpet spikes for use on carpeted surfaces, floor protector discs for hardwood and tile floors, and integrated concealed wire management to route speaker cables cleanly through the stand column. The SST-24 stands are part of Vinyl Sound Buffalo's full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vinylsound.com\/collections\/speakers\"\u003eloudspeaker collection\u003c\/a\u003e, which includes PSB Synchrony speakers and accessories from leading audiophile brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign and Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Synchrony SST-24 stands are constructed entirely from metal for maximum rigidity and long-term stability, ensuring that the B600 loudspeaker remains securely positioned without resonance or movement during dynamic listening. The 24\" column height is specifically chosen to position the B600's tweeter at ear level for a seated listener in a standard listening chair, aligning the speaker's acoustic axis with the listening position for optimal frequency response and imaging. The integrated concealed wire management routes speaker cables through the column interior, eliminating visible cable runs between amplifier and speaker. Assembly requires no special tools and is completed using the included step-by-step instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFloor Compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SST-24 stands are supplied with both carpet spikes and floor protector discs, making them compatible with all floor types without additional accessories. Carpet spikes penetrate carpet pile to provide a firm, non-slip base on carpeted surfaces, while rubber-tipped floor protector discs protect hardwood, tile, laminate, and stone floors from marking or scratching. Both sets of feet are included and can be exchanged without tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll-Metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGloss Black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFloor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarpet Spikes, Floor Protector Discs (both included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCable Management\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConcealed Internal Wire Routing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Speaker\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePSB Synchrony B600\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions \/ Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContact Vinyl Sound for details\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat speakers are the PSB Synchrony SST-24 stands designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Synchrony SST-24 stands are designed specifically to pair with the PSB Synchrony B600 bookshelf loudspeakers. The 24\" height positions the B600's tweeter at seated ear level for optimal acoustic performance. While the stands may physically support other bookshelf speakers of similar size, PSB engineered and matched the SST-24 specifically for use with the B600.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo the PSB SST-24 stands work on hardwood and tile floors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The SST-24 stands include both carpet spikes for use on carpeted surfaces and rubber-tipped floor protector discs for hardwood, tile, laminate, and stone floors. Both sets of floor interface options are included in the box and can be swapped without tools to suit any floor type.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo the SST-24 stands have cable management?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The SST-24 stands feature concealed internal wire management, routing speaker cables through the column interior from the base to the top plate. This keeps cables hidden from view and eliminates visible wire runs along the outside of the stand column for a clean, organized setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre the PSB SST-24 stands difficult to assemble?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The SST-24 stands are designed for straightforward assembly without specialist tools. Detailed step-by-step instructions are included in the box. Most users complete assembly in under 30 minutes per stand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat finish is available for the PSB Synchrony SST-24 stands?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Synchrony SST-24 stands are available in Gloss Black only. The Gloss Black finish pairs with both the Satin Walnut Veneer and High Gloss Black finish options of the PSB Synchrony B600 bookshelf speakers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to buy PSB Synchrony SST-24 speaker stands in Buffalo NY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Synchrony SST-24 speaker stands are available from Vinyl Sound, an authorized PSB Speakers dealer in Buffalo, New York. Vinyl Sound offers in-store demonstration of the B600 and SST-24 together, expert advice on system setup, and shipping across the continental United States. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo by phone or email to purchase or enquire about current availability.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PSB Speakers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53575576224051,"sku":null,"price":849.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0873\/0293\/0739\/files\/Synchrony-Stand-3-4.png?v=1782785770"},{"product_id":"psb-imagine-t65-tower-speakers","title":"PSB Imagine T65 Tower Speakers","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePSB Imagine T65 Tower Loudspeakers at Vinyl Sound Buffalo NY\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Imagine T65 is the flagship tower loudspeaker of PSB's Imagine Series, delivering full-range, three-way performance in a compact and slim cabinet suited to a wide range of listening rooms and home theatre configurations. Available at Vinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York, the T65 is a three-way dual bass reflex design incorporating a 1\" titanium dome tweeter with ferrofluid and neodymium magnet, a 5¼\" woven carbon fibre midrange driver, and two 6½\" woven carbon fibre woofers housed in individual chambers with two rear slot ports. The Imagine T65 delivers a frequency response of 28Hz to 23,000Hz (±3dB) with an LF cutoff of 19Hz (−10dB), a sensitivity of 88dB anechoic (90dB in-room), and a nominal impedance of 8 ohms, making it compatible with a wide range of integrated amplifiers and AV receivers. Aluminum outrigger bars with floor spikes are included as standard. The Imagine T65 is part of Vinyl Sound Buffalo's full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vinylsound.com\/collections\/speakers\"\u003eloudspeaker collection\u003c\/a\u003e, which includes bookshelf, floorstanding, and centre channel speakers from leading audiophile brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDriver Configuration and Crossover Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Imagine T65 uses a three-way driver array with crossover points at 600Hz and 2,000Hz, both implemented as Linkwitz-Riley 4th-order networks for precise phase alignment and smooth on- and off-axis frequency response. The 1\" titanium dome tweeter with ferrofluid cooling and neodymium magnet handles high-frequency reproduction from 2,000Hz upward. The 5¼\" woven carbon fibre cone midrange driver with rubber surround covers the critical 600Hz to 2,000Hz vocal and instrument range. Two 6½\" woven carbon fibre cone woofers with rubber surrounds, each mounted in a discrete individual internal chamber, reproduce bass frequencies extending to a measured LF cutoff of 19Hz (−10dB) via two rear-firing slot ports. Dual five-way gold-plated binding posts with included gold-plated jumpers support bi-wiring and bi-amplification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCabinet Design and Build Quality\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Imagine T65 cabinet features a slim profile measuring just 8⅜\" wide, allowing placement in rooms where larger tower loudspeakers would be impractical, without sacrificing bass extension or dynamic range. The dual bass reflex design with two individual woofer chambers and twin rear slot ports extends low-frequency output while minimizing inter-driver coupling and internal standing waves. The cabinet is available in Satin Black and Satin White finishes with aluminum trim and chamfered edges, and includes aluminum outrigger bars with floor spikes for stability and decoupling. The Imagine T65 is designed to integrate with PSB's PWM Series furniture for a coordinated home entertainment setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±3dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28Hz – 23,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±1½dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e37Hz – 20,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOff Axis 30° (±1½dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e37Hz – 10,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLF Cutoff (−10dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Anechoic)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e88dB \/ 1W \/ 1m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Listening Room)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNominal Impedance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMinimum Impedance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 – 200 Watts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProgram Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 Watts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTweeter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\" (25mm) Titanium Dome with Ferrofluid, Neodymium Magnet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMidrange\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5¼\" (133mm) Woven Carbon Fibre Cone, Rubber Surround\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWoofer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 6½\" (165mm) Woven Carbon Fibre Cone, Rubber Surround\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCrossover Frequencies\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600Hz, 2,000Hz (Linkwitz-Riley 4th Order)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-Way, Dual Bass Reflex, Individual Woofer Chambers, 2 × Rear Slot Ports\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions (W × H × D)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8⅜\" × 38 13\/16\" × 13½\" (213 × 986 × 343mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44 lbs (20kg) each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56 lbs (25.4kg) each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSatin Black, Satin White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Accessories\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDual 5-Way Gold-Plated Binding Posts, Gold-Plated Jumpers, Aluminum Outrigger Bars with Floor Spikes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the PSB Imagine T65 and the Synchrony T600?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Imagine T65 and Synchrony T600 are both three-way tower loudspeakers but from different PSB series at different price points. The Synchrony T600 uses cast basket drivers with three 6½\" woofers and IsoAcoustics GAIA II isolation feet as standard, targeting the upper-tier audiophile market. The Imagine T65 uses woven carbon fibre cone drivers with two 6½\" woofers, aluminum outrigger spikes, and an 8-ohm nominal impedance, making it easier to drive with a wider range of amplifiers. The T65's dual rear slot ports and 19Hz LF cutoff deliver exceptionally deep bass extension for its cabinet size and price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat amplifier does the PSB Imagine T65 require?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePSB recommends 20 to 200 watts per channel for the Imagine T65. The nominal impedance is 8 ohms with a minimum of 4 ohms, making the T65 one of the more amplifier-friendly PSB tower speakers and compatible with most integrated amplifiers and AV receivers from 30 watts upward. The 88dB anechoic sensitivity (90dB in-room) provides good efficiency for dynamic listening at moderate power levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the PSB Imagine T65 be used for home theatre?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Imagine T65 is designed for both stereo and home theatre applications. Its dual bass reflex design and 19Hz bass extension make it well suited as a main left-right speaker in a home theatre system, while its 8-ohm impedance is compatible with most AV receivers. PSB's Imagine Series includes matching centre channel and surround speakers for a complete multi-channel Imagine Series home theatre system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the PSB Imagine T65 be bi-wired?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Imagine T65 features dual five-way gold-plated binding posts with included gold-plated jumpers, supporting bi-wiring and bi-amplification. Bi-wiring connects separate cable runs from a single amplifier to the high-frequency and low-frequency sections independently, while bi-amplification drives each section with a dedicated amplifier channel, bypassing the passive crossover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow deep is the bass on the PSB Imagine T65?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Imagine T65 measures 28Hz to 23,000Hz at ±3dB, with a measured LF cutoff of 19Hz at −10dB — deeper bass extension than many competing tower speakers in its category. This is achieved through two 6½\" woven carbon fibre woofers in individual chambers, vented via two rear slot ports in a dual bass reflex configuration. The T65 can produce genuine subwoofer-range bass in most listening rooms without requiring a separate subwoofer for music listening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I audition the PSB Imagine T65 in Buffalo NY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The PSB Imagine T65 is available for in-store demonstration at Vinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York. Vinyl Sound is an authorized PSB Speakers dealer serving Buffalo, NY and the Western New York region. Contact Vinyl Sound to arrange a listening session and amplifier matching consultation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to buy PSB Imagine T65 tower speakers in Buffalo NY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Imagine T65 is available from Vinyl Sound, an authorized PSB Speakers dealer in Buffalo, New York. Vinyl Sound offers in-store demonstration, expert system matching, and shipping across the continental United States. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo by phone or email to purchase or arrange a listening appointment.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PSB Speakers","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":53575590510899,"sku":null,"price":1349.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":53575590543667,"sku":null,"price":1349.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0873\/0293\/0739\/files\/imagine-t65-tower-speaker-pair-black.png?v=1782786063"},{"product_id":"psb-imagine-t54-tower-speakers","title":"PSB Imagine T54 Tower Speakers","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePSB Imagine T54 Tower Loudspeakers at Vinyl Sound Buffalo NY\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Imagine T54 is a compact three-way tower loudspeaker from PSB's Imagine Series, offering full-range performance in one of the slimmest cabinet profiles available in its category at just 6¾\" wide. Available at Vinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York, the T54 shares the dual bass reflex architecture and rear slot port design of the flagship Imagine T65, scaled into a lighter and narrower cabinet suited to smaller rooms, apartment living rooms, and home theatre systems where floorspace is limited. The T54 incorporates a 1\" titanium dome tweeter with ferrofluid and neodymium magnet, a 4\" woven carbon fibre midrange driver, and two 5¼\" woven carbon fibre woofers in individual chambers with two rear-firing slot ports. Frequency response measures 35Hz to 23,000Hz (±3dB) with an LF cutoff of 28Hz (−10dB), sensitivity is 87dB anechoic (89dB in-room), and nominal impedance is 8 ohms. The Imagine T54 is part of Vinyl Sound Buffalo's full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vinylsound.com\/collections\/speakers\"\u003eloudspeaker collection\u003c\/a\u003e, which includes bookshelf, floorstanding, and centre channel speakers from leading audiophile brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDriver Configuration and Crossover Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Imagine T54 uses a three-way driver configuration with crossover points at 500Hz (Butterworth 3rd-order) and 2,500Hz (Linkwitz-Riley 4th-order), optimized for the T54's driver sizes and cabinet volume. The 1\" titanium dome tweeter with ferrofluid cooling and neodymium magnet handles reproduction above 2,500Hz. The 4\" woven carbon fibre cone midrange driver with rubber surround covers the 500Hz to 2,500Hz vocal and instrument range. Two 5¼\" woven carbon fibre cone woofers with rubber surrounds, each in a discrete individual internal chamber, extend bass output to 28Hz at −10dB via two rear-firing slot ports derived from PSB's PWM Series. Dual five-way gold-plated binding posts with included gold-plated jumpers support bi-wiring and bi-amplification. Aluminum outrigger bars with floor spikes are included for stability and floor decoupling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCabinet Design and Placement Flexibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 6¾\" wide and 32 11\/16\" tall, the Imagine T54 is one of the slimmest three-way tower loudspeakers in its price category, making it well suited to rooms where the Imagine T65's wider cabinet would be difficult to accommodate. Despite its narrow profile, the T54's dual bass reflex design with two individual woofer chambers and twin rear slot ports delivers bass extension to 28Hz (−10dB), sufficient for full-range music listening without a subwoofer in most small to medium rooms. PSB describes the T54's placement adaptability as a core design goal, with driver and crossover tuning aimed at consistent frequency response across a range of room positions. The T54 is available in Satin Black and Satin White finishes with aluminum trim and chamfered edges, designed to complement PSB's PWM Series furniture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±3dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35Hz – 23,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±1½dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48Hz – 20,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOff Axis 30° (±1½dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48Hz – 10,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLF Cutoff (−10dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Anechoic)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87dB \/ 1W \/ 1m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Listening Room)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNominal Impedance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMinimum Impedance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 – 150 Watts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProgram Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 Watts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTweeter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\" (25mm) Titanium Dome with Ferrofluid, Neodymium Magnet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMidrange\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\" (102mm) Woven Carbon Fibre Cone, Rubber Surround\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWoofer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 5¼\" (133mm) Woven Carbon Fibre Cone, Rubber Surround\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCrossover Frequencies\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500Hz (Butterworth 3rd Order), 2,500Hz (Linkwitz-Riley 4th Order)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-Way, Dual Bass Reflex, Individual Woofer Chambers, 2 × Rear Slot Ports\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions (W × H × D)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6¾\" × 32 11\/16\" × 11⅞\" (171 × 830 × 302mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31 lbs (14kg) each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e39.9 lbs (18.1kg) each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSatin Black, Satin White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Accessories\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDual 5-Way Gold-Plated Binding Posts, Gold-Plated Jumpers, Aluminum Outrigger Bars with Floor Spikes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the PSB Imagine T54 and Imagine T65?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Imagine T54 and T65 share the same dual bass reflex architecture and rear slot port design, but differ in driver size, cabinet dimensions, and bass extension. The T65 uses a 5¼\" midrange and two 6½\" woofers in a wider 8⅜\" cabinet extending to 28Hz at ±3dB, while the T54 uses a 4\" midrange and two 5¼\" woofers in a slimmer 6¾\" cabinet extending to 35Hz at ±3dB. The T65 is better suited to larger rooms requiring higher output and deeper bass, while the T54 is the preferred choice for smaller rooms and installations where a narrow cabinet profile is important.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat amplifier does the PSB Imagine T54 require?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePSB recommends 20 to 150 watts per channel for the Imagine T54. The nominal impedance is 8 ohms with a minimum of 4 ohms, making the T54 compatible with virtually all integrated amplifiers and AV receivers. The 87dB anechoic sensitivity (89dB in-room) is suitable for amplifiers from 30 watts upward in small to medium listening rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the PSB Imagine T54 need a subwoofer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Imagine T54 extends to 35Hz at ±3dB and 28Hz at −10dB, providing deep bass for most music listening without a subwoofer in small to medium rooms. For home theatre applications requiring low-frequency effects below 30Hz, or for listeners in larger rooms who prefer maximum bass impact, adding a subwoofer is recommended. Vinyl Sound Buffalo carries compatible subwoofers and can advise on system integration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the PSB Imagine T54 be used in a home theatre system?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Imagine T54 is suited to both stereo and home theatre configurations. Its slim 6¾\" width makes it practical for placement beside a television or in a constrained entertainment centre layout. PSB's Imagine Series includes matching centre channel and surround speakers for a complete multi-channel home theatre system. The T54's 8-ohm impedance is compatible with most AV receivers without requiring high-current amplification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the PSB Imagine T54 be bi-wired?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Imagine T54 includes dual five-way gold-plated binding posts and gold-plated jumpers, supporting bi-wiring and bi-amplification. Removing the jumpers and connecting separate cable runs or amplifier channels to the high-frequency and low-frequency binding post pairs allows independent signal routing to the tweeter and midrange\/woofer sections of the crossover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I audition the PSB Imagine T54 in Buffalo NY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The PSB Imagine T54 is available for in-store demonstration at Vinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York. Vinyl Sound is an authorized PSB Speakers dealer serving Buffalo, NY and the Western New York region. Contact Vinyl Sound to arrange a listening session and system matching consultation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to buy PSB Imagine T54 tower speakers in Buffalo NY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Imagine T54 is available from Vinyl Sound, an authorized PSB Speakers dealer in Buffalo, New York. Vinyl Sound offers in-store demonstration, expert system matching, and shipping across the continental United States. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo by phone or email to purchase or arrange a listening appointment.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PSB Speakers","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":53575598899507,"sku":null,"price":1049.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":53575598932275,"sku":null,"price":1049.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0873\/0293\/0739\/files\/imagine-t54-tower-speaker-pair-black.png?v=1782786294"},{"product_id":"psb-imagine-b50-bookshelf-speakers","title":"PSB Imagine B50 Bookshelf Speakers","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePSB Imagine B50 Bookshelf Speakers at Vinyl Sound Buffalo NY\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Imagine B50 is a compact two-way bookshelf loudspeaker from PSB's Imagine Series, delivering full-range performance and size-defying bass in a slim cabinet suited to desktop systems, smaller listening rooms, and multi-channel home theatre configurations. Available at Vinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York, the B50 incorporates a 1\" titanium dome tweeter with ferrofluid and neodymium magnet and a 5¼\" woven carbon fibre cone woofer with rubber surround, crossed over at 2,200Hz using a Linkwitz-Riley 4th-order network. The B50 delivers a frequency response of 45Hz to 23,000Hz (±3dB) with an LF cutoff of 36Hz (−10dB), a sensitivity of 85dB anechoic (87dB in-room), and a nominal impedance of 8 ohms. The rear-firing slot port design is derived from PSB's PWM Series, extending bass output while maintaining low port noise. Optional AST-25 floor stands are available for optimal placement. The Imagine B50 is part of Vinyl Sound Buffalo's full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vinylsound.com\/collections\/speakers\"\u003eloudspeaker collection\u003c\/a\u003e, which includes bookshelf, floorstanding, and centre channel speakers from leading audiophile brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDriver Configuration and Crossover Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Imagine B50 uses a two-way driver configuration with the same driver materials found throughout the Imagine Series tower lineup. The 1\" titanium dome tweeter with ferrofluid cooling and neodymium magnet handles high-frequency reproduction from 2,200Hz upward via a Linkwitz-Riley 4th-order crossover. The 5¼\" woven carbon fibre cone woofer with rubber surround and advanced motor structure reproduces bass and midrange frequencies below 2,200Hz, extending to 36Hz at −10dB via the rear-firing slot port. Dual five-way gold-plated binding posts with included gold-plated jumpers support bi-wiring and bi-amplification. Black bumpers are fitted to the cabinet base for surface protection when shelf or stand mounting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCabinet Design and Placement\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 6¾\" wide and 11 13\/16\" tall, the PSB Imagine B50 is one of the more compact bookshelf loudspeakers in PSB's lineup, weighing just 11.3 lbs each and suited to a wide range of placement options including bookshelf, stand, and desktop mounting. The rear slot port, shared with the Imagine T54 and T65 tower designs, provides deeper bass extension than a similarly-sized sealed enclosure while managing port noise at higher listening levels. The B50 is available in Satin Black and Satin White finishes with aluminum trim and chamfered edges, and is designed to integrate visually with PSB's PWM Series furniture. Optional AST-25 dedicated floor stands are available for placement away from shelves and walls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±3dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45Hz – 23,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±1½dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60Hz – 20,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOff Axis 30° (±1½dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60Hz – 10,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLF Cutoff (−10dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Anechoic)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85dB \/ 1W \/ 1m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Listening Room)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNominal Impedance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMinimum Impedance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 – 150 Watts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProgram Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 Watts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTweeter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\" (25mm) Titanium Dome with Ferrofluid, Neodymium Magnet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWoofer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5¼\" (133mm) Woven Carbon Fibre Cone, Rubber Surround\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCrossover Frequency\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,200Hz (Linkwitz-Riley 4th Order)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-Way, Bass Reflex, Rear Slot Port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions (W × H × D)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6¾\" × 11 13\/16\" × 9⅞\" (171 × 300 × 251mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.3 lbs (5.13kg) each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.24 lbs (11.9kg) per pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSatin Black, Satin White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Accessories\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDual 5-Way Gold-Plated Binding Posts, Gold-Plated Jumpers, Black Bumpers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOptional\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAST-25 Dedicated Floor Stands\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the PSB Imagine B50 and the Synchrony B600?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Imagine B50 and Synchrony B600 are both two-way bookshelf loudspeakers but from different PSB series. The Synchrony B600 uses a larger 6½\" woofer, a 6-ohm nominal impedance, IsoAcoustics isolation feet as standard, and a round rear-firing port with CNC aluminum flange, targeting the upper-tier audiophile market. The Imagine B50 uses a 5¼\" woofer, an 8-ohm nominal impedance, and a rear slot port, with a smaller cabinet at 11 13\/16\" tall compared to the B600's 15½\". The B50 is the more accessible and versatile option for smaller rooms, surround use, and desktop systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the PSB Imagine B50 need a subwoofer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Imagine B50 extends to 45Hz at ±3dB and 36Hz at −10dB, providing strong bass performance for a speaker of its size without a subwoofer in small rooms. For home theatre use with low-frequency effects, larger rooms, or listeners who prefer extended deep bass, pairing the B50 with a dedicated subwoofer is recommended. Vinyl Sound Buffalo carries compatible subwoofers and can advise on system integration with the B50.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat amplifier does the PSB Imagine B50 require?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePSB recommends 20 to 150 watts per channel for the Imagine B50. The nominal impedance is 8 ohms with a minimum of 4 ohms, making the B50 compatible with virtually any integrated amplifier or AV receiver. The 85dB anechoic sensitivity (87dB in-room) means amplifiers of at least 30 to 50 watts per channel are recommended for adequate dynamic headroom.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the PSB Imagine B50 be used as surround speakers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Imagine B50's compact size, 8-ohm impedance, and compatibility with the AST-25 floor stands make it well suited for use as surround or rear channel speakers in a multi-channel home theatre system. PSB's Imagine Series includes matching tower and centre channel speakers for a complete Imagine Series surround configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre stands available for the PSB Imagine B50?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. PSB offers the optional AST-25 dedicated floor stands designed for the Imagine B50, providing optimal placement height and a stable, purpose-built base for floor positioning. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo to enquire about AST-25 stand availability and pricing alongside the B50.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the PSB Imagine B50 be bi-wired?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Imagine B50 features dual five-way gold-plated binding posts with included gold-plated jumpers, supporting bi-wiring and bi-amplification. Removing the jumpers and connecting separate cable runs to the high-frequency and low-frequency binding post pairs allows independent signal routing to the tweeter and woofer crossover sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to buy PSB Imagine B50 bookshelf speakers in Buffalo NY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Imagine B50 is available from Vinyl Sound, an authorized PSB Speakers dealer in Buffalo, New York. Vinyl Sound offers in-store demonstration, expert system matching, and shipping across the continental United States. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo by phone or email to purchase or arrange a listening appointment.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PSB Speakers","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":53575606796595,"sku":null,"price":999.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":53575606829363,"sku":null,"price":999.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0873\/0293\/0739\/files\/imagine-b50-bookshelf-speaker-pair-black.png?v=1782786594"},{"product_id":"psb-passif-50-anniversary-speakers","title":"PSB Passif 50 Anniversary Speakers","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePSB Passif 50 Anniversary Edition Standmount Speakers at Vinyl Sound Buffalo NY\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Passif 50 is a limited Anniversary Edition standmount loudspeaker celebrating 50 years of PSB Speakers (1972–2022), designed as a modern interpretation of the original Passif I and Passif II models that established PSB's reputation for true-to-nature sound. Available at Vinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York, the Passif 50 is a two-way design with passive radiator, incorporating a 1\" black anodized aluminum dome tweeter with ferrofluid damping and neodymium magnet, and a 6.5\" cast aluminum basket woofer with paper cone and filleted rubber surround, crossed over at 1,800Hz. The Passif 50 delivers a frequency response of 50Hz to 20,000Hz (±3dB) with an LF cutoff of 30Hz (−10dB), 87dB anechoic sensitivity (89dB in-room), and a nominal impedance of 6 ohms. Dedicated speaker stands are included, bringing the total height to 34\". The Passif 50 is sold in mirror-imaged pairs with tweeters positioned on the inner edges of the soundstage for enhanced imaging precision. The Passif 50 is part of Vinyl Sound Buffalo's full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vinylsound.com\/collections\/speakers\"\u003eloudspeaker collection\u003c\/a\u003e, which includes bookshelf, floorstanding, and standmount speakers from leading audiophile brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDriver Configuration and Acoustic Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Passif 50 uses a two-way driver configuration with a passive radiator rather than a ported bass reflex enclosure, allowing the 8\" passive radiator to extend low-frequency output without the port noise or room placement constraints associated with rear-firing ports. The 1\" black anodized aluminum dome tweeter — a deliberate departure from the titanium domes used in PSB's Imagine and Synchrony series — delivers a warmer, vintage-appropriate high-frequency character with ferrofluid damping and neodymium magnet for extended power handling. The 6.5\" woofer uses a cast aluminum basket for rigidity, a paper cone for natural tonal balance consistent with the speaker's musical heritage, and a filleted rubber surround. Felt surrounds the tweeter to minimize edge diffraction. The crossover point is 1,800Hz using a Linkwitz-Riley 4th-order network. Dual five-way gold-plated binding posts support bi-wiring and bi-amplification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCabinet Construction and Anniversary Design Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Passif 50 cabinet is constructed with heavily braced MDF and mitered joints for enhanced fit, finish, and reduced cabinet resonance, finished in open-grain walnut veneer that references the original Passif models of the 1970s. The magnetically attached woven cloth grille features PSB's original 1972 logo and a pull tab on the front, while the rear panel carries a commemorative plaque reading \"Passif 50 – 1972–2022\" adorned with a maple leaf. The Passif 50 is supplied in mirror-imaged pairs — left and right cabinets are non-identical, with tweeters positioned on the inside edges when placed in a standard stereo configuration, reducing inter-channel interference and improving center-image focus. Dedicated speaker stands are included as standard, raising the tweeter to the correct seated ear height at a total system height of 34\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±3dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50Hz – 20,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±1½dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70Hz – 16,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOff Axis 30° (±1½dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70Hz – 10,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLF Cutoff (−10dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Anechoic)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87dB \/ 1W \/ 1m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Listening Room)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNominal Impedance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMinimum Impedance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 – 200 Watts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProgram Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 Watts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTweeter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\" (25mm) Black Anodized Aluminum Dome with Ferrofluid and Neodymium Magnet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWoofer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.5\" (165mm) Cast Aluminum Basket, Paper Cone, Filleted Rubber Surround\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePassive Radiator\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCrossover Frequency\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,800Hz (Linkwitz-Riley 4th Order)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-Way with Passive Radiator\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions Without Stands (H × W × D)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26\" × 11\" × 10\" (660 × 280 × 254mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions With Stands (H × W × D)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34\" × 11\" × 10\" (870 × 280 × 254mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30.3 lbs (13.7kg) per speaker\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen Grain Walnut Veneer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Accessories\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDedicated Speaker Stands, Bi-Wireable 5-Way Gold-Plated Binding Posts, Magnetically Attached Woven Cloth Grille\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAnniversary Features\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOriginal PSB Logo on Grille, Pull Tab, Rear Plaque \"Passif 50 – 1972–2022\" with Maple Leaf, Mirror-Imaged Pair Configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the PSB Passif 50 and why is it an Anniversary Edition?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Passif 50 is a standmount loudspeaker released to celebrate the 50th anniversary of PSB Speakers, founded in 1972 by Paul Barton. The Passif 50 pays tribute to PSB's original Passif I and Passif II standmount models from the 1970s, combining period-appropriate aesthetics — open-grain walnut veneer, paper cone woofer, woven cloth grille — with modern driver technology, passive radiator bass loading, and contemporary crossover design. Anniversary design details include PSB's original 1972 logo on the grille and a commemorative rear plaque.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is a passive radiator and how does it differ from a ported speaker?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA passive radiator is an undriven speaker driver — a cone with a surround but no voice coil or magnet — mounted in the cabinet and tuned to resonate at the same frequency as a conventional port. When the active woofer moves, the passive radiator moves in sympathy, extending bass output without the airflow noise associated with a ported enclosure. The PSB Passif 50's 8\" passive radiator allows it to reach 30Hz at −10dB from a relatively compact cabinet, with lower port chuffing than an equivalent bass reflex design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy are the PSB Passif 50 speakers sold as mirror-imaged pairs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Passif 50 is sold as a mirror-imaged pair — the left and right cabinets are non-identical, with the tweeter positioned on the inner edge of each speaker when placed in a standard stereo configuration. This places both tweeters closer to the centre of the soundstage, reducing the distance between the two high-frequency sources and improving center image focus, stereo imaging precision, and channel separation compared to a conventional symmetrical pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat amplifier does the PSB Passif 50 require?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePSB recommends 30 to 200 watts per channel for the Passif 50. The nominal impedance is 6 ohms with a minimum of 4 ohms, making the Passif 50 compatible with most integrated amplifiers of 30 watts or more per channel. The 87dB anechoic sensitivity (89dB in-room) is moderate, and the Passif 50 pairs particularly well with tube amplifiers and warmer-voiced solid-state integrated amplifiers suited to its vintage-inspired tonal character.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo the PSB Passif 50 speakers include stands?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Dedicated speaker stands are included with the PSB Passif 50 as standard equipment, raising the total system height to 34\" and positioning the tweeter at the correct seated ear height for optimal listening. No additional stand purchase is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the PSB Passif 50 be bi-wired?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Passif 50 features dual five-way gold-plated binding posts supporting bi-wiring and bi-amplification. Removing the supplied jumpers and connecting separate cable runs or amplifier channels to the high-frequency and low-frequency binding post pairs allows independent signal routing to each section of the crossover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to buy PSB Passif 50 Anniversary Edition speakers in Buffalo NY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Passif 50 Anniversary Edition is available from Vinyl Sound, an authorized PSB Speakers dealer in Buffalo, New York. Vinyl Sound offers in-store demonstration, expert system matching, and shipping across the continental United States. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo by phone or email to check current availability and arrange a listening appointment.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PSB Speakers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53575639695667,"sku":null,"price":1599.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0873\/0293\/0739\/files\/psb-passif-50-front-3-4-pair-on-stands.png?v=1782786818"},{"product_id":"psb-alpha-iq-ast-25-floor-stands","title":"PSB Alpha iQ AST-25 Floor Stands","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePSB Alpha iQ AST-25 Floor Stands at Vinyl Sound Buffalo NY\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB AST-25 are 25\" floor stands custom-designed for the PSB Alpha iQ Streaming Powered Speakers with BluOS, providing optimal placement height and a stable, purpose-built base that complements the Alpha iQ's compact form factor and delivers the speaker's drivers to the correct seated ear height. Available at Vinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York, the AST-25 stands are constructed from heavy-gauge steel in Black or White finishes, with an accent strip matching the Alpha iQ's diamond trim detail. Concealed wire management routes all cables through the stand column, and both adjustable floor spikes for carpet and floor protector discs for hardwood and tile are included. The AST-25 stands are part of Vinyl Sound Buffalo's full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vinylsound.com\/collections\/speakers\"\u003espeaker and accessories collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConstruction and Floor Compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AST-25 stands are fabricated from heavy-gauge steel for long-term rigidity and stability, supporting the Alpha iQ without flex or movement during dynamic listening. Adjustable floor spikes are included for use on carpeted surfaces, providing a firm and non-slip base, while rubber-tipped floor protector discs are included for hardwood, tile, laminate, and stone floors. Both floor interface options are supplied in the box and can be exchanged without tools. Assembly is straightforward with no specialist tools required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions (W × D × H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.5\" × 12\" × 25\" (241.3 × 304.8 × 635mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.6 lbs (4.35kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-Gauge Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCable Management\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConcealed Internal Wire Routing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Speaker\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePSB Alpha iQ Streaming Powered Speakers with BluOS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFloor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable Floor Spikes, Floor Protector Discs (both included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat speakers are the PSB AST-25 stands designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB AST-25 floor stands are designed exclusively for the PSB Alpha iQ Streaming Powered Speakers with BluOS. The 25\" height and top plate dimensions are matched to the Alpha iQ's cabinet footprint, and the accent strip mirrors the Alpha iQ's diamond trim detail. While the stands may physically support other compact bookshelf speakers of similar size, PSB engineered the AST-25 specifically for use with the Alpha iQ.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo the AST-25 stands work on hardwood and tile floors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The AST-25 stands include both adjustable floor spikes for carpet and rubber-tipped floor protector discs for hardwood, tile, laminate, and stone floors. Both sets of floor interface options are included and can be swapped without tools to suit any floor surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo the PSB AST-25 stands have cable management?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The AST-25 stands feature fully concealed internal wire management, routing power and audio cables through the stand column to keep the setup tidy and free of visible cable runs. This is particularly useful with the Alpha iQ's power and network cables, which can be routed cleanly from the base of the stand to the speaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat finishes are available for the PSB AST-25 stands?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB AST-25 stands are available in Black and White finishes, designed to match the Black and White finish options of the PSB Alpha iQ Streaming Powered Speakers. An accent strip on each stand complements the Alpha iQ's diamond trim for a coordinated visual presentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to buy PSB AST-25 floor stands in Buffalo NY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB AST-25 floor stands are available from Vinyl Sound, an authorized PSB Speakers dealer in Buffalo, New York. Vinyl Sound offers expert advice on Alpha iQ system setup and shipping across the continental United States. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo by phone or email to purchase or enquire about current availability.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PSB Speakers","offers":[{"title":"Matte Black","offer_id":53575658373427,"sku":null,"price":479.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Matte White","offer_id":53575658406195,"sku":null,"price":479.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0873\/0293\/0739\/files\/Alpha-iQ-Floor-Stands-AST-25.png?v=1782787063"},{"product_id":"psb-alpha-am5-powered-bookshelf-speakers","title":"PSB Alpha AM5 Powered Bookshelf Speakers","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePSB Alpha AM5 Powered Bookshelf Speakers at Vinyl Sound Buffalo NY\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Alpha AM5 is an active powered bookshelf loudspeaker combining a built-in 50W × 2 RMS amplifier with a versatile input suite and DSP sound mode control, providing a complete desktop or bookshelf audio system without the need for a separate amplifier or receiver. Available at Vinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York, the AM5 features a ¾\" aluminum dome tweeter with ferrofluid cooling and neodymium magnet, and a 5¼\" cone woofer with rubber surround in a bass reflex MDF cabinet. Inputs include 3.5mm analog, phono MM (RCA) for direct turntable connection, optical digital, USB, and Qualcomm aptX Bluetooth wireless streaming. Frequency response measures 55Hz to 20kHz (±3dB) with an LF cutoff of 36Hz (−10dB). A subwoofer output is available for extending bass when paired with an external subwoofer. The Alpha AM5 is available in Matte Black and Matte White finishes and is part of Vinyl Sound Buffalo's full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vinylsound.com\/collections\/speakers\"\u003espeaker collection\u003c\/a\u003e, which includes powered, bookshelf, and floorstanding speakers from leading audiophile brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInputs, Connectivity, and DSP Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Alpha AM5 is designed as an all-in-one audio solution with a comprehensive input selection covering analog, digital, and wireless sources. The phono MM input accepts a direct connection from a turntable with a moving-magnet cartridge, without requiring a separate phono preamplifier, making the AM5 a practical and compact vinyl listening system. The optical digital input connects to televisions, CD players, and streaming devices, while the USB input supports direct connection to computers. Qualcomm aptX Bluetooth enables wireless streaming from smartphones, tablets, and laptops with low-latency, high-quality transmission. DSP-controlled sound modes allow the listener to adjust the AM5's tonal balance for different content types, including dialogue emphasis and soundstage enhancement. Digital signal processing also enables consistent near-field performance regardless of placement position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCabinet Construction and Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Alpha AM5 cabinet is constructed from MDF with a vinyl sleeve finish and MDF front baffle, available in Matte Black and Matte White. Perforated metal grilles are included and attach magnetically for tool-free removal. The AM5's bass reflex design extends low-frequency output to 36Hz at −10dB from a cabinet measuring 6¾\" wide × 11⅖\" tall × 9½\" deep, making it suited to desktop, shelf, and small room placement. The AM5's DSP-tuned frequency response ensures accurate performance in nearfield listening positions typical of desktop or small room setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±3dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55Hz – 20,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLF Cutoff (−10dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAmplifier Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 Watts × 2 RMS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTweeter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e¾\" (19mm) Aluminum Dome with Ferrofluid, Neodymium Magnet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWoofer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5¼\" (133mm) Cone, Rubber Surround, Steel Basket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBass Reflex\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAnalog Inputs\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5mm, Phono MM (RCA)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDigital Inputs\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOptical, USB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWireless\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQualcomm aptX Bluetooth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCabinet Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMDF with Vinyl Sleeve\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrille\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePerforated Metal (Magnetic)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions (W × H × D)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6¾\" × 11⅖\" × 9½\" (170 × 290 × 240mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21.5 lbs (9.75kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18⅜\" × 13⅜\" × 15\" (467 × 340 × 381mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23.6 lbs (10.71kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatte Black, Matte White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the PSB Alpha AM5 need a separate amplifier?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The Alpha AM5 is a powered speaker with a built-in 50W × 2 RMS amplifier. It connects directly to your source — turntable, TV, computer, or smartphone — without requiring a separate amplifier or receiver. This makes the AM5 a self-contained audio system suited to desktop, bedroom, or small living room use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I connect a turntable directly to the PSB Alpha AM5?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Alpha AM5 includes a dedicated phono MM input (RCA) that accepts a direct connection from any turntable with a moving-magnet cartridge, without requiring a separate phono preamplifier. Turntables with a built-in phono preamp can also be connected via the 3.5mm analog input. The AM5 is a practical and compact vinyl listening solution requiring no additional components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat Bluetooth codec does the PSB Alpha AM5 support?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Alpha AM5 supports Qualcomm aptX Bluetooth, which provides higher audio quality and lower latency than standard SBC Bluetooth. aptX is compatible with most Android smartphones, Windows computers, and many other devices. For iOS devices (iPhone and iPad), standard AAC Bluetooth is used, which the AM5 also supports.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I add a subwoofer to the PSB Alpha AM5?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Alpha AM5 includes a subwoofer output for connecting an external powered subwoofer, extending bass reproduction below the AM5's 55Hz (±3dB) lower limit. This allows the AM5 to function as the satellite speaker section of a 2.1 desktop or small room system when additional bass output is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat sound modes does the PSB Alpha AM5 offer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Alpha AM5 includes DSP-controlled sound modes that allow the listener to adjust tonal balance for different listening scenarios, including modes that emphasize dialogue clarity and modes that expand the perceived soundstage. The DSP processing also tunes the AM5's frequency response for consistent near-field performance across different placement positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use the PSB Alpha AM5 as a TV speaker?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Alpha AM5's optical digital input connects directly to most televisions with an optical (TOSLINK) output, providing significantly better sound quality than built-in TV speakers. The dialogue sound mode enhances vocal clarity for TV and film content. The AM5 can also connect to a TV wirelessly via aptX Bluetooth if the television supports Bluetooth audio output.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to buy PSB Alpha AM5 powered speakers in Buffalo NY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Alpha AM5 is available from Vinyl Sound, an authorized PSB Speakers dealer in Buffalo, New York. Vinyl Sound offers in-store demonstration, expert setup advice, and shipping across the continental United States. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo by phone or email to purchase or arrange an appointment.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PSB Speakers","offers":[{"title":"Matte Black","offer_id":53575682195763,"sku":null,"price":799.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Matte White","offer_id":53575682228531,"sku":null,"price":799.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0873\/0293\/0739\/files\/alpha_am5_-_black_-_3-4_left_with_right_front_-_with_grill_on_right_-_small_shadow.png?v=1782787730"},{"product_id":"psb-alpha-am3-compact-powered-speakers","title":"PSB Alpha AM3 Compact Powered Speakers","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePSB Alpha AM3 Compact Powered Speakers at Vinyl Sound Buffalo NY\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Alpha AM3 is PSB's most compact active powered speaker, delivering studio-quality stereo sound from a cabinet measuring just 5⅛\" wide and 8⅝\" tall — suited to desktop, bedroom, and small living room setups where space is limited without compromising on input versatility or sound quality. Available at Vinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York, the AM3 incorporates a built-in 35W × 2 RMS amplifier, a ¾\" aluminum dome tweeter with ferrofluid and neodymium magnet, and a 4\" cone woofer with rubber surround in a bass reflex MDF cabinet. Frequency response measures 56Hz to 22kHz (±3dB) with an LF cutoff of 40Hz (−10dB). Inputs include 3.5mm analog, phono MM (RCA) for direct turntable connection, optical digital, USB, and Qualcomm aptX Bluetooth, matching the full input suite of the larger Alpha AM5. The AM3 is available in Matte Black and Matte White and is part of Vinyl Sound Buffalo's full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vinylsound.com\/collections\/speakers\"\u003espeaker collection\u003c\/a\u003e, which includes powered, bookshelf, and floorstanding speakers from leading audiophile brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInputs, Connectivity, and DSP Performance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDespite its compact dimensions, the PSB Alpha AM3 offers the same comprehensive input suite as the larger AM5. The phono MM input (RCA) accepts a direct turntable connection without a separate phono preamplifier, making the AM3 a self-contained and compact vinyl listening system. The optical digital input connects to televisions and CD players, while USB supports computer audio. Qualcomm aptX Bluetooth enables wireless streaming from smartphones, tablets, and computers with higher audio quality than standard SBC Bluetooth. A subwoofer output is available to extend bass when paired with an external subwoofer. PSB's DSP processing, developed in partnership with sister brands and informed by nearly 50 years of acoustic research at the Canadian National Research Council, optimizes frequency response, bass extension, and output for the AM3's driver complement and cabinet volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCabinet Construction and Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Alpha AM3 cabinet is constructed from MDF with a vinyl sleeve finish and MDF front baffle, with perforated metal grilles attaching magnetically for tool-free removal. The compact bass reflex enclosure extends low-frequency output to 40Hz at −10dB from the 4\" woofer, and DSP tuning ensures consistent near-field performance at desktop listening distances. The AM3 is available in Matte Black and Matte White finishes designed to suit desktop and shelf placement in any room decor. At 10 lbs net weight per pair, the AM3 is one of the lightest and most portable powered speakers in PSB's lineup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±3dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56Hz – 22,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLF Cutoff (−10dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAmplifier Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 Watts × 2 RMS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTweeter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e¾\" (19mm) Aluminum Dome with Ferrofluid, Neodymium Magnet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWoofer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\" (100mm) Cone, Rubber Surround, Steel Basket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBass Reflex\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAnalog Inputs\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5mm, Phono MM (RCA)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDigital Inputs\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOptical, USB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWireless\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQualcomm aptX Bluetooth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCabinet Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMDF with Vinyl Sleeve\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrille\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePerforated Metal (Magnetic)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions (W × H × D)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5⅛\" × 8⅝\" × 6⅞\" (130 × 220 × 174mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 lbs (4.5kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14⅛\" × 9⅞\" × 11½\" (359 × 251 × 292mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.7 lbs (5.3kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatte Black, Matte White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the PSB Alpha AM3 and Alpha AM5?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Alpha AM3 and AM5 share the same input suite — 3.5mm, phono MM, optical, USB, and aptX Bluetooth — and the same overall design philosophy, but differ in driver size, amplifier power, and cabinet dimensions. The AM5 uses a 5¼\" woofer and 50W × 2 amplifier in a cabinet measuring 6¾\" × 11⅖\", while the AM3 uses a 4\" woofer and 35W × 2 amplifier in a more compact 5⅛\" × 8⅝\" cabinet. The AM3 is better suited to desktop and small room use, while the AM5 delivers higher output and deeper bass for larger spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the PSB Alpha AM3 need a separate amplifier?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The Alpha AM3 is a powered speaker with a built-in 35W × 2 RMS amplifier and connects directly to turntables, TVs, computers, and smartphones without a separate amplifier or receiver. It is a complete self-contained audio system requiring only a power connection and a source device.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I connect a turntable directly to the PSB Alpha AM3?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The AM3 includes a dedicated phono MM input (RCA) that accepts a direct connection from any turntable with a moving-magnet cartridge, without requiring a separate phono preamplifier. Turntables with a built-in phono preamp can connect via the 3.5mm analog input instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the PSB Alpha AM3 support Bluetooth streaming?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Alpha AM3 supports Qualcomm aptX Bluetooth for wireless streaming from smartphones, tablets, and computers. aptX provides higher audio quality and lower latency than standard SBC Bluetooth and is compatible with most Android devices and Windows computers. iOS devices connect via standard AAC Bluetooth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I add a subwoofer to the PSB Alpha AM3?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The AM3 includes a subwoofer output for connecting an external powered subwoofer, extending bass below the AM3's 56Hz (±3dB) lower limit. This allows the AM3 to serve as the satellite speaker section of a 2.1 desktop system when additional bass output is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the PSB Alpha AM3 good for desktop use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. At 5⅛\" wide and 8⅝\" tall, the Alpha AM3 is one of the most compact powered speakers available from PSB and is specifically suited to desktop placement. PSB's DSP processing tunes the AM3's frequency response for near-field listening distances typical of desktop use, and the aptX Bluetooth and USB inputs make connection to a computer straightforward without cable clutter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to buy PSB Alpha AM3 compact powered speakers in Buffalo NY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Alpha AM3 is available from Vinyl Sound, an authorized PSB Speakers dealer in Buffalo, New York. Vinyl Sound offers in-store demonstration, expert setup advice, and shipping across the continental United States. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo by phone or email to purchase or arrange an appointment.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PSB Speakers","offers":[{"title":"Matte Black","offer_id":53575694745907,"sku":null,"price":699.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Matte White","offer_id":53575694778675,"sku":null,"price":699.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0873\/0293\/0739\/files\/alpha_am3_-_black_-_3-4_left_with_right_front_-_with_grill_on_left.png?v=1782787974"},{"product_id":"psb-alpha-t20-tower-speakers","title":"PSB Alpha T20 Tower Speakers","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePSB Alpha T20 Tower Speakers at Vinyl Sound Buffalo NY\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Alpha T20 is the flagship tower loudspeaker of PSB's Alpha Series, delivering full-range performance and extended bass in a slim 6¾\"-wide cabinet suited to small and medium listening rooms, home theatre systems, and budget-conscious hi-fi setups. Available at Vinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York, the Alpha T20 is a two-way bass reflex design incorporating a ¾\" black anodized aluminum dome tweeter with ferrofluid cooling and neodymium magnet, and dual 5¼\" textured polypropylene cone woofers with rubber surrounds and dual-layer voice coils, crossed over at 2,500Hz via a Linkwitz-Riley 4th-order network. The T20 delivers a frequency response of 36Hz to 21,000Hz (±3dB) with an LF cutoff of 28Hz (−10dB), 88dB anechoic sensitivity (90dB in-room), and a nominal impedance of 8 ohms with a minimum of 6 ohms — making it one of the easiest-to-drive tower speakers in PSB's lineup. Available in Black Ash and Walnut finishes, the Alpha T20 is part of Vinyl Sound Buffalo's full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vinylsound.com\/collections\/speakers\"\u003eloudspeaker collection\u003c\/a\u003e, which includes bookshelf, floorstanding, and powered speakers from leading audiophile brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDriver Configuration and Crossover Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Alpha T20 uses a two-way driver configuration with dual 5¼\" woofers, each featuring a textured polypropylene cone specifically chosen for low distortion and mechanical breakup resistance, and dual-layer voice coils for improved efficiency and power handling. Both woofers share the same bass reflex enclosure, vented via a 2½\" rear-firing port tuned for the T20's 0.95 cubic foot internal volume, extending bass to 28Hz at −10dB. The ¾\" black anodized aluminum dome tweeter — the same dome material found in the PSB Passif 50 Anniversary Edition — extends high-frequency response to 21kHz at ±3dB, with ferrofluid cooling and neodymium magnet for consistent performance at higher power levels. The Linkwitz-Riley 4th-order crossover at 2,500Hz ensures precise driver integration with minimal phase anomalies at the crossover point.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCabinet Design and Build\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Alpha T20 cabinet is constructed from MDF with precisely tuned wall thickness and strategic internal bracing to control resonances and minimize standing waves within the enclosure. The rear-firing 2½\" port is sized and tuned for the T20's driver and internal volume to optimize bass extension and output. Acoustically transparent magnetic grilles are included and attach without tools. The T20 is available in Black Ash and Walnut woodgrain vinyl finishes, designed to complement warm room aesthetics and furniture. At 6¾\" wide and 32½\" tall, the T20's slim profile suits placement in rooms where wider cabinet designs would be impractical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±3dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36Hz – 21,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±1½dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e54Hz – 20,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOff Axis 30° (±1½dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e54Hz – 10,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLF Cutoff (−10dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Anechoic)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e88dB \/ 1W \/ 1m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Listening Room)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNominal Impedance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMinimum Impedance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 – 120 Watts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProgram Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 Watts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTweeter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e¾\" (19mm) Black Anodized Aluminum Dome with Ferrofluid, Neodymium Magnet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWoofer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 5¼\" (133mm) Textured Polypropylene Cone, Rubber Surround, Dual-Layer Voice Coil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCrossover Frequency\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,500Hz (Linkwitz-Riley 4th Order)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInternal Volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.95 cu ft (27.0L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBass Reflex, 2½\" (63.5mm) Rear Port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions (W × H × D)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6¾\" × 32½\" × 9⅜\" (170 × 825 × 243mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.15 lbs (11.9kg) each \/ 62.7 lbs (28.5kg) per pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack Ash, Walnut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the PSB Alpha T20 and the Imagine T54?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Alpha T20 and Imagine T54 are both slim tower loudspeakers but from different PSB series at different price points. The Alpha T20 is PSB's entry-level tower, using textured polypropylene cone woofers, a two-way crossover at 2,500Hz, and Black Ash or Walnut woodgrain vinyl finishes. The Imagine T54 is a three-way design using woven carbon fibre cone drivers, a dual bass reflex configuration with two rear slot ports, and aluminum outrigger spikes, offering deeper bass extension and a more sophisticated driver architecture. The T20 is the preferred choice for budget-conscious listeners and smaller rooms, while the T54 suits mid-range hi-fi and home theatre systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat amplifier does the PSB Alpha T20 require?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePSB recommends 15 to 120 watts per channel for the Alpha T20. The nominal impedance is 8 ohms with a minimum of 6 ohms — one of the easiest impedance loads in PSB's speaker range — making the T20 compatible with virtually any integrated amplifier or AV receiver, including lower-powered models from 20 watts upward. The 88dB anechoic sensitivity (90dB in-room) further reduces amplifier demands for comfortable listening levels in small to medium rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow deep is the bass on the PSB Alpha T20?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Alpha T20 measures 36Hz to 21,000Hz at ±3dB, with a measured LF cutoff of 28Hz at −10dB — exceptional bass extension for a tower speaker in the Alpha Series price range. This is achieved through dual 5¼\" woofers with dual-layer voice coils and a 2½\" rear-firing port tuned for the T20's internal volume. The T20 can deliver subwoofer-range bass in most small to medium listening rooms without a dedicated subwoofer for music listening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the PSB Alpha T20 be used for home theatre?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Alpha T20's 8-ohm impedance, 90dB in-room sensitivity, and full-range bass extension make it well suited as the main left-right speakers in a home theatre system. Its compatibility with low-powered AV receivers and its slim 6¾\" profile make it a practical choice for home theatre installations in smaller rooms. PSB's Alpha Series includes matching centre channel and bookshelf speakers for a complete multi-channel configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat finishes are available for the PSB Alpha T20?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Alpha T20 is available in Black Ash and Walnut woodgrain vinyl finishes. Both finishes are available through Vinyl Sound Buffalo. Contact Vinyl Sound to confirm current inventory for each finish option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I audition the PSB Alpha T20 in Buffalo NY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The PSB Alpha T20 is available for in-store demonstration at Vinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York. Vinyl Sound is an authorized PSB Speakers dealer serving Buffalo, NY and the Western New York region. Contact Vinyl Sound to arrange a listening session and amplifier matching consultation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to buy PSB Alpha T20 tower speakers in Buffalo NY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Alpha T20 is available from Vinyl Sound, an authorized PSB Speakers dealer in Buffalo, New York. Vinyl Sound offers in-store demonstration, expert system matching, and shipping across the continental United States. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo by phone or email to purchase or arrange a listening appointment.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PSB Speakers","offers":[{"title":"Black Ash","offer_id":53575748616499,"sku":null,"price":1099.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Walnut","offer_id":53575748649267,"sku":null,"price":1099.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0873\/0293\/0739\/files\/PSB_Alpha_T20_Pair_BLK_with-Grill.png?v=1782789083"},{"product_id":"psb-alpha-p5-bookshelf-speakers","title":"PSB Alpha P5 Bookshelf Speakers","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePSB Alpha P5 Bookshelf Speakers at Vinyl Sound Buffalo NY\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Alpha P5 is a two-way bookshelf loudspeaker from PSB's Alpha Series, offering a significant step up in bass output and midrange coverage from the Alpha P3 through its larger 5¼\" woofer and deeper bass reflex enclosure. Available at Vinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York, the P5 incorporates a ¾\" black anodized aluminum dome tweeter with ferrofluid cooling and neodymium magnet, and a 5¼\" textured polypropylene cone woofer with rubber surround and dual-layer voice coil, crossed over at 2,500Hz via a Linkwitz-Riley 4th-order network. The P5 delivers a frequency response of 55Hz to 21,000Hz (±3dB) with an LF cutoff of 37Hz (−10dB) via a 2\" rear-firing port, a sensitivity of 87dB anechoic (89dB in-room), and a nominal impedance of 8 ohms. Internal damping material sourced from PSB's flagship lines is used in the P5's 0.29 cubic foot enclosure. Available in Black Ash and Walnut finishes, the Alpha P5 is part of Vinyl Sound Buffalo's full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vinylsound.com\/collections\/speakers\"\u003espeaker collection\u003c\/a\u003e, which includes bookshelf, floorstanding, and powered speakers from leading audiophile brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDriver Configuration and Crossover Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Alpha P5 uses the same ¾\" black anodized aluminum dome tweeter with ferrofluid and neodymium magnet as the Alpha T20 tower speaker, providing consistent high-frequency character across the Alpha Series lineup. The 5¼\" textured polypropylene cone woofer features a dual-layer voice coil for improved efficiency and reduced distortion at higher power levels, and a rubber surround for long-term reliability. The Linkwitz-Riley 4th-order crossover at 2,500Hz provides precise driver integration, and PSB notes that the P5 covers a wider midrange spectrum than the Alpha P3, improving tweeter-to-woofer coherence across the crossover region. The 2\" rear-firing port extends bass output to 37Hz at −10dB from the compact 0.29 cubic foot enclosure. Cabinet construction uses precisely tuned wall thickness and strategic bracing, with internal damping material drawn from PSB's higher-tier product lines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCabinet Design and Placement\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Alpha P5 cabinet measures 6¾\" wide × 11⅜\" tall × 9½\" deep — a compact footprint suited to bookshelf, stand, and desktop placement. Woodgrain vinyl finishes in Black Ash and Walnut integrate naturally with furniture and shelving, and magnetically attached grilles provide a clean, uncluttered appearance when installed. The P5's rear-firing port requires a few inches of clearance behind the speaker for optimal bass performance; placement too close to a rear wall may reinforce low-frequency output and can be managed by experimenting with speaker positioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±3dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55Hz – 21,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±1½dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65Hz – 20,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOff Axis 30° (±1½dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65Hz – 10,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLF Cutoff (−10dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e37Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Anechoic)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87dB \/ 1W \/ 1m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Listening Room)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNominal Impedance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMinimum Impedance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 – 90 Watts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProgram Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 Watts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTweeter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e¾\" (19mm) Black Anodized Aluminum Dome with Ferrofluid, Neodymium Magnet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWoofer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5¼\" (133mm) Textured Polypropylene Cone, Rubber Surround, Dual-Layer Voice Coil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCrossover Frequency\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,500Hz (Linkwitz-Riley 4th Order)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInternal Volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.29 cu ft (8.3L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBass Reflex, 2\" (49mm) Rear Port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions (W × H × D)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6¾\" × 11⅜\" × 9½\" (170 × 290 × 240mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.15 lbs (4.6kg) each \/ 22.8 lbs (10.4kg) per pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack Ash, Walnut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the PSB Alpha P5 and Alpha P3?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Alpha P5 and P3 are both two-way bookshelf speakers from the Alpha Series but differ in woofer size and bass output. The P5 uses a 5¼\" woofer in a larger enclosure vented by a 2\" rear port, extending bass to 55Hz at ±3dB and 37Hz at −10dB, while the P3 uses a smaller woofer in a more compact cabinet. PSB also notes that the P5 covers a wider midrange frequency range than the P3, providing improved tweeter-to-woofer integration. The P5 is better suited to medium-sized rooms and listeners who prioritize bass impact, while the P3 is the choice for smaller spaces and desktop use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat amplifier does the PSB Alpha P5 require?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePSB recommends 10 to 90 watts per channel for the Alpha P5. The nominal impedance is 8 ohms with a minimum of 4 ohms, making the P5 compatible with most integrated amplifiers and AV receivers. The 87dB anechoic sensitivity (89dB in-room) is well suited to amplifiers from 20 watts upward for typical listening levels in small to medium rooms. The P5's low minimum recommended power of 10 watts also makes it a practical choice for low-powered tube amplifiers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the PSB Alpha P5 need a subwoofer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Alpha P5 extends to 55Hz at ±3dB and 37Hz at −10dB, which is sufficient for most music listening without a subwoofer in small to medium rooms. For home theatre use requiring low-frequency effects below 40Hz, or in larger rooms where more bass output is needed, pairing the P5 with a dedicated subwoofer is recommended. Vinyl Sound Buffalo carries compatible subwoofers and can advise on system integration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the PSB Alpha P5 be used for home theatre surround sound?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Alpha P5's compact size, 8-ohm impedance, and wide dynamic range make it suitable for use as surround or rear channel speakers in a home theatre configuration. PSB's Alpha Series includes matching tower, centre channel, and subwoofer models for a complete Alpha Series multi-channel system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat finishes are available for the PSB Alpha P5?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Alpha P5 is available in Black Ash and Walnut woodgrain vinyl finishes. Both finishes are available through Vinyl Sound Buffalo. Contact Vinyl Sound to confirm current inventory for each finish option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I audition the PSB Alpha P5 in Buffalo NY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The PSB Alpha P5 is available for in-store demonstration at Vinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York. Vinyl Sound is an authorized PSB Speakers dealer serving Buffalo, NY and the Western New York region. Contact Vinyl Sound to arrange a listening session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to buy PSB Alpha P5 bookshelf speakers in Buffalo NY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Alpha P5 is available from Vinyl Sound, an authorized PSB Speakers dealer in Buffalo, New York. Vinyl Sound offers in-store demonstration, expert system matching, and shipping across the continental United States. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo by phone or email to purchase or arrange a listening appointment.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PSB Speakers","offers":[{"title":"Black Ash","offer_id":53575785972019,"sku":null,"price":549.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Walnut","offer_id":53575786004787,"sku":null,"price":549.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0873\/0293\/0739\/files\/psb_alphap5_black-ash-5.png?v=1782789832"},{"product_id":"psb-alpha-p3-compact-bookshelf-speakers","title":"PSB Alpha P3 Compact Bookshelf Speakers","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePSB Alpha P3 Compact Bookshelf Speakers at Vinyl Sound Buffalo NY\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Alpha P3 is PSB's most compact passive bookshelf loudspeaker, delivering room-filling sound from a cabinet measuring just 5⅛\" wide and 8⅝\" tall — small enough to fit on virtually any bookshelf or desktop while maintaining the acoustic standards PSB has developed through nearly 50 years of research at the Canadian National Research Council. Available at Vinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York, the P3 is a two-way bass reflex design incorporating a ¾\" black anodized aluminum dome tweeter with ferrofluid and neodymium magnet and a front waveguide, and a 4\" textured polypropylene cone woofer with rubber surround, crossed over at 3,000Hz via a Linkwitz-Riley 4th-order network. A 1⅜\" rear-firing port extends bass to 43Hz at −10dB from the 0.11 cubic foot enclosure. Frequency response measures 57Hz to 21,000Hz (±3dB), sensitivity is 85dB anechoic (87dB in-room), and nominal impedance is 8 ohms. Available in Black Ash and Walnut finishes, the Alpha P3 is part of Vinyl Sound Buffalo's full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vinylsound.com\/collections\/speakers\"\u003espeaker collection\u003c\/a\u003e, which includes bookshelf, floorstanding, and powered speakers from leading audiophile brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDriver Configuration and Crossover Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Alpha P3 uses a two-way driver configuration with a crossover point at 3,000Hz — higher than the Alpha P5's 2,500Hz — optimized for the P3's smaller 4\" woofer and compact internal volume of 0.11 cubic feet. The ¾\" black anodized aluminum dome tweeter features a front-mounted waveguide to control dispersion and extend high-frequency detail, with ferrofluid cooling and neodymium magnet for consistent performance. The 4\" textured polypropylene cone woofer features a rubber surround and is tuned alongside the 1⅜\" rear-firing port for the P3's compact cabinet volume, achieving a bass extension that PSB describes as defying the P3's physical size. The Linkwitz-Riley 4th-order crossover network uses internal damping material drawn from PSB's higher-tier product lines to minimize cabinet coloration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCabinet Design and Placement\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Alpha P3 cabinet measures 5⅛\" × 8⅝\" × 6⅞\" — one of the smallest passive bookshelf speakers in PSB's lineup at 4.9 lbs each — with a chrome front baffle, woodgrain vinyl finish, and magnetically attached grilles. The cabinet combines tuned wall thickness and strategic internal bracing to control resonances at the P3's compact scale. The rear-firing 1⅜\" port requires a small amount of clearance behind the speaker; PSB recommends experimenting with distance from the rear wall to optimize bass response in smaller spaces. The P3 is available in Black Ash and Walnut finishes and suits bookshelf, desktop, and small stand mounting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±3dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e57Hz – 21,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±1½dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e67Hz – 20,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOff Axis 30° (±1½dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e67Hz – 10,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLF Cutoff (−10dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e43Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Anechoic)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85dB \/ 1W \/ 1m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Listening Room)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNominal Impedance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMinimum Impedance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 – 80 Watts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProgram Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 Watts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTweeter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e¾\" (19mm) Black Anodized Aluminum Dome with Ferrofluid, Neodymium Magnet, Front Waveguide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWoofer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\" (102mm) Textured Polypropylene Cone, Rubber Surround\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCrossover Frequency\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3,000Hz (Linkwitz-Riley 4th Order)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInternal Volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.11 cu ft (3.1L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBass Reflex, 1⅜\" (35mm) Rear Port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions (W × H × D)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5⅛\" × 8⅝\" × 6⅞\" (130 × 220 × 174mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.9 lbs (2.2kg) each \/ 11.45 lbs (5.2kg) per pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack Ash, Walnut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the PSB Alpha P3 and Alpha P5?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Alpha P3 and P5 are both two-way bookshelf speakers from the Alpha Series but the P3 is smaller and more compact. The P3 uses a 4\" woofer in a 0.11 cubic foot enclosure with a 1⅜\" rear port and crossover at 3,000Hz, while the P5 uses a larger 5¼\" woofer in a 0.29 cubic foot enclosure with a 2\" rear port and crossover at 2,500Hz. The P5 extends bass to 55Hz at ±3dB versus the P3's 57Hz, and handles a wider midrange spectrum. The P3 is the preferred choice for desktop use and very small rooms, while the P5 suits bookshelf and small to medium room listening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat amplifier does the PSB Alpha P3 require?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePSB recommends 10 to 80 watts per channel for the Alpha P3. The nominal impedance is 8 ohms with a minimum of 4 ohms, making the P3 compatible with virtually any integrated amplifier or AV receiver. The minimum recommended power of just 10 watts also makes the P3 a practical match for low-powered tube amplifiers and compact Class D amplifiers. The 85dB anechoic sensitivity is modest, so amplifiers of at least 20 to 30 watts per channel are recommended for comfortable dynamic headroom.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the PSB Alpha P3 need a subwoofer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Alpha P3 extends to 57Hz at ±3dB and 43Hz at −10dB, providing reasonable bass performance for its cabinet size without a subwoofer in small rooms and desktop setups. For home theatre use, larger rooms, or listeners who prefer extended deep bass, pairing the P3 with a dedicated subwoofer is recommended. Vinyl Sound Buffalo carries compatible subwoofers and can advise on system integration with the P3.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the PSB Alpha P3 good for desktop use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. At 5⅛\" wide and 8⅝\" tall and just 4.9 lbs each, the Alpha P3 is one of the most compact and lightweight passive bookshelf speakers in PSB's lineup, specifically suited to desktop and small shelf placement. Its 8-ohm impedance and low minimum power requirement of 10 watts make it compatible with compact desktop amplifiers and DAC\/amp units. The front waveguide on the tweeter also helps optimize dispersion for nearfield listening distances typical of desktop setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the PSB Alpha P3 be used as surround speakers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Alpha P3's compact size and light weight make it a practical choice for surround and rear channel use in a home theatre system, particularly in rooms where space for larger surround speakers is limited. PSB's Alpha Series includes matching tower, centre channel, and subwoofer models for a complete Alpha Series multi-channel configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I audition the PSB Alpha P3 in Buffalo NY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The PSB Alpha P3 is available for in-store demonstration at Vinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York. Vinyl Sound is an authorized PSB Speakers dealer serving Buffalo, NY and the Western New York region. Contact Vinyl Sound to arrange a listening session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to buy PSB Alpha P3 compact bookshelf speakers in Buffalo NY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Alpha P3 is available from Vinyl Sound, an authorized PSB Speakers dealer in Buffalo, New York. Vinyl Sound offers in-store demonstration, expert system matching, and shipping across the continental United States. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo by phone or email to purchase or arrange a listening appointment.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PSB Speakers","offers":[{"title":"Black Ash","offer_id":53575802814771,"sku":null,"price":349.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Walnut","offer_id":53575802847539,"sku":null,"price":349.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0873\/0293\/0739\/files\/p3-bookshelf-speaker-black.png?v=1782790065"},{"product_id":"psb-alpha-c10-centre-channel-speaker","title":"PSB Alpha C10 Centre Channel Speaker","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePSB Alpha C10 Centre Channel Speaker at Vinyl Sound Buffalo NY\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Alpha C10 is a two-way centre channel loudspeaker from PSB's Alpha Series, designed to deliver precise dialogue clarity and full-range centre channel performance in home theatre systems. Available at Vinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York, the C10 incorporates the same ¾\" black anodized aluminum dome tweeter with ferrofluid, neodymium magnet, and front waveguide used throughout the Alpha Series, paired with two 5¼\" textured polypropylene cone woofers with rubber surrounds and dual-layer voice coils, crossed over at 2,500Hz via a Linkwitz-Riley 4th-order network. The C10 delivers a frequency response of 55Hz to 21,000Hz (±3dB) with an LF cutoff of 37Hz (−10dB) via a 2\" rear-firing port, 88dB anechoic sensitivity (90dB in-room), and a nominal impedance of 8 ohms with a minimum of 6 ohms — matching the Alpha T20 tower speaker's impedance characteristics for consistent performance across a complete Alpha Series home theatre system. Available in Black Ash and Walnut finishes, the Alpha C10 is part of Vinyl Sound Buffalo's full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vinylsound.com\/collections\/speakers\"\u003espeaker collection\u003c\/a\u003e, which includes bookshelf, floorstanding, centre channel, and powered speakers from leading audiophile brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDriver Configuration and Dialogue Performance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Alpha C10 uses a two-way MTM (midrange-tweeter-midrange) driver layout with the ¾\" tweeter centrally flanked by two 5¼\" woofers, a configuration that provides wide horizontal dispersion suited to the broad seating arrangements typical of home theatre rooms. The front-mounted waveguide on the tweeter controls vertical dispersion to minimize ceiling and floor reflections, improving dialogue intelligibility across multiple listening positions. The two 5¼\" textured polypropylene cone woofers share the 0.44 cubic foot enclosure and 2\" rear-firing port, providing the same bass extension as the Alpha P5 bookshelf speaker in a horizontal cabinet oriented for placement below or above a television screen. The Linkwitz-Riley 4th-order crossover at 2,500Hz matches the Alpha P5 and Alpha T20's crossover frequency, ensuring tonal consistency across a complete Alpha Series multi-channel system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCabinet Design and Placement\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Alpha C10 cabinet measures 17¾\" wide × 6¾\" tall × 9⅜\" deep in a horizontal orientation designed for placement on an AV cabinet shelf below a television screen, or on a dedicated centre channel shelf above a screen in a home theatre installation. The woodgrain vinyl finish in Black Ash or Walnut complements both the Alpha T20 tower speakers and Alpha P5 or P3 surround speakers for a visually coordinated home theatre setup. Magnetically attached acoustically transparent grilles are included. The 2\" rear-firing port requires a few inches of clearance behind the cabinet for optimal bass performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±3dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55Hz – 21,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±1½dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65Hz – 20,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOff Axis 30° (±1½dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65Hz – 10,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLF Cutoff (−10dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e37Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Anechoic)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e88dB \/ 1W \/ 1m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Listening Room)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNominal Impedance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMinimum Impedance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 – 120 Watts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProgram Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 Watts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTweeter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e¾\" (19mm) Black Anodized Aluminum Dome with Ferrofluid, Neodymium Magnet, Front Waveguide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWoofer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 5¼\" (133mm) Textured Polypropylene Cone, Rubber Surround, Dual-Layer Voice Coil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCrossover Frequency\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,500Hz (Linkwitz-Riley 4th Order)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInternal Volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.44 cu ft (12.5L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBass Reflex, 2\" (49mm) Rear Port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions (W × H × D)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17¾\" × 6¾\" × 9⅜\" (450 × 170 × 243mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17 lbs (7.7kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19.9 lbs (9.0kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack Ash, Walnut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich PSB speakers does the Alpha C10 match with?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Alpha C10 is designed to integrate with PSB's Alpha Series speakers for a timbre-matched multi-channel home theatre system. It pairs directly with the Alpha T20 tower speakers as the main left-right channels, and the Alpha P5 or Alpha P3 bookshelf speakers as surround channels. The C10 shares the same tweeter, woofer materials, crossover frequency (2,500Hz), and sensitivity (88–90dB) as the Alpha T20, ensuring consistent tonal character across all channels. Adding a PSB Alpha Sub 8 or Sub 10 subwoofer completes a full Alpha Series 5.1 or 7.1 home theatre configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere should I place the PSB Alpha C10 in my home theatre?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Alpha C10 is designed for horizontal placement directly below or above the television screen, with the tweeter as close to the screen's vertical centre as practical. Placement below the screen on an AV cabinet shelf is the most common configuration. The C10 requires a few inches of clearance behind the cabinet for the rear-firing port. If placed inside a cabinet enclosure, leaving the back of the cabinet open or ensuring adequate ventilation behind the port is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat AV receiver does the PSB Alpha C10 work with?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Alpha C10's 8-ohm nominal impedance (6-ohm minimum) and 88dB anechoic sensitivity (90dB in-room) make it compatible with virtually any AV receiver rated for 8-ohm or 6-ohm loads. PSB recommends 15 to 120 watts per channel for the C10, covering the output range of most mid-range and entry-level AV receivers. Vinyl Sound Buffalo can advise on AV receiver pairing for a complete Alpha Series home theatre system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the PSB Alpha C10 have a front waveguide on the tweeter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Alpha C10's ¾\" tweeter includes a front-mounted waveguide that controls the tweeter's vertical dispersion pattern, reducing early ceiling and floor reflections in typical home theatre room configurations. This improves dialogue intelligibility at off-axis seating positions and reduces the colouration caused by reflected high-frequency energy reaching the listening position slightly delayed from the direct sound.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use the PSB Alpha C10 for stereo music listening?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Alpha C10 is optimized for centre channel home theatre use, but its 55Hz to 21,000Hz (±3dB) frequency response and dual 5¼\" woofers make it capable of reproducing full-range music in a mono or phantom centre configuration. For dedicated stereo music listening, PSB's Alpha P5 or P3 bookshelf speakers are recommended as left-right main speakers, with the C10 reserved for centre channel duties in a multi-channel system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to buy PSB Alpha C10 centre channel speaker in Buffalo NY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Alpha C10 is available from Vinyl Sound, an authorized PSB Speakers dealer in Buffalo, New York. Vinyl Sound offers in-store demonstration, home theatre system matching, and shipping across the continental United States. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo by phone or email to purchase or arrange a consultation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PSB Speakers","offers":[{"title":"Black Ash","offer_id":53575812120883,"sku":null,"price":499.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Walnut","offer_id":53575812153651,"sku":null,"price":349.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0873\/0293\/0739\/files\/alpha_c10_-_black_ash_-_front_above.png?v=1782790251"},{"product_id":"psb-alpha-s10-subwoofer-10","title":"PSB Alpha S10 Subwoofer 10\"","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePSB Alpha S10 10\" Powered Subwoofer at Vinyl Sound Buffalo NY\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Alpha S10 is a 10\" powered subwoofer from PSB's Alpha Series, delivering deep bass extension for both music and home theatre applications through a 150W continuous (210W dynamic peak) high-efficiency digital amplifier and a custom 10\" long-throw polypropylene cone woofer in a tuned bass reflex enclosure. Available at Vinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York, the S10 measures 28Hz to 150Hz (±3dB) with an LF cutoff of 22Hz (−10dB), providing genuine subwoofer-range bass suited to pairing with PSB Alpha Series speakers or any high-performance bookshelf or tower loudspeaker system. DSP processing enables a flat frequency response and robust bass extension tuned by PSB's engineering team. The rear panel provides volume and crossover controls, a variable 50–150Hz low-pass filter with LFE bypass setting, phase switch, low-level RCA inputs, AutoOn\/Standby switching, and a USB power jack for the optional RT100 wireless receiver accessory. Rubber bumpers and spikes are included for placement on hardwood or carpeted floors. The Alpha S10 is part of Vinyl Sound Buffalo's full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vinylsound.com\/collections\/speakers\"\u003espeaker collection\u003c\/a\u003e, which includes subwoofers, bookshelf, floorstanding, and centre channel speakers from leading audiophile brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAmplifier, DSP, and Driver Technology\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Alpha S10 uses a custom 10\" long-throw driver with a polypropylene cone and rubber surround, optimized for the S10's 1.45 cubic foot (41-liter) bass reflex enclosure. The built-in high-efficiency digital amplifier delivers 150 watts continuous and 210 watts dynamic peak power, providing sufficient headroom for both music transients and home theatre low-frequency effects. Digital signal processing (DSP) is used to tune the S10's frequency response for a flat output curve and extended bass to 22Hz at −10dB — a specification typically associated with larger and more expensive subwoofers. The variable low-pass crossover filter, adjustable from 50Hz to 150Hz, allows precise integration with the satellite speakers regardless of their bass rolloff point, and the LFE bypass setting passes the full .1 channel signal from an AV receiver without additional filtering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eControls, Connectivity, and Placement\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll controls on the Alpha S10 are rear-panel mounted, including the volume control, variable crossover (50–150Hz), phase switch, LFE setting, and AutoOn\/Standby switch. Low-level RCA inputs accept a signal from an AV receiver's subwoofer pre-output or from a stereo amplifier's line-level output. Gold-plated RCA connectors are used throughout. The USB power jack on the rear panel supports the optional PSB RT100 wireless receiver accessory, enabling wireless connection from a compatible transmitter and eliminating the need to run a subwoofer cable across the room. Rubber bumpers are supplied for hardwood and tile floors, and carpet spikes are included for carpeted surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±3dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28Hz – 150Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLF Cutoff (−10dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAmplifier Power (Continuous)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 Watts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAmplifier Power (Dynamic Peak)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e210 Watts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWoofer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10\" (254mm) Polypropylene Cone, Rubber Surround, Long-Throw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLow-Pass Crossover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVariable 50–150Hz, LFE Bypass Setting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInput Impedance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22k Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInternal Volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.45 cu ft (41 liters)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBass Reflex\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions (W × H × D)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14\" × 14⅛\" × 17½\" (356 × 359 × 445mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWoodgrained Vinyl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eControls\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear-Mounted Volume, Variable Crossover, Phase Switch, LFE Setting, AutoOn\/Standby\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInputs\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLow-Level RCA (Gold-Plated)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWireless Option\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB Power Jack for RT100 Wireless Receiver (sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Accessories\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRubber Bumpers, Carpet Spikes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich PSB speakers does the Alpha S10 pair with?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Alpha S10 is designed to integrate with any PSB Alpha Series speaker system, including the Alpha T20 tower speakers, Alpha P5 and P3 bookshelf speakers, and Alpha C10 centre channel, forming a complete Alpha Series 2.1 or 5.1 home theatre system. The S10's variable crossover (50–150Hz) allows it to be set below any satellite speaker's bass rolloff point for seamless integration. The S10 is also compatible with non-PSB bookshelf and tower speakers that benefit from additional bass reinforcement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow low does the PSB Alpha S10 play?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Alpha S10 measures 28Hz to 150Hz at ±3dB and has a measured LF cutoff of 22Hz at −10dB. This extension is achieved through the combination of a custom 10\" long-throw driver, a tuned 1.45 cubic foot bass reflex enclosure, and DSP processing tuned by PSB's engineering team. A 22Hz LF cutoff covers the full range of audible bass content in music and home theatre, including the lowest organ notes, bass guitar fundamentals, and cinema low-frequency effects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the PSB Alpha S10 be used wirelessly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with the optional PSB RT100 wireless receiver accessory. The S10 includes a USB power jack on its rear panel specifically for the RT100, which pairs with a compatible wireless transmitter connected to the AV receiver or amplifier's subwoofer output. This allows the S10 to be placed anywhere in the room without running a subwoofer cable. The RT100 wireless accessory is sold separately and is available through Vinyl Sound Buffalo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the LFE setting on the PSB Alpha S10?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe LFE (Low Frequency Effects) setting bypasses the S10's internal variable low-pass crossover filter when connected to a dedicated subwoofer output (.1 channel) from an AV receiver. Most AV receivers apply their own bass management crossover to the subwoofer output, so bypassing the S10's internal filter avoids double-filtering and preserves the AV receiver's crossover settings. When connected to a stereo amplifier's line-level output without bass management, the variable crossover control is used instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere should I place the PSB Alpha S10 in my room?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Alpha S10's compact rear-ported cabinet is designed for flexible room placement. Common positions include a corner (which reinforces bass output), along the front wall between the main speakers, or to the side of the listening area. The phase switch and variable crossover controls allow the S10's output to be adjusted to suit different placement positions and room acoustics. Rubber bumpers are supplied for hardwood and tile floors, and carpet spikes are included for carpet placement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use the PSB Alpha S10 for music as well as home theatre?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Alpha S10's DSP-tuned flat frequency response and 28Hz bass extension make it well suited to both music and home theatre use. For music listening, setting the crossover to match the satellite speakers' rolloff point (typically 60–80Hz for bookshelf speakers) allows the S10 to extend bass without audibly localizing the subwoofer. PSB designed the S10 specifically to work with both music and movie content, continuing the Alpha Series tradition of high-value, versatile audio performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to buy PSB Alpha S10 subwoofer in Buffalo NY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Alpha S10 is available from Vinyl Sound, an authorized PSB Speakers dealer in Buffalo, New York. Vinyl Sound offers in-store demonstration, system matching with Alpha Series speakers, and shipping across the continental United States. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo by phone or email to purchase or arrange an appointment.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PSB Speakers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53575818215731,"sku":null,"price":849.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0873\/0293\/0739\/files\/alpha_s10.png?v=1782790451"},{"product_id":"psb-alpha-s8-subwoofer-8","title":"PSB Alpha S8 Subwoofer 8\"","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePSB Alpha S8 8\" Powered Subwoofer at Vinyl Sound Buffalo NY\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Alpha S8 is a compact 8\" powered subwoofer from PSB's Alpha Series, delivering robust bass for music and home theatre applications in a space-saving cabinet suited to smaller rooms, desktop systems, and installations where the larger Alpha S10 would be impractical. Available at Vinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York, the S8 features a custom 8\" long-throw textured polypropylene cone woofer with rubber surround, a 150W continuous (210W dynamic peak) high-efficiency digital amplifier, and DSP processing tuned by PSB's engineering team for a flat frequency response and bass extension to 32Hz (−10dB). Frequency response measures 35Hz to 150Hz (±3dB). The variable 50–150Hz low-pass crossover with LFE bypass, phase switch, AutoOn\/Standby, and gold-plated RCA inputs are all rear-panel mounted. A USB power jack supports the optional RT100 wireless receiver accessory. Rubber bumpers and carpet spikes are included. The Alpha S8 is part of Vinyl Sound Buffalo's full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vinylsound.com\/collections\/speakers\"\u003espeaker collection\u003c\/a\u003e, which includes subwoofers, bookshelf, floorstanding, and centre channel speakers from leading audiophile brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAmplifier, DSP, and Driver Technology\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDespite its compact 0.86 cubic foot (24.4-liter) bass reflex enclosure, the PSB Alpha S8 delivers the same 150W continuous and 210W dynamic peak amplifier output as the larger Alpha S10, through the same high-efficiency digital amplifier platform. The 8\" long-throw driver's polypropylene cone and rubber surround are tuned in conjunction with DSP processing to achieve 32Hz at −10dB — deeper than many competing 8\" subwoofers at its price point. PSB's DSP implementation corrects the frequency response for a flat output curve across the S8's operating range, improving both music accuracy and home theatre bass impact relative to a passively-tuned design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eControls, Connectivity, and Placement\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Alpha S8's rear panel provides the same control complement as the Alpha S10: rear-mounted volume, variable crossover (50–150Hz) with LFE bypass, phase switch, AutoOn\/Standby switch, low-level RCA inputs with gold-plated connectors, and a USB power jack for the optional RT100 wireless receiver. The S8's cabinet measures 11½\" × 12½\" × 15¼\" — significantly more compact than the S10's 14\" × 14⅛\" × 17½\" — making it well suited to placement in tighter spaces, on AV cabinet shelves, or in smaller rooms. Rubber bumpers and carpet spikes are included for placement on any floor surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±3dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35Hz – 150Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLF Cutoff (−10dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAmplifier Power (Continuous)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 Watts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAmplifier Power (Dynamic Peak)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e210 Watts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWoofer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8\" (203mm) Textured Polypropylene Cone, Rubber Surround, Long-Throw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLow-Pass Crossover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVariable 50–150Hz, LFE Bypass Setting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInput Impedance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22k Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInternal Volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.86 cu ft (24.4 liters)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBass Reflex\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions (W × H × D)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11½\" × 12½\" × 15¼\" (292 × 318 × 387mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWoodgrained Vinyl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eControls\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear-Mounted Volume, Variable Crossover, Phase Switch, LFE Setting, AutoOn\/Standby\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInputs\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLow-Level RCA (Gold-Plated)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWireless Option\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB Power Jack for RT100 Wireless Receiver (sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Accessories\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRubber Bumpers, Carpet Spikes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the PSB Alpha S8 and Alpha S10?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Alpha S8 and S10 share the same 150W continuous \/ 210W dynamic peak amplifier, DSP platform, rear-panel control layout, and feature set, but differ in driver size, cabinet volume, and bass extension. The S8 uses an 8\" woofer in a 0.86 cubic foot enclosure extending to 35Hz at ±3dB and 32Hz at −10dB, while the S10 uses a 10\" woofer in a 1.45 cubic foot enclosure extending to 28Hz at ±3dB and 22Hz at −10dB. The S8 is better suited to smaller rooms and tighter spaces, while the S10 is preferred for larger rooms, full home theatre systems, and listeners who prioritize maximum bass extension.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow low does the PSB Alpha S8 play?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Alpha S8 measures 35Hz to 150Hz at ±3dB and has a measured LF cutoff of 32Hz at −10dB. DSP processing tuned by PSB's engineering team achieves this extension from the 8\" driver and 0.86 cubic foot enclosure, covering the bass range of most music and the majority of home theatre low-frequency effects content.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the PSB Alpha S8 be used wirelessly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with the optional PSB RT100 wireless receiver accessory. The S8 includes a USB power jack on its rear panel for the RT100, which pairs with a compatible wireless transmitter at the AV receiver or amplifier. This allows the S8 to be placed freely in the room without a subwoofer cable. The RT100 is sold separately and is available through Vinyl Sound Buffalo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat speakers does the PSB Alpha S8 pair with?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Alpha S8 pairs with any PSB Alpha Series speaker, including the Alpha T20 towers, Alpha P5 and P3 bookshelf speakers, and the Alpha C10 centre channel, forming a complete 2.1 or 5.1 Alpha Series system. The variable 50–150Hz crossover allows the S8 to integrate with virtually any satellite speaker regardless of its bass rolloff point. The S8 is also compatible with non-PSB speakers from other brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the LFE setting on the PSB Alpha S8?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe LFE setting bypasses the S8's internal variable low-pass crossover when the subwoofer is connected to a dedicated .1 channel output from an AV receiver. This prevents double-filtering, as most AV receivers apply their own bass management crossover to the subwoofer output. When connecting via stereo line-level outputs without an AV receiver's bass management, the variable crossover control is used to set the rolloff point.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the PSB Alpha S8 good for music listening?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Alpha S8's DSP-tuned flat frequency response and 32Hz bass extension make it well suited to both music and home theatre. For two-channel music listening, setting the crossover below the satellite speakers' bass rolloff point (typically 60–80Hz for compact bookshelf speakers) allows the S8 to add bass foundation without audible localization. PSB designed the entire Alpha Series for high-value music and movie performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to buy PSB Alpha S8 subwoofer in Buffalo NY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Alpha S8 is available from Vinyl Sound, an authorized PSB Speakers dealer in Buffalo, New York. Vinyl Sound offers in-store demonstration, system matching with Alpha Series speakers, and shipping across the continental United States. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo by phone or email to purchase or arrange an appointment.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PSB Speakers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53575824277811,"sku":null,"price":749.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0873\/0293\/0739\/files\/psb_alpha_s8.png?v=1782790656"},{"product_id":"psb-iq1-bluos-powered-speakers","title":"PSB iQ1 BluOS Powered Speakers","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePSB iQ1 BluOS Streaming Powered Speakers at Vinyl Sound Buffalo NY\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB iQ1 is a pair of bi-amplified streaming powered speakers with BluOS built in, delivering dedicated left and right channel stereo sound with no separate amplifier, DAC, or streaming device required. Available at Vinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York, the iQ1 incorporates a ¾\" aluminum dome tweeter with ferrofluid and neodymium magnet, a 4\" cone woofer with rubber surround, and separate 45-watt tweeter and 90-watt woofer amplifier channels per speaker — 270 watts total system power across the dual power supply configuration. Inputs include phono MM for direct turntable connection, HDMI eARC for TV audio, optical digital, and Bluetooth aptX Adaptive for wireless streaming. BluOS provides access to over 20 music streaming services, local library playback, and multi-room audio expansion through the BluOS Controller app. Left and right speakers connect via a single included speaker cable. The iQ1 is available in Black Vinyl and White Vinyl finishes and is part of Vinyl Sound Buffalo's full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vinylsound.com\/collections\/speakers\"\u003espeaker collection\u003c\/a\u003e, which includes powered, bookshelf, and floorstanding speakers from leading audiophile brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBluOS Streaming, Connectivity, and Inputs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB iQ1 is built on the BluOS platform — the same high-resolution audio streaming ecosystem used in NAD Electronics and Bluesound products — providing access to Tidal, Qobuz, Spotify, Amazon Music, and over 20 additional streaming services through the BluOS Controller app for iOS and Android. BluOS also enables multi-room audio grouping with other BluOS-compatible devices throughout the home. The HDMI eARC input connects directly to a television with an eARC-equipped HDMI port, providing high-quality TV audio through the iQ1 without the need for a soundbar or AV receiver. The phono MM input accepts a direct turntable connection without a separate phono preamplifier. Bluetooth aptX Adaptive provides higher audio quality and lower latency than standard aptX or SBC Bluetooth, and optical digital input covers CD players and additional source devices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDriver Configuration and Amplification\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach PSB iQ1 speaker is bi-amplified with a dedicated 45-watt amplifier channel driving the ¾\" tweeter and a separate 90-watt amplifier channel driving the 4\" woofer, totalling 270 watts across the complete stereo pair. This bi-amplified architecture eliminates the passive crossover losses associated with single-amplifier designs and allows the DSP to apply independent level and frequency management to each driver. The MDF cabinet with aluminum rear baffle provides rigid enclosure construction, and the bass reflex design extends low-frequency output to 35Hz at −10dB from the compact 5.7\" × 9.7\" × 7.6\" cabinet. The left and right speakers connect via a single proprietary speaker cable included in the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±3dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e64Hz – 20,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLF Cutoff (−10dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAmplifier Power (Tweeter)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 Watts per speaker\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAmplifier Power (Woofer)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 Watts per speaker\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal System Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e270 Watts (Dual PSU)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTweeter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e¾\" (19mm) Aluminum Dome with Ferrofluid, Neodymium Magnet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWoofer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\" (100mm) Cone, Rubber Surround, Steel Basket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBass Reflex\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAnalog Inputs\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePhono MM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDigital Inputs\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBluOS, HDMI eARC, Optical\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWireless\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBluetooth aptX Adaptive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCabinet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMDF with Aluminum Rear Baffle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions (W × H × D)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.7\" × 9.7\" × 7.6\" (145 × 246 × 192mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16.2 lbs (7.36kg) per pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.2 lbs (8.27kg) per pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack Vinyl, White Vinyl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeaker Interconnect Cable, Power Supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is BluOS and what does it do in the PSB iQ1?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBluOS is a high-resolution audio streaming platform developed by the Lenbrook Group, the parent company of PSB, NAD Electronics, and Bluesound. In the iQ1, BluOS provides access to over 20 music streaming services including Tidal, Qobuz, Spotify, and Amazon Music, plays locally stored music libraries, and enables multi-room audio grouping with other BluOS-compatible speakers and components throughout the home. The BluOS Controller app for iOS and Android controls all BluOS devices from a single interface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the PSB iQ1 and the Alpha AM5?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB iQ1 and Alpha AM5 are both powered speaker systems but target different use cases and price points. The iQ1 includes BluOS high-resolution streaming, HDMI eARC for TV connection, aptX Adaptive Bluetooth, bi-amplification (270W total), and multi-room audio capability — making it a complete streaming audio system. The Alpha AM5 uses standard aptX Bluetooth, optical, and USB inputs with a simpler 50W × 2 amplifier and no BluOS or HDMI eARC. The iQ1 is the preferred choice for listeners who want integrated streaming, TV audio, and potential multi-room expansion, while the AM5 suits simpler desktop and bookshelf setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I connect a turntable to the PSB iQ1?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The iQ1 includes a phono MM input for direct connection from a turntable with a moving-magnet cartridge, without requiring a separate phono preamplifier. Turntables with a built-in phono preamp can connect via a line-level input. The iQ1's phono input, BluOS streaming, and HDMI eARC allow switching between vinyl, streaming, and TV audio from within the BluOS Controller app.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the PSB iQ1 connect to a TV?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The iQ1 includes an HDMI eARC input for direct connection to a television with an eARC-equipped HDMI port. This provides higher-quality TV audio than optical connections and supports formats including Dolby Atmos and DTS:X passthrough where the TV outputs them. For TVs without HDMI eARC, the optical digital input provides an alternative connection for standard stereo TV audio.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I expand the PSB iQ1 into a multi-room system?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The iQ1's BluOS platform supports multi-room audio grouping with other BluOS-compatible devices, including Bluesound speakers, NAD Electronics components, and other PSB iQ Series products. Multiple BluOS zones can be synchronized or played independently through the BluOS Controller app, allowing music to follow you through different rooms or play different content in each space simultaneously.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat Bluetooth codec does the PSB iQ1 support?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe iQ1 supports Bluetooth aptX Adaptive, which provides higher audio quality and lower latency than standard aptX, aptX HD, or SBC codecs. aptX Adaptive adjusts bitrate dynamically for consistent performance across varying wireless conditions and is compatible with Android devices supporting aptX Adaptive. iOS devices connect via standard AAC Bluetooth, which the iQ1 also supports.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to buy PSB iQ1 powered speakers in Buffalo NY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB iQ1 is available from Vinyl Sound, an authorized PSB Speakers dealer in Buffalo, New York. Vinyl Sound offers in-store demonstration, system setup advice, and shipping across the continental United States. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo by phone or email to purchase or arrange a listening appointment.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PSB Speakers","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":53575837090099,"sku":null,"price":999.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":53575837122867,"sku":null,"price":549.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0873\/0293\/0739\/files\/PSB-iQ1-Pair-Front-Above-Black-with-Grille-with-Shadow.png?v=1782790893"},{"product_id":"psb-iq2-bluos-powered-speakers","title":"PSB iQ2 BluOS Powered Speakers","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePSB iQ2 BluOS Streaming Powered Speakers at Vinyl Sound Buffalo NY\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB iQ2 is a pair of bi-amplified streaming powered speakers with BluOS built in, delivering dedicated left and right channel stereo sound with no separate amplifier, DAC, or streaming device required. Available at Vinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York, the iQ2 shares the same driver complement, amplifier configuration, and input suite as the iQ1 — ¾\" aluminum dome tweeter, 4\" cone woofer, 45W tweeter and 90W woofer amplifier channels per speaker, 270 watts total system power — but adds wireless speaker-to-speaker connectivity, eliminating the interconnect cable between the left and right cabinets. Inputs include phono MM for direct turntable connection, HDMI eARC for TV audio, optical digital, and Bluetooth aptX Adaptive. BluOS provides access to over 20 music streaming services and multi-room audio expansion via the BluOS Controller app. The iQ2 is available in seven finishes — Black, White, Granite Grey, Sandstone Beige, Ember Red, Boreal Green, and a premium Walnut Veneer with copper accents — and is part of Vinyl Sound Buffalo's full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vinylsound.com\/collections\/speakers\"\u003espeaker collection\u003c\/a\u003e, which includes powered, bookshelf, and floorstanding speakers from leading audiophile brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWireless Stereo and BluOS Connectivity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe iQ2's primary upgrade over the iQ1 is the wireless connection between the left and right speaker cabinets, allowing placement freedom without routing a speaker interconnect cable across shelves, consoles, or desks. Once paired through the BluOS Controller app, the two speakers stay synchronized for consistent stereo playback across all sources. The BluOS platform provides access to Tidal, Qobuz, Spotify, Amazon Music, and over 20 additional streaming services, plays local music libraries via UPnP or USB, and integrates with other BluOS-compatible devices for multi-room audio expansion. The HDMI eARC input connects directly to an eARC-equipped television for high-quality TV audio. The phono MM input accepts a direct moving-magnet turntable connection without a separate preamplifier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDriver Configuration, Amplification, and Cabinet\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach iQ2 speaker uses a bi-amplified architecture with separate 45-watt and 90-watt amplifier channels for the tweeter and woofer respectively, providing independent level and DSP management for each driver without passive crossover losses. The MDF cabinet with MDF-on-aluminum front baffle and aluminum rear baffle provides rigid enclosure construction across the full cabinet, and the bass reflex design extends low-frequency output to 35Hz at −10dB from the 5.7\" × 9.7\" × 7.6\" cabinet. The cloth grille and durable paint finish are designed for long-term appearance in everyday use environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±3dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e64Hz – 20,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLF Cutoff (−10dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAmplifier Power (Tweeter)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 Watts per speaker\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAmplifier Power (Woofer)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 Watts per speaker\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal System Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e270 Watts (Dual PSU)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTweeter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e¾\" (19mm) Aluminum Dome with Ferrofluid, Neodymium Magnet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWoofer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\" (100mm) Cone, Rubber Surround, Steel Basket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBass Reflex\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAnalog Inputs\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePhono MM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDigital Inputs\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBluOS, HDMI eARC, Optical\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWireless\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBluetooth aptX Adaptive, Wireless Speaker-to-Speaker\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCabinet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMDF with MDF-on-Aluminum Front Baffle, Aluminum Rear Baffle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions (W × H × D)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.7\" × 9.7\" × 7.6\" (145 × 246 × 192mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16.2 lbs (7.36kg) per pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.2 lbs (8.27kg) per pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, White, Granite Grey, Sandstone Beige, Ember Red, Boreal Green, Walnut Veneer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the PSB iQ2 and iQ1?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB iQ2 and iQ1 share identical drivers, amplifier power (270W total), inputs (phono MM, HDMI eARC, optical, BluOS, aptX Adaptive Bluetooth), dimensions, and weight. The key differences are: the iQ2 connects the left and right speakers wirelessly with no interconnect cable required, while the iQ1 uses a single included speaker cable between the two cabinets; the iQ2 is available in seven finishes including a premium Walnut Veneer with copper accents, while the iQ1 is available in Black and White only; and the iQ2 has an MDF-on-aluminum front baffle compared to the iQ1's MDF front baffle. The iQ2 is the preferred choice for listeners who prioritize placement flexibility and finish variety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo the iQ2 speakers need a cable between them?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The PSB iQ2 connects the left and right speaker cabinets wirelessly, with no speaker interconnect cable required between the two units. Each speaker requires its own power connection. This wireless stereo architecture allows the left and right speakers to be placed freely on a shelf, console, or desk without routing a cable between them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat finishes are available for the PSB iQ2?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB iQ2 is available in seven finishes: Black, White, Granite Grey, Sandstone Beige, Ember Red, and Boreal Green in a durable premium paint finish, and Walnut Veneer in a real wood grain finish with copper accents. All seven finishes are listed at Vinyl Sound Buffalo. Contact Vinyl Sound to confirm current availability for each finish option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I connect a turntable to the PSB iQ2?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The iQ2 includes a phono MM input for direct connection from a turntable with a moving-magnet cartridge, without requiring a separate phono preamplifier. Switching between vinyl, streaming, and TV audio is managed through the BluOS Controller app without changing physical inputs manually.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the PSB iQ2 connect to a TV?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The iQ2 includes an HDMI eARC input for direct connection to a television with an eARC-equipped HDMI port, providing high-quality TV audio without a soundbar or AV receiver. For TVs without HDMI eARC, the optical digital input provides an alternative stereo TV audio connection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I expand the PSB iQ2 into a multi-room system?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The iQ2's BluOS platform supports multi-room audio grouping with other BluOS-compatible devices including Bluesound speakers, NAD Electronics components, and other PSB iQ Series products. Multiple BluOS zones can be synchronized or controlled independently through the BluOS Controller app for iOS and Android.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to buy PSB iQ2 powered speakers in Buffalo NY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB iQ2 is available from Vinyl Sound, an authorized PSB Speakers dealer in Buffalo, New York. Vinyl Sound offers in-store demonstration, system setup advice, and shipping across the continental United States. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo by phone or email to purchase or enquire about available finishes and stock.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PSB Speakers","offers":[{"title":"Boreal Green","offer_id":53575855374643,"sku":null,"price":1399.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Premium Walnut Veneer","offer_id":53575855407411,"sku":null,"price":1499.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":53575864844595,"sku":null,"price":1399.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":53575864877363,"sku":null,"price":1399.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ember Red","offer_id":53575864910131,"sku":null,"price":1399.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Granite Grey","offer_id":53575864942899,"sku":null,"price":1399.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sandstone Beige","offer_id":53575864975667,"sku":null,"price":1399.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0873\/0293\/0739\/files\/PSB_iQ2_-_Boreal_Green_-_Front_Above_-_with_grille.png?v=1782791324"},{"product_id":"psb-subseries-bp12-subwoofer","title":"PSB SubSeries BP12 Subwoofer","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePSB SubSeries BP12 Subwoofer at Vinyl Sound Buffalo NY\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB SubSeries BP12 is a sealed 1000-watt subwoofer built around a dual 12-inch carbon fibre driver configuration that uses opposing woofer motion to cancel cabinet vibrations, reducing unwanted distortion and delivering tighter, more accurate low-frequency output than conventional single-driver designs. Available at Vinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York, the BP12 is powered by a Purifi amplifier — a Danish-engineered amplifier platform recognized for exceptionally low distortion at high output levels — driven by an Analog Devices DSP processor and Hypex amplifier module, providing 2 × 500 watts continuous power with a frequency response of 20Hz to 150Hz (±3dB) and an LF cutoff of 17Hz at −10dB. The sealed enclosure delivers fast, precise bass transients suited to both music listening and home theater use. Variable crossover frequency from 30Hz to 150Hz, plus an LFE setting at 350Hz, allows integration with a wide range of speaker systems. The free PSB Subwoofer Control app for iOS and Android provides wireless adjustment of crossover frequency, volume, and phase (0°–180°) from any listening position. Built-in IsoAcoustics feet decouple the cabinet from the floor to reduce mechanical interference with room surfaces. The BP12 is part of Vinyl Sound Buffalo's full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vinylsound.com\/collections\/speakers\"\u003espeaker collection\u003c\/a\u003e, which covers subwoofers, bookshelf, floorstanding, and powered speakers from leading audiophile brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDual 12\" Carbon Fibre Drivers and Purifi Amplification\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe BP12's dual 12-inch woofers are mounted in opposing positions within the sealed cabinet so that their mechanical motion works in balance, canceling the reactive forces that cause cabinet vibration and coloration in standard subwoofer designs. Each 12-inch driver uses a carbon fibre cone, a high-density rubber surround, a 3½-inch (89mm) voice coil, and a 150 oz magnet structure in a steel basket — a specification associated with extended linear excursion and high thermal capacity. The Purifi amplifier platform applies class-leading open-loop distortion reduction, resulting in clean transient reproduction at volume levels where conventional amplifier designs begin to degrade. The combination of driver design and amplifier technology produces bass that is audibly cleaner at high playback levels than subwoofers using conventional single-driver, class AB amplifier configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApp Control, Connectivity, and Room Integration\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB Subwoofer Control app for iOS and Android connects to the BP12 via Bluetooth and provides full parameter adjustment without touching the unit — crossover frequency variable from 30Hz to 150Hz, volume level, and continuously variable phase from 0° to 180°. Wired connections include balanced XLR inputs (LFE or left\/right stereo), unbalanced RCA inputs (LFE or left\/right stereo), and a 12V trigger input for integration with automated home theater systems. The 12V trigger enables the BP12 to power on and off automatically with a compatible AV receiver or preamplifier. Auto on\/standby mode activates the amplifier on signal detection and returns to 0.5-watt standby when signal is absent. Universal voltage (100V–240V, 50\/60Hz) and included North American and EU power cords support international use. The automotive-grade paint and clear coat finish is available in Carbon Grey and Basalt Brown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±3dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20Hz – 150Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLF Cutoff (−10dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eContinuous Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 500 Watts (1000W total)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAmplifier\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePurifi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAmplifier Design\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnalog Devices DSP \u0026amp; Hypex Amp\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWoofer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12\" (305mm) Carbon Fibre Cone, High Density Rubber Surround, 3½\" (89mm) Voice-Coil, 150 oz (4252g) Magnet, Steel Basket (× 2)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSealed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCrossover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVariable 30Hz – 150Hz; LFE Setting 350Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConnections\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBalanced XLR (LFE or L\/R), Unbalanced RCA (LFE or L\/R), 12V Trigger Input\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApp Control\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiOS\/Android PSB Subwoofer Control — Volume, Variable Frequency, Phase Control 0°–180°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLED Indicator\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed = Standby, Green = On, Blue\/Red = Bluetooth Pairing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAuto On\/Stand-by\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes (0.5W standby, Energy Star compliant)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUniversal (100V–240V, 50\/60Hz)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions (W × H × D)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.9\" × 19.3\" × 18.9\" (480 × 490 × 480mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e132 lb (60 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e137 lb (62.5 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbon Grey, Basalt Brown (Automotive Paint \u0026amp; Clear Coat)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIsoAcoustics\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes the PSB BP12 different from a conventional subwoofer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe BP12 uses two 12-inch woofers mounted in opposing positions inside a sealed cabinet so that their mechanical motion cancels each other's reaction forces. This push-pull configuration reduces cabinet vibration, which is a primary source of coloration and distortion in conventional single-driver subwoofer designs. The result is tighter, lower-distortion bass that tracks music and film transients more accurately. This is combined with a Purifi amplifier — a Danish-engineered platform that achieves exceptionally low open-loop distortion — for clean output at high playback levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the Purifi amplifier in the PSB SubSeries BP12?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePurifi Audio is a Danish audio engineering company co-founded by Bruno Putzeys, who developed many of the foundational switching amplifier concepts now used across the industry. Purifi's amplifier modules are noted for achieving very low distortion figures across the full power range, including at high output levels where conventional class D amplifiers typically exhibit rising distortion. The BP12 pairs the Purifi amplifier module with an Analog Devices DSP processor and Hypex amplifier hardware for real-time driver control and correction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the PSB BP12 from my phone?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The free PSB Subwoofer Control app for iOS and Android connects to the BP12 via Bluetooth and provides wireless control of crossover frequency (variable 30Hz–150Hz), output volume, and phase (continuously variable from 0° to 180°). Adjustments made in the app take effect immediately, allowing real-time tuning from any listening position in the room without accessing the subwoofer cabinet directly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat input connections does the PSB BP12 have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe BP12 provides both balanced XLR and unbalanced RCA inputs, each configurable as LFE (single channel) or left\/right stereo. Balanced XLR is the preferred connection for environments where cable runs are long or electrical interference is a concern. The 12V trigger input allows automatic power on\/off when connected to a compatible AV receiver, preamplifier, or amplifier. The subwoofer includes North American and EU power cords and accepts universal voltage from 100V to 240V.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the PSB BP12 come with IsoAcoustics feet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The BP12 includes IsoAcoustics isolation feet as a standard feature, not an accessory. IsoAcoustics feet decouple the subwoofer cabinet from the floor surface, reducing mechanical energy transfer between the cabinet and the room structure. This reduces low-frequency standing wave reinforcement and audible room resonance associated with floor-coupled subwoofer placement, resulting in tighter, more focused bass output.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat finish options are available for the PSB BP12?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe BP12 is available in two finishes: Carbon Grey and Basalt Brown, both applied as a multi-layer automotive paint and clear coat process. Automotive paint finishes provide greater durability and uniformity than standard speaker cabinet vinyl wraps and are resistant to light scratching and surface marking. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo to confirm current finish availability and lead times.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to buy PSB SubSeries BP12 in Buffalo NY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB SubSeries BP12 is available from Vinyl Sound, an authorized PSB Speakers dealer in Buffalo, New York. Vinyl Sound offers in-store demonstration, expert system integration advice, and free shipping across the continental United States. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo by phone or email to purchase the BP12 or arrange a listening appointment.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PSB Speakers","offers":[{"title":"Basalt Brown","offer_id":53575884112179,"sku":null,"price":5399.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark Carbon Gray","offer_id":53575884144947,"sku":null,"price":5399.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0873\/0293\/0739\/files\/PSB-BP12-3-4---Front-Side---DARK-CARBON-GREY.png?v=1782791837"},{"product_id":"psb-subseries-bp8-subwoofer","title":"PSB SubSeries BP8 Subwoofer","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePSB SubSeries BP8 Subwoofer at Vinyl Sound Buffalo NY\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB SubSeries BP8 is a sealed 500-watt subwoofer built around a proprietary opposing bipolar dual 8-inch driver configuration that eliminates cabinet vibration through in-phase opposing motor forces, delivering distortion-free bass from a compact 13\" × 14\" × 13\" enclosure. Available at Vinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York, the BP8 is powered by a Hypex nCore Hybrid Digital amplifier — a class D topology recognized for high efficiency and precise driver control at sustained output levels — paired with an Analog Devices DSP processor. The sealed cabinet extends low-frequency output to 20Hz at −10dB with a frequency response of 25Hz to 150Hz (±3dB). Variable crossover frequency from 50Hz to 150Hz, with an LFE setting at 350Hz, allows integration with bookshelf and floorstanding speaker systems of varying bass extension. All adjustments — volume, crossover frequency, and phase (0°–180°) — are accessible directly from the amplifier control panel. Built-in IsoAcoustics isolation feet decouple the BP8 from the floor to reduce mechanical coupling and room resonance. The BP8 is available in Satin Black and Satin White, and is part of Vinyl Sound Buffalo's full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vinylsound.com\/collections\/speakers\"\u003espeaker collection\u003c\/a\u003e, which covers subwoofers, powered, bookshelf, and floorstanding speakers from leading audiophile brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBipolar Dual 8\" Drivers and nCore Hybrid Digital Amplification\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe BP8's two 8-inch woofers are mounted in opposing positions inside the sealed enclosure so that their magnetic motor forces work against each other, canceling the reactive forces that typically induce cabinet vibration in standard single-driver subwoofer designs. Each driver uses a woven carbon fibre cone, a high-density rubber surround, a 2½-inch (64mm) voice coil, and a 45 oz (1275g) magnet structure in a steel basket — the same driver design philosophy applied in the PSB Synchrony and Passif 50 speaker ranges. The result is linear, piston-like driver movement across the full output range with minimal coloration from cabinet resonance. The nCore Hybrid Digital amplifier is conservatively rated at 500 watts continuous, providing sustained headroom for dynamic film and music passages without thermal compression.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCabinet Design, Connectivity, and Finish\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe BP8's sealed cabinet design avoids the port noise and passive radiator distortion associated with ported enclosures, delivering bass that is tight and fast-decaying rather than extended and soft at the low-frequency limit. The compact 13\" × 14\" × 13\" footprint allows placement in environments where full-size subwoofers are impractical. Connections include gold-plated stereo RCA low\/line level inputs and a 12V trigger input for automatic power on\/off with compatible AV receivers and preamplifiers. Auto on\/standby activates the amplifier on signal detection and returns to 0.5-watt Energy Star–compliant standby mode when signal is absent. Universal voltage (100V–240V, 50\/60Hz) and included North American and EU power cords support international use. The Satin Black and Satin White finishes suit both home theater and two-channel listening environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±3dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25Hz – 150Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLF Cutoff (−10dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eContinuous Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 Watts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAmplifier Design\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnalog Devices DSP \u0026amp; Hypex Amp (nCore Hybrid Digital)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWoofer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8\" (203mm) Carbon Fibre Cone, High Density Rubber Surround, 2½\" (64mm) Voice-Coil, 45 oz (1275g) Magnet, Steel Basket (× 2, opposing bipolar)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSealed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCrossover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVariable 50Hz – 150Hz; LFE Setting 350Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eControls\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVolume, Variable Frequency, Phase Control 0°–180° (Amplifier Panel)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConnections\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLow\/Line Level Inputs, Gold-plated Stereo RCAs, 12V Trigger Input\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLED Indicator\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed = Standby, Green = On\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAuto On\/Stand-by\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes (0.5W standby, Energy Star compliant)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUniversal (100V–240V, 50\/60Hz)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions (W × H × D)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.0\" × 14.0\" × 13.0\" (330 × 355 × 330mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42 lb (19.1 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48 lb (22 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIsoAcoustics (integrated)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSatin Black, Satin White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes the PSB BP8 different from a standard single-driver subwoofer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe BP8 uses two 8-inch woofers mounted in opposing positions inside a sealed enclosure. When the drivers move in opposing directions simultaneously, their mechanical reaction forces cancel each other rather than transferring into the cabinet walls. This eliminates the cabinet vibration that causes coloration and distortion in conventional single-driver designs. The sealed enclosure adds a second layer of isolation by removing the port or passive radiator openings through which conventional subwoofers introduce mid-bass noise and group delay distortion. The combination produces bass that tracks transients accurately at all playback levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is nCore Hybrid Digital amplification in the PSB BP8?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003enCore is a high-efficiency class D amplifier topology developed by Hypex Electronics in the Netherlands. It applies a feedback architecture that achieves very low output impedance and distortion across the full power bandwidth, allowing the amplifier to maintain tight control of the driver's voice coil at high excursion levels. In the BP8, the nCore output stage is paired with an Analog Devices DSP processor that applies digital signal processing to driver correction and crossover filtering before the analog amplifier stage, providing more precise control than analog-only subwoofer amplifier designs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I connect the PSB BP8 to my system?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe BP8 connects via gold-plated stereo RCA inputs that accept low-level or line-level signals from an AV receiver's subwoofer output, a preamplifier's low-frequency output, or a stereo amplifier's speaker-level output through a high-level adapter. A 12V trigger input accepts a trigger signal from compatible AV receivers and preamplifiers to turn the subwoofer on and off automatically with the rest of the system. Crossover frequency, volume, and phase are adjusted using the controls on the amplifier panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the PSB BP8 have smartphone app control?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Unlike the larger SubSeries BP12, the BP8 does not include Bluetooth or smartphone app control. Crossover frequency (variable 50Hz–150Hz), volume level, and phase (0°–180°) are adjusted using the controls mounted directly on the amplifier panel. For listeners who prefer wireless parameter adjustment from the listening position, the BP12 offers the PSB Subwoofer Control app via Bluetooth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the PSB BP8 include IsoAcoustics feet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. IsoAcoustics isolation feet are integrated as a standard feature of the BP8 cabinet, not a separate accessory. IsoAcoustics feet decouple the subwoofer from the floor surface, reducing the mechanical energy transfer that causes low-frequency standing wave reinforcement between the cabinet and the room. In practice, this reduces the audible \"boom\" associated with floor-coupled subwoofer placement and produces tighter, more defined bass from any floor surface type.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat finish options are available for the PSB BP8?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe BP8 is available in Satin Black and Satin White. Both finishes use a satin-level surface sheen that reduces surface reflection compared to gloss-finish cabinets and is less prone to showing fingerprints or fine scratches. The compact 13\" × 14\" × 13\" footprint and clean cabinet lines allow the BP8 to blend into both dedicated home theater and living room two-channel listening environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to buy PSB SubSeries BP8 in Buffalo NY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB SubSeries BP8 is available from Vinyl Sound, an authorized PSB Speakers dealer in Buffalo, New York. Vinyl Sound offers in-store demonstration, system integration advice, and free shipping across the continental United States. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo by phone or email to purchase the BP8 or compare it with the SubSeries BP12 for your room and system requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PSB Speakers","offers":[{"title":"Matte Black","offer_id":53575888929075,"sku":null,"price":2099.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Matte White","offer_id":53575888961843,"sku":null,"price":2099.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0873\/0293\/0739\/files\/psb_bp8_sub_3-4_blk.png?v=1782792208"},{"product_id":"psb-subseries-bp7-subwoofer","title":"PSB SubSeries BP7 Subwoofer","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePSB SubSeries BP7 Subwoofer at Vinyl Sound Buffalo NY\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB SubSeries BP7 is a compact sealed subwoofer powered by a 350-watt Texas Instruments Class D amplifier, built around a bipolar dual 6.5-inch carbon fibre driver array that mounts two woofers in opposing positions to cancel cabinet vibration and deliver distortion-free bass from an enclosure measuring just 10.6\" × 11.4\" × 10.6\". Available at Vinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York, the BP7 is designed for music listeners and home theater systems in smaller rooms, dens, and apartments where a full-size subwoofer is impractical without sacrificing bass quality. The sealed cabinet extends low-frequency output to 25Hz at −10dB with a frequency response of 30Hz to 150Hz (±3dB), with a variable crossover from 50Hz to 150Hz and LFE setting at 350Hz. Controls for bass level, crossover frequency, and phase are mounted directly on the amplifier panel. Connections include gold-plated stereo RCA inputs, high-level speaker inputs, and a 12V trigger input for automatic on\/off with compatible receivers and amplifiers. The BP7 is available in Satin Black and Satin White with polished aluminium trim, and is part of Vinyl Sound Buffalo's full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vinylsound.com\/collections\/speakers\"\u003espeaker collection\u003c\/a\u003e, which includes subwoofers, bookshelf, powered, and floorstanding speakers from leading audiophile brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBipolar Dual 6.5\" Driver Array and Sealed Cabinet Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe BP7's two 6.5-inch woofers are mounted in opposing positions inside the sealed enclosure so that their mechanical forces work against each other, canceling the reactive energy that drives cabinet vibration in conventional single-driver subwoofer designs. Each 6.5-inch driver uses a woven carbon fibre cone, a high-density rubber surround, a 1½-inch (38mm) voice coil, and a 36 oz (1030g) magnet structure in a steel basket. The sealed cabinet prevents the port noise, group delay distortion, and passive radiator resonance found in ported designs, producing bass that decays quickly and accurately with program material rather than trailing behind transients. This combination of opposing driver cancellation and sealed cabinet design allows the BP7 to deliver tight, musical bass from a sub-1 cubic foot enclosure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAmplifier, Controls, and Connectivity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe BP7's 350-watt Texas Instruments Class D amplifier is paired with an Analog Devices DSP processor that manages crossover filtering and driver correction before the amplifier stage. Class D topology provides high amplifier efficiency in a compact chassis that does not require a large heatsink, keeping the BP7's overall cabinet size small. Bass level, crossover frequency (variable 50Hz–150Hz), and phase (switchable 0°\/180°) are adjusted from the rear amplifier panel. High-level speaker-level inputs allow connection from amplifiers without a dedicated subwoofer output. Gold-plated stereo RCA inputs accept low-level or line-level signals from an AV receiver's LFE or subwoofer output. The 12V trigger input enables auto power on\/off with compatible receivers and preamplifiers. Auto on\/standby activates on signal detection and returns to 0.5-watt standby in the absence of signal, meeting Energy Star compliance requirements. Universal voltage (100V–240V, 50\/60Hz) and included North American and EU power cords support international use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±3dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30Hz – 150Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLF Cutoff (−10dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eContinuous Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350 Watts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAmplifier Design\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnalog Devices DSP \u0026amp; Texas Instruments Class D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWoofer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.5\" (152mm) Carbon Fibre Cone, High Density Rubber Surround, 1½\" (38mm) Voice-Coil, 36 oz (1030g) Magnet, Steel Basket (× 2, opposing bipolar)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSealed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCrossover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVariable 50Hz – 150Hz; LFE Setting 350Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eControls\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBass Level, Crossover, Phase Switch (Amplifier Panel)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConnections\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh Level Input, Low Level Input, Gold-plated Stereo RCAs, 12V Trigger Input\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLED Indicator\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed = Standby, Green = On\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAuto On\/Stand-by\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes (0.5W standby, Energy Star compliant)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAC Fuse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT10AL 250V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUniversal (100V–240V, 50\/60Hz)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions (W × H × D)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.6\" × 11.4\" × 10.6\" (270 × 290 × 270mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.5 lb (12 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 lb (13.6 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSatin Black, Satin White (Polished Aluminium Trim)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the bipolar driver design in the PSB BP7?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe BP7 uses two 6.5-inch woofers mounted in opposing orientations inside the sealed cabinet. As the amplifier drives both woofers simultaneously, their mechanical motion moves in opposite directions. This cancels the reactive forces that would otherwise cause the cabinet to vibrate, which is a primary source of bass coloration and distortion in conventional single-driver subwoofer designs. The result is lower mechanical noise from the cabinet structure and tighter bass output at all playback levels, particularly in the upper bass frequencies where cabinet resonance is most audible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the PSB BP7 compare to the BP8 and BP12?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll three SubSeries subwoofers use the opposing bipolar dual driver design, a sealed cabinet, and a class D amplifier with Analog Devices DSP. The BP7 uses dual 6.5-inch drivers and 350 watts in a 10.6\" × 11.4\" × 10.6\" enclosure suited to smaller rooms and apartments. The BP8 uses larger dual 8-inch drivers and 500 watts in a 13\" cube enclosure for mid-size rooms, with a Hypex nCore amplifier that extends bass to 20Hz (−10dB) compared to the BP7's 25Hz. The BP12 uses dual 12-inch drivers with a Purifi amplifier rated at 1000 watts, adds Bluetooth app control via the PSB Subwoofer Control app, and extends bass to 17Hz (−10dB) for large rooms and dedicated home theater spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I connect the PSB BP7 to my receiver or stereo amplifier?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe BP7 provides three connection options. The most common is the gold-plated RCA low-level input, which connects directly from an AV receiver's dedicated subwoofer or LFE output. The high-level speaker input accepts a connection from an amplifier's speaker terminals for systems without a dedicated subwoofer output — this is particularly useful with two-channel stereo amplifiers or vintage receivers. The 12V trigger input enables automatic power on\/off when connected to a compatible AV receiver or preamplifier with a trigger output.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the PSB BP7 a good subwoofer for small rooms and apartments?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The BP7's 10.6\" × 11.4\" × 10.6\" footprint is under one cubic foot in volume, making it practical for placement under side tables, in shelving units, or in corners of smaller living rooms, dens, and apartments. The sealed cabinet design avoids port noise that becomes more pronounced in smaller rooms where the subwoofer sits close to walls. The 30Hz–150Hz frequency response covers the bass range relevant to most music and film content without the very-low-frequency room pressurization associated with larger subwoofers in small spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the phase switch on the PSB BP7 do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe BP7's phase switch toggles the subwoofer output between 0° and 180°. When the subwoofer and main speakers are in phase (0°), their bass output adds constructively at the crossover frequency for maximum level and smoothest transition. When placement differences cause the bass to arrive at the listening position slightly out of time, switching phase to 180° can compensate and produce a smoother, more even response through the crossover range. The correct setting depends on subwoofer placement relative to the main speakers and is determined by listening — use whichever position produces the fullest, most even bass at the crossover frequency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat finish options are available for the PSB BP7?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe BP7 is available in Satin Black and Satin White, both with polished aluminium trim accents. The polished aluminium detailing distinguishes the BP7's appearance from standard all-matte or vinyl-wrapped subwoofer cabinets and complements PSB's Synchrony and Imagine series speaker finishes. The compact, clean cabinet profile is designed to blend into furnished living spaces without drawing visual attention to the subwoofer placement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to buy PSB SubSeries BP7 in Buffalo NY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB SubSeries BP7 is available from Vinyl Sound, an authorized PSB Speakers dealer in Buffalo, New York. Vinyl Sound also carries the SubSeries BP8 and BP12 for larger room applications, allowing side-by-side comparison across the SubSeries range. Free shipping is available across the continental United States. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo by phone or email to purchase or arrange a demonstration.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PSB Speakers","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":53575899742515,"sku":null,"price":1249.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":53575899775283,"sku":null,"price":1249.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0873\/0293\/0739\/files\/bp7_3-4_low_-_black.png?v=1782792434"},{"product_id":"psb-m4u-9-wireless-anc-headphones","title":"PSB M4U 9 Wireless ANC Headphones","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePSB M4U 9 Wireless ANC Headphones at Vinyl Sound Buffalo NY\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB M4U 9 are over-ear wireless noise-canceling headphones built around 40mm graphene-infused dynamic drivers, delivering the acoustic detail and tonal accuracy of PSB's loudspeaker lineup in a closed-back circumaural headphone. Available at Vinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York, the M4U 9 combines all-digital active noise cancellation, Bluetooth aptX Adaptive and AAC, Audiodo Personal Sound personalized hearing profile technology, and PSB's proprietary RoomFeel EQ preset — a DSP mode that reproduces the spatial presentation of loudspeakers in an acoustically treated room. Battery life is 25 hours in wireless active mode and 18 hours with ANC engaged. Wired operation via 3.5mm or USB-C is available for uninterrupted listening when the battery is depleted. The gyro-suspended earpads are tilted 15 degrees for ergonomic fit over extended sessions, and the spring steel headband with fabric inner lining accommodates a wide range of head sizes. Available in Jet Black, with leatherette and cloth earpad options and an EVA travel case included. The M4U 9 is part of Vinyl Sound Buffalo's full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vinylsound.com\/collections\/headphones\"\u003eheadphone collection\u003c\/a\u003e, which covers wireless, wired, and noise-canceling headphones from leading audio brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGraphene-Infused Drivers and Active Noise Cancellation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGraphene is a single-layer carbon lattice with a higher stiffness-to-mass ratio than aluminum, titanium, or conventional mylar — the three most common headphone diaphragm materials. When infused into the M4U 9's 40mm dynamic driver diaphragm, graphene increases cone rigidity and reduces resonance at high frequencies, allowing the driver to reproduce transients and fine detail with less breakup distortion than conventional polymer or metal diaphragms. PSB's all-digital active noise cancellation applies digital signal processing to microphone feedback and feed-forward noise sampling, eliminating broadband ambient noise across the frequency range where ANC is most relevant — aircraft cabin drone, commuter rail, and open-plan office noise. Total harmonic distortion at 1kHz\/1mW measures 0.25% with ANC off and 0.5% with ANC engaged, placing the M4U 9 at the low end of THD measurements for wireless ANC headphones at its price point.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAudiodo Personal Sound, RoomFeel, and PSB Headphones App\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAudiodo Personal Sound is an in-app hearing assessment that delivers a series of tones and calibration questions through the headphones, generates a personalized hearing profile specific to each ear, and applies a custom EQ correction to compensate for individual hearing variation. This is distinct from manufacturer-set EQ presets, which apply a fixed curve regardless of the listener's actual hearing response. Four EQ presets are available through the PSB Headphones App, including RoomFeel — PSB's proprietary DSP mode that mimics the natural sound dispersion characteristics of loudspeakers in an acoustically optimized listening room, producing a wider and more open soundstage presentation than conventional headphone playback. Noise transparency and EQ settings are controlled directly through the PSB Headphones App for iOS and Android.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (−10dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10Hz – 23kHz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (−3dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15Hz – 23kHz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±1.5dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20Hz – 23kHz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTHD (1kHz\/1mW) — ANC Off\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.25%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTHD (1kHz\/1mW) — ANC On\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.5%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum Power Handling\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30mW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eImpedance (Passive)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTransducer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm Dynamic, Graphene-infused\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOperating Principle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClosed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEar Coupling\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCircumaural (Over-ear)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWireless\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBluetooth aptX Adaptive, AAC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWired Connections\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5mm (⅛\") Stereo Jack, USB-C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCables Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2m (78¾\") Detachable Braided Standard Cable; 2m (78¾\") Detachable Braided USB-C Cable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery — Wireless Active\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 Hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery — Wireless ANC\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 Hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeadband\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpring Steel with Fabric Inner Cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDriver Enclosure\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS + Polycarbonate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEarpads\/Headpad Cover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeatherette and Cloth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTravel Case\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEVA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions (Folded)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 × 200 × 90mm (7⅞\" × 7⅞\" × 3⁹⁄₁₆\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEar Cushion (Outside)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e84 × 114 × 17mm (3⁵⁄₁₆\" × 4½\" × ¹¹⁄₁₆\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e362g (12.8 oz); +25g with cable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.6kg (3.45 lbs)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJet Black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does graphene-infused mean in the PSB M4U 9 drivers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGraphene is a one-atom-thick lattice of carbon atoms with an exceptionally high stiffness-to-mass ratio — stiffer than steel and lighter than aluminum. When infused into the M4U 9's 40mm dynamic driver diaphragm, graphene increases cone rigidity without adding significant mass. A stiffer, lighter diaphragm resists flex and resonance at high frequencies, which allows the driver to reproduce high-frequency transients and fine detail more accurately than a conventional polymer diaphragm that begins to flex at the upper end of the audio range. This is the same engineering principle applied in PSB's Synchrony series loudspeaker tweeters, translated to headphone driver design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is Audiodo Personal Sound in the PSB M4U 9?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAudiodo Personal Sound is a hearing profile system built into the PSB Headphones App. When activated, it plays a calibration sequence of tones and frequency sweeps through the headphones and asks a series of perceptual questions. The app analyzes the responses for each ear independently and generates a custom EQ correction profile that compensates for that listener's individual hearing variations. Because hearing sensitivity is not uniform across people or across frequencies, a personal profile produces more accurate tonal balance than a fixed factory EQ curve applied identically to all listeners. The profile is stored in the app and applied whenever the M4U 9 is connected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is RoomFeel technology?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRoomFeel is a proprietary PSB DSP preset that applies a frequency and spatial processing curve designed to replicate how a loudspeaker in an acoustically treated room sounds — specifically the way room reflections, speaker dispersion, and low-frequency room support combine to produce a natural, open soundstage. Standard headphone playback places the acoustic image inside the listener's head, which sounds unnatural compared to loudspeaker listening. RoomFeel's DSP corrects for this by adding controlled early reflections and frequency shaping that shift the perceived acoustic image outward, producing a presentation that is closer to seated loudspeaker listening. RoomFeel is one of four EQ presets available in the PSB Headphones App.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat Bluetooth codecs does the PSB M4U 9 support?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe M4U 9 supports Bluetooth aptX Adaptive and AAC. aptX Adaptive is a scalable codec developed by Qualcomm that adjusts bit rate from 279kbps to 420kbps depending on connection quality, and supports low-latency modes for video synchronization. It provides higher audio quality than standard SBC, aptX, or aptX HD at typical listening distances. AAC is the preferred codec for Apple devices including iPhone, iPad, and Mac, and provides better audio quality than SBC on those platforms. For sources that support neither aptX Adaptive nor AAC, the connection falls back to standard SBC.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long does the PSB M4U 9 battery last?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe M4U 9 delivers 25 hours of battery life in wireless active mode without ANC engaged, and 18 hours with active noise cancellation running. When the battery is depleted, the headphones can operate in passive wired mode via the included 3.5mm detachable cable without any amplification, or in active wired mode via USB-C for full DSP, EQ presets, and ANC functionality while charging simultaneously.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use the PSB M4U 9 wired?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The M4U 9 includes two wired connection options. The included 2-meter detachable braided 3.5mm cable allows passive wired listening — signal passes through the drivers without any amplification or DSP processing, compatible with any device with a 3.5mm headphone output including older smartphones, portable audio players, and aircraft seat audio jacks. The included 2-meter detachable braided USB-C cable provides active wired operation with full DSP, EQ presets, ANC, and simultaneous charging from a USB-C source such as a laptop or power bank. Both cables are detachable and tangle-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to buy PSB M4U 9 headphones in Buffalo NY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB M4U 9 is available from Vinyl Sound, an authorized PSB Speakers dealer in Buffalo, New York. Vinyl Sound carries PSB's full speaker and headphone range, with in-store demonstrations available by appointment and free shipping across the continental United States. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo by phone or email to purchase the M4U 9 or compare it with other PSB headphone models.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PSB Speakers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53575911014707,"sku":null,"price":579.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0873\/0293\/0739\/files\/m4u9-3-4.png?v=1782792641"},{"product_id":"psb-m4u-8-mkii-wireless-anc-headphones","title":"PSB M4U 8 MKII Wireless ANC Headphones","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePSB M4U 8 MKII Wireless ANC Headphones at Vinyl Sound Buffalo NY\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB M4U 8 MKII are over-ear wireless noise-canceling headphones built around a 40mm closed-back dynamic driver, delivering active noise cancellation, Bluetooth aptX HD and AAC, Audiodo Personal Sound personalized hearing calibration, and PSB's proprietary RoomFeel EQ technology in a lightweight circumaural design weighing 342g. Available at Vinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York, the M4U 8 MKII offers 25 hours of battery life in wireless active mode and 18 hours with ANC engaged, with passive wired operation via 3.5mm and active wired operation via USB-C for continued use while charging. The all-digital signal path processes audio without analog conversion at intermediate stages, maintaining signal quality from source to driver. Audiodo Personal Sound assesses each ear individually via the PSB Headphones App and generates a personalized EQ correction that compensates for individual hearing variation. RoomFeel applies DSP processing that recreates the acoustic presentation of high-quality loudspeakers in a treated listening room. Available in Jet Black and Espresso Brown, with gyro-suspended earpads tilted 15 degrees for ergonomic fit and an EVA travel case included. The M4U 8 MKII is part of Vinyl Sound Buffalo's full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vinylsound.com\/collections\/headphones\"\u003eheadphone collection\u003c\/a\u003e, which includes wireless, wired, and noise-canceling headphones from leading audio brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003e40mm Dynamic Driver and All-Digital Noise Cancellation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe M4U 8 MKII uses a 40mm dynamic driver in a closed-back circumaural enclosure with a frequency response of 20Hz to 20kHz (±1.5dB) and total harmonic distortion of 0.25% at 1kHz\/1mW with ANC off and 0.5% with ANC engaged — distortion figures competitive with open-back audiophile headphones that sacrifice noise isolation for acoustic performance. The all-digital active noise cancellation applies digital signal processing directly to microphone feedback and feed-forward noise samples without converting to analog at intermediate signal stages, avoiding the noise floor and non-linearity associated with analog noise-cancellation circuits. Three listening modes are available: passive (wired, no amplification), active (wired or wireless with amplification and EQ), and noise-canceling (wireless or wired with full ANC processing). Sensitive call microphones support clear voice pickup for phone calls and video conferences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAudiodo Personal Sound, RoomFeel, and PSB Headphones App\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAudiodo Personal Sound is an in-app hearing calibration system that measures each ear's frequency sensitivity through tones and questions delivered by the headphones themselves, then generates a custom EQ profile correcting for hearing damage, physiological asymmetry, and psychoacoustic perception differences. Because standard factory EQ curves apply a fixed target regardless of the listener's actual hearing response, Audiodo's per-ear personalization produces more accurate tonal balance than generic EQ presets across the full program material range. RoomFeel is PSB's proprietary DSP mode that applies acoustic modeling derived from decades of loudspeaker room acoustics research to recreate the spatial presentation of speakers in a treated room — shifting the perceived soundstage from inside the head to outside it for a more natural, open listening experience. Both features are controlled through the PSB Headphones App for iOS and Android, which also displays real-time battery status.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (−10dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10Hz – 20,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (−3dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15Hz – 20,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±1.5dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20Hz – 20,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTHD (1kHz\/1mW) — ANC Off\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.25%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTHD (1kHz\/1mW) — ANC On\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.5%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum Power Handling\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30mW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eImpedance (Passive)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTransducer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm Dynamic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOperating Principle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClosed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEar Coupling\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCircumaural (Over-ear)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWireless\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBluetooth aptX HD, AAC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWired Connections\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5mm (⅛\") Stereo Jack, USB-C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCables Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2m (78¾\") Detachable Tangle-free Standard Cable; 2m (78¾\") Detachable Tangle-free USB-C Cable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery — Wireless Active\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 Hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery — Wireless ANC\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 Hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeadband\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpring Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDriver Enclosure\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS + Polycarbonate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEarpads\/Headpad Cover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeatherette\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTravel Case\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEVA — 200 × 200 × 70mm (7⅞\" × 7⅞\" × 2⅞\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEar Cushion Outside\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e68 × 98 × 17mm (2¾\" × 3⅞\" × ¾\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight (with cable)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e342g (12 oz)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJet Black, Espresso Brown\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the PSB M4U 8 MKII and the M4U 9?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth headphones share the same 40mm closed-back dynamic driver format, 32-ohm passive impedance, ANC on\/off modes, Audiodo Personal Sound, RoomFeel, 25-hour battery life in active mode, and 3.5mm\/USB-C wired connections. The key differences are: the M4U 9 uses graphene-infused drivers, which provide higher stiffness and lower diaphragm resonance at high frequencies, extending the frequency response to 23kHz compared to the M4U 8 MKII's 20kHz; the M4U 9 supports aptX Adaptive Bluetooth, which scales bit rate up to 420kbps and includes low-latency video modes, while the M4U 8 MKII supports aptX HD, which delivers up to 576kbps at a fixed rate; the M4U 9 offers leatherette and cloth earpad options, while the M4U 8 MKII uses leatherette only; and the M4U 8 MKII is available in Jet Black and Espresso Brown, while the M4U 9 is available in Jet Black only. The M4U 8 MKII is the value-oriented model; the M4U 9 is the current flagship.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is aptX HD Bluetooth in the PSB M4U 8 MKII?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eaptX HD is a Qualcomm Bluetooth audio codec that transmits audio at up to 576kbps and 24-bit\/48kHz resolution — significantly higher than standard SBC's 328kbps ceiling and standard aptX's 16-bit\/44.1kHz limit. This allows the M4U 8 MKII to receive higher-resolution audio data wirelessly than standard Bluetooth headphones, reducing compression artifacts audible in complex music passages. aptX HD is supported on Android devices and computers with Qualcomm-based Bluetooth chipsets. On Apple devices (iPhone, iPad, Mac), the connection falls back to AAC, which is the preferred high-quality codec for Apple hardware. On non-aptX HD, non-AAC sources, the connection falls back to standard SBC.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is Audiodo Personal Sound and how does it work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAudiodo Personal Sound is a hearing calibration system integrated into the PSB Headphones App. It plays frequency tones through the headphones and asks the listener a series of perceptual questions, independently assessing each ear's sensitivity and hearing variation. The app generates a personalized EQ correction profile that compensates for differences in hearing sensitivity across frequencies — including age-related high-frequency hearing reduction, physiological asymmetries between left and right ears, and individual psychoacoustic perception patterns. The resulting profile is applied as a custom EQ layer on top of PSB's reference sound signature, producing tonal balance tuned to that specific listener's hearing rather than a statistical average target.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is RoomFeel on the PSB M4U 8 MKII?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRoomFeel is a DSP preset developed by PSB using acoustic modeling derived from loudspeaker room acoustics research. Standard headphone playback produces a sound image that appears inside the listener's head — a psychoacoustic effect caused by headphone sound arriving only from directly adjacent to the ears without the room reflections, speaker dispersion patterns, and crosstalk present in loudspeaker listening. RoomFeel applies a frequency and spatial processing curve that reintroduces these acoustic cues, shifting the perceived sound image outward to produce a presentation closer to seated loudspeaker listening in a treated room. RoomFeel is selectable in the PSB Headphones App and works in both wireless and wired operating modes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use the PSB M4U 8 MKII wired?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The M4U 8 MKII supports two wired modes. The included 2-meter detachable 3.5mm cable enables passive wired operation without any amplification or DSP processing — compatible with aircraft seat audio, dedicated headphone amplifiers, and legacy devices without USB-C or Bluetooth. The included 2-meter detachable USB-C cable enables active wired operation with full amplification, ANC, and EQ processing while simultaneously charging the battery from a laptop or power bank. Both cables are detachable and tangle-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat finishes are available for the PSB M4U 8 MKII?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe M4U 8 MKII is available in Jet Black and Espresso Brown. The Espresso Brown finish is exclusive to the M4U 8 MKII — the M4U 9 flagship is available in Jet Black only. Both finishes are applied to the ABS + polycarbonate driver enclosure cups and complement the leatherette earpad material. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo to confirm current finish availability for each color option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to buy PSB M4U 8 MKII headphones in Buffalo NY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB M4U 8 MKII is available from Vinyl Sound, an authorized PSB Speakers dealer in Buffalo, New York. Vinyl Sound also carries the PSB M4U 9 flagship headphones for side-by-side comparison. Free shipping is available across the continental United States. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo by phone or email to purchase or arrange an in-store demonstration.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PSB Speakers","offers":[{"title":"Jet Black","offer_id":53575925170483,"sku":null,"price":399.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Espresso Brown","offer_id":53575925203251,"sku":null,"price":399.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0873\/0293\/0739\/files\/psb-headphone-noise-cancelling_m4u-8-mkii.png?v=1782792906"},{"product_id":"psb-m4u-twm-true-wireless-earphones","title":"PSB M4U TWM True Wireless Earphones","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePSB M4U TWM True Wireless Planar Earphones at Vinyl Sound Buffalo NY\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB M4U TWM are true wireless in-ear earphones built around a hybrid dual-driver design combining a Magneto-Static planar driver for high frequencies and a dynamic planar driver for midrange and bass — a driver architecture previously found only in full-size audiophile earphones, miniaturized here to a 6mm form factor. Available at Vinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York, the TWM delivers 20Hz to 20kHz (±1.5dB) frequency response, Bluetooth aptX Adaptive with low-latency modes, Audiodo Personal Sound personalized hearing calibration, and PSB's RoomFeel DSP preset, all in an IP65-rated sealed earphone weighing 5g per earbud. Battery life is 8 hours from the earbuds with 3 additional charge cycles stored in the smart charging case for 32 hours total runtime. The case supports both USB-C wired and wireless charging. cVc (Clear Voice Capture) microphone technology reduces ambient noise during phone calls and voice calls in outdoor and noisy environments. Silicone ear tips are included in three sizes for passive noise isolation and secure fit. The TWM is part of Vinyl Sound Buffalo's full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vinylsound.com\/collections\/headphones\"\u003eheadphone collection\u003c\/a\u003e, which covers true wireless, wireless over-ear, and wired headphones from leading audio brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMagneto-Static Hybrid Dual-Driver Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMagneto-Static transducers — also called planar magnetic drivers — work by distributing a conductive voice circuit across an extremely thin, flat diaphragm suspended between two magnet arrays. Unlike a conventional dynamic driver's pistonic voice coil that pushes and pulls from a single point at the diaphragm's center, a planar driver applies driving force across the entire diaphragm surface simultaneously. This reduces the partial-mode resonances and cone flexure that cause harmonic and intermodulation distortion in conventional dynamic drivers at high frequencies, producing a more linear, lower-distortion response through the high-frequency range. In the TWM, the Magneto-Static driver handles high-frequency reproduction while a dynamic planar driver handles midrange and bass, allowing each driver to operate within its optimal excursion and frequency range. The result is a hybrid driver system that delivers the detail and transient precision characteristic of planar magnetic technology at a 6mm in-ear form factor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eaptX Adaptive, IP65 Rating, and Smart Charging Case\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TWM's Bluetooth aptX Adaptive codec scales transmission bit rate from 279kbps to 420kbps based on wireless connection quality and includes a low-latency mode for video and gaming synchronization. This places the TWM in the same wireless quality tier as the M4U 9 flagship headphones and above the aptX HD used in the M4U 8 MKII. The IP65 rating certifies full dust ingress protection (IP6X) and protection against directed water jets from any angle (IPX5), covering sweat, rain, and gym use without risk to the earphone electronics. The smart charging case holds 3 additional charge cycles for 24 hours of backup power, recharges via USB-C wired or wireless (Qi) charging, and fully recharges in 2 hours. The earbuds charge in 66 minutes from the case's internal battery. Controls on each earbud include click buttons for volume adjustment, track skipping, and call management.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±1.5dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20Hz – 20,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTransducer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagneto-Static (Planar) + Dynamic — Hybrid Dual Driver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDriver Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOperating Principle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSealed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEar Coupling\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIn-Ear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBluetooth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eaptX Adaptive, AAC, SBC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBluetooth Operating Distance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery — Earbuds\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 Hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery — Total with Case\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 Hours (3 additional charge cycles)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEarbud Charge Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e66 Minutes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCase Recharge Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 Hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCharging Input\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5V, 1A (USB-C wired + wireless charging)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDriver Enclosure\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS + Rubber\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEar Tips\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSilicone (3 sizes included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater Resistance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP65 (Dust-proof, Sweatproof, Water-resistant)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMicrophone\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ecVc (Clear Voice Capture) noise reduction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEarbud Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 × 22 × 17mm (⁵⁄₃₂\" × ⅞\" × ¹¹⁄₁₆\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCase Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e64 × 36 × 32mm (2¹⁷⁄₃₂\" × 1²⁷⁄₆₄\" × 1¹⁷⁄₆₄\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight (per earbud)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5g (0.18 oz)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is a Magneto-Static driver and how is it different from a dynamic driver?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA Magneto-Static driver — also called a planar magnetic driver — uses a thin flat diaphragm with a printed conductive circuit distributed across its entire surface, suspended between two magnet arrays. When an audio signal passes through the circuit, the magnetic force acts uniformly across the whole diaphragm at once rather than pushing from a single point like a dynamic driver's voice coil. This distributed-force design eliminates the partial breakup resonances and cone flex distortion that occur in dynamic drivers when the diaphragm's center is driven faster than its edges can follow. Planar drivers are known for lower distortion, faster transient response, and more even high-frequency dispersion than equivalent dynamic drivers — characteristics that were previously only achievable in large full-size planar headphones. The TWM miniaturizes this to a 6mm in-ear form factor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the hybrid dual-driver design in the PSB M4U TWM?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TWM uses two different driver types for different parts of the frequency spectrum. The Magneto-Static planar driver handles high-frequency reproduction, where its distributed-force diaphragm provides detail, resolution, and low distortion at low listening volumes. The dynamic planar driver handles midrange and bass, where its greater excursion capability delivers the output level and low-frequency extension required for impactful bass and natural vocal reproduction. Each driver operates within the frequency range where its design performs best, with a crossover between them inside the earphone enclosure. This hybrid architecture is common in high-performance in-ear monitors used by recording engineers and professional musicians.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is aptX Adaptive Bluetooth and why does it matter for earphones?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eaptX Adaptive is a Qualcomm Bluetooth codec that dynamically adjusts transmission bit rate between 279kbps and 420kbps based on the wireless connection quality between the source and earphone. On stable connections, it maintains higher bit rates for audio quality; on congested or long-distance connections, it scales down to maintain reliability. It also includes a dedicated low-latency mode that reduces transmission delay for video and gaming synchronization. This makes aptX Adaptive more versatile than fixed-rate codecs like aptX HD (which cannot adjust bit rate) or standard SBC (which caps at lower quality). For sources that don't support aptX Adaptive, the TWM falls back to AAC or SBC.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the PSB M4U TWM waterproof and suitable for workouts?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The M4U TWM carries an IP65 rating. The \"6\" in IP65 indicates complete protection against dust ingress. The \"5\" indicates protection against water jets directed from any angle — covering sweat, rain exposure, and water splashing from gym equipment or outdoor activities. IP65 is suitable for running, cycling, gym training, and commuting in light rain. The earphones are not rated for submersion in water, so they should not be worn swimming or in direct contact with running water at close range. The silicone ear tips in three sizes provide a secure, sealed fit that maintains the earphone position during physical activity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long does the PSB M4U TWM battery last?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe earbuds deliver 8 hours of music playback per charge. The smart charging case stores 3 additional full charge cycles, providing 24 hours of backup power — for a total of 32 hours of listening before the case itself needs recharging. The earbuds charge fully in 66 minutes from the case. The case recharges in 2 hours from a USB-C wired connection or via wireless (Qi) charging. Battery status for both earbuds and the charging case can be monitored in the PSB Headphones App.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the smart charging case do for the PSB M4U TWM?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TWM's charging case stores and charges the earbuds when not in use and carries an internal battery providing 3 additional full charge cycles — 24 hours of backup power in a compact 64 × 36 × 32mm case. The case accepts charge via USB-C wired connection or wireless Qi charging, making it compatible with smartphone wireless chargers without carrying a separate cable. The earbuds seat magnetically in the case and begin charging automatically on contact. The case also manages Bluetooth pairing state, resetting the earbuds to pairing mode when the case lid is opened with new devices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to buy PSB M4U TWM earphones in Buffalo NY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB M4U TWM is available from Vinyl Sound, an authorized PSB Speakers dealer in Buffalo, New York. Vinyl Sound also carries the PSB M4U 9 and M4U 8 MKII wireless over-ear headphones for listeners who prefer a full-size form factor. Free shipping is available across the continental United States. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo by phone or email to purchase or for product comparison assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PSB Speakers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53575929069875,"sku":null,"price":199.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0873\/0293\/0739\/files\/M4UTWM-TrueWirelessMicroPlanarEarphones-front-view.png?v=1782793082"},{"product_id":"psb-cs1000-indoor-outdoor-speakers","title":"PSB CS1000 Indoor Outdoor Speakers","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePSB CS1000 Universal In-Outdoor Speakers at Vinyl Sound Buffalo NY\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB CS1000 are two-way bass reflex speakers engineered for permanent indoor and outdoor installation, combining a 1-inch titanium dome tweeter, a 6½-inch clay and ceramic reinforced polypropylene woofer, and a Linkwitz-Riley 4th-order (LR4) crossover at 2,200Hz in a UV-resistant polypropylene enclosure with a two-axis rotation bracket for horizontal and vertical aiming. Available at Vinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York, the CS1000 delivers a frequency response of 45Hz to 23,000Hz (±3dB) with an LF cutoff of 40Hz at −10dB from a compact 9¼\" × 12¼\" × 11¾\" cabinet — performance comparable to PSB's indoor bookshelf speaker lineup, built to withstand weather exposure, UV radiation, and the acoustic challenges of outdoor spaces. Rustproof speaker terminals and a rubber connector cover protect the electrical connections from moisture and particulate ingress. Recommended amplifier power is 20–150 watts into a nominal 8-ohm load, making the CS1000 compatible with standard residential amplifiers, AV receivers, and commercial multi-zone amplifier systems. Available in Black and White. The CS1000 is part of Vinyl Sound Buffalo's full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vinylsound.com\/collections\/speakers\"\u003espeaker collection\u003c\/a\u003e, which covers outdoor, indoor, bookshelf, powered, and floorstanding speakers from leading audio brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDriver Design and Acoustic Performance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CS1000's 1-inch titanium dome tweeter uses a ferrofluid-cooled voice coil and neodymium magnet — the same driver architecture found in PSB's Synchrony and Imagine series indoor speakers. Ferrofluid cooling suspends magnetically active fluid in the tweeter's voice coil gap, increasing the coil's thermal capacity and allowing sustained high-frequency output without compression at higher playback levels. The 6½-inch woofer uses a clay and ceramic particle-reinforced polypropylene cone, which increases cone stiffness and internal damping compared to standard polypropylene while resisting UV degradation, temperature cycling, and moisture exposure over extended outdoor installation periods. The LR4 crossover at 2,200Hz provides a 24dB per octave rolloff on both the tweeter and woofer, producing a flat, coherent combined response at the crossover frequency without the phase anomalies associated with shallower Butterworth crossover designs. The bass reflex enclosure extends low-frequency output to 40Hz at −10dB from a 0.3 cubic foot (8.5L) cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation, Weatherproofing, and Commercial Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CS1000's two-axis rotation bracket allows the speaker to pivot both horizontally and vertically after mounting, enabling coverage pattern adjustment without repositioning the mounting hardware. This makes the CS1000 suitable for angled ceiling soffits, patio overhangs, and commercial wall installations where the mounting surface angle does not align with the target listening area. The UV-resistant polypropylene enclosure resists surface degradation and color fade from extended direct sunlight exposure — a common failure mode for outdoor speakers using conventional ABS or painted MDF enclosures. Commercial applications documented for the CS1000 include retail stores, restaurants, hotel outdoor areas, fitness centers, and bars where a compact, weather-resistant speaker with audiophile-grade driver components is preferred over commercial-grade bulk PA or background music speakers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±3dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45Hz – 23,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±1.5dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59Hz – 20,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOff-Axis Response 30° (±1.5dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59Hz – 10,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLF Cutoff (−10dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Anechoic)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e86dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Listening Room)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e88dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eImpedance Nominal\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eImpedance Minimum\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20–150 Watts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProgram Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 Watts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTweeter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\" (25mm) Titanium Dome, Ferrofluid, Neodymium Magnet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWoofer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6½\" (165mm) Clay\/Ceramic Reinforced Polypropylene Cone, Rubber Surround\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCrossover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,200Hz, Linkwitz-Riley 4th Order (LR4)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInternal Volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.3 cu ft (8.5L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBass Reflex\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEnclosure\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUV-Resistant Polypropylene\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTerminals\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRustproof with Rubber Protective Cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo-Axis Rotation Bracket (included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions (W × H × D)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9¼\" × 12¼\" × 11¾\" (235 × 310 × 296mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 lb (4.5 kg) each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 lb (11 kg) per pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the PSB CS1000 designed for — indoor, outdoor, or both?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CS1000 is designed for both indoor and outdoor permanent installation. Outdoors, the UV-resistant polypropylene enclosure, rustproof terminals, and rubber connector cover protect against rain, direct sunlight, temperature cycling, and particulate exposure common in patio, garden, poolside, and commercial outdoor installations. Indoors, the same enclosure provides a compact cabinet with audiophile-grade driver components suitable for high-ceiling commercial spaces, retail environments, and architectural installations where an aesthetically unobtrusive speaker with weather-resistant construction is preferred. The CS1000 is not designed for submersion in water, but is suitable for covered outdoor areas exposed to rain splash and moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat weatherproofing does the PSB CS1000 have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CS1000's weatherproofing addresses three main outdoor failure modes. First, the polypropylene enclosure is UV-stabilized to resist surface chalking, cracking, and color fade from prolonged sun exposure — a common failure in conventional painted MDF or standard ABS outdoor speaker cabinets. Second, the speaker terminals are constructed from rustproof materials and fitted with a rubber cover that seals the connector area against moisture and particulate ingress. Third, the 6½-inch woofer uses a clay and ceramic reinforced polypropylene cone that is itself moisture and UV resistant, unlike paper cone drivers that swell and degrade in humid or wet outdoor conditions. PSB does not publish a formal IP rating for the CS1000, so it should be installed in a sheltered or covered location rather than fully exposed to direct rain contact on the driver face.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I aim the PSB CS1000 for the best coverage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CS1000 ships with a two-axis rotation bracket that allows the speaker to pivot both horizontally and vertically after the bracket is fixed to the mounting surface. This means the optimal speaker aim is adjustable independently from the mounting angle — useful when the installation surface (ceiling, wall, soffit, overhang) is not parallel to the target listening area. For coverage of a large outdoor dining area or patio from a single mounting point, aim the speaker slightly downward and angled toward the center of the space. For commercial multi-speaker arrays, use the off-axis specification (±1.5dB to 10,000Hz at 30°) to calculate overlap coverage between adjacent speakers at the installation height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat amplifier power does the PSB CS1000 require?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CS1000's recommended power range is 20–150 watts into its nominal 8-ohm load. The 20-watt minimum represents a practical lower threshold for adequate playback level in outdoor listening conditions where ambient noise competes with the speaker output. The 86dB anechoic sensitivity (88dB in-room equivalent) means a 100-watt amplifier will produce approximately 106dB at one meter under sustained conditions — more than sufficient for patio or commercial background music use. Any AV receiver, stereo amplifier, or commercial multi-zone amplifier rated within this power range and capable of driving an 8-ohm load is compatible. For multi-zone commercial installations, a 70V or 100V distributed audio amplifier can drive multiple CS1000 units on a single amplifier output with appropriate transformers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the PSB CS1000 suitable for commercial restaurant or retail installations?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The CS1000 is specifically designed for commercial background music applications including restaurants, bars, retail stores, hotels, and fitness centers. The two-axis rotation bracket enables flexible ceiling or wall mounting in commercial spaces with varied ceiling heights and sightlines. The 150-watt program power handling is robust enough for commercial amplifier systems that operate at higher continuous levels than residential amplifiers. The polypropylene enclosure is resistant to the grease, humidity, and temperature variation found in commercial kitchen-adjacent and outdoor hospitality environments. The compact 9¼\" × 12¼\" × 11¾\" footprint is small enough for soffit and ceiling mounting in standard commercial ceiling heights without requiring custom architectural accommodation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the titanium dome tweeter benefit outdoor listening?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOutdoor listening environments present two specific challenges for high-frequency reproduction that the CS1000's titanium dome tweeter addresses. First, outdoor spaces lack the room reflections that reinforce treble perception in indoor listening — a titanium dome tweeter's smooth, extended frequency response to 23,000Hz compensates by maintaining consistent high-frequency output in a free-field environment without the rolloff associated with soft dome or fabric tweeters that rely on room support for perceived treble presence. Second, titanium dome tweeters are physically more durable than silk or fabric soft dome tweeters, which can absorb moisture or degrade from UV exposure in outdoor installations. The ferrofluid cooling and neodymium magnet in the CS1000's tweeter allow sustained output levels appropriate for commercial background music playback without thermal compression.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to buy PSB CS1000 outdoor speakers in Buffalo NY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB CS1000 is available from Vinyl Sound, an authorized PSB Speakers dealer in Buffalo, New York. Vinyl Sound can advise on amplifier pairing, multi-zone setup, and mounting for both residential outdoor and commercial installation projects. Free shipping is available across the continental United States. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo by phone or email to purchase or request a system consultation for your installation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PSB Speakers","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":53575936606515,"sku":null,"price":879.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":53575936639283,"sku":null,"price":879.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0873\/0293\/0739\/files\/psb_cs1000_-_black.png?v=1782793347"},{"product_id":"psb-cs500-indoor-outdoor-speakers","title":"PSB CS500 Indoor Outdoor Speakers","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePSB CS500 Universal In-Outdoor Speakers at Vinyl Sound Buffalo NY\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB CS500 are two-way sealed cabinet speakers designed for permanent indoor and outdoor installation, combining a 1-inch titanium dome tweeter, a 5¼-inch clay and ceramic reinforced polypropylene woofer, and a Linkwitz-Riley 4th-order (LR4) crossover at 1,800Hz in a UV-resistant polypropylene enclosure with an aluminum grille, rustproof terminals, and a two-axis rotation bracket. Available at Vinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York, the CS500 delivers a frequency response of 63Hz to 23,000Hz (±3dB) with an LF cutoff of 50Hz at −10dB from a compact 7⅞\" × 10⅝\" × 9⅞\" sealed cabinet — a smaller, lighter alternative to the CS1000 for installations where reduced footprint is a priority without sacrificing PSB's titanium tweeter and clay-reinforced driver technology. The sealed cabinet design eliminates port noise and extends installation flexibility to orientations where a bass reflex port's output direction would be obstructed. Recommended amplifier power is 20–120 watts into a nominal 8-ohm load. Available in Black and White. The CS500 is part of Vinyl Sound Buffalo's full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vinylsound.com\/collections\/speakers\"\u003espeaker collection\u003c\/a\u003e, which includes outdoor, bookshelf, powered, and floorstanding speakers from leading audio brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDriver Design, Sealed Cabinet, and Acoustic Performance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CS500's 1-inch titanium dome tweeter shares the same ferrofluid-cooled voice coil and neodymium magnet construction as the CS1000 and PSB's Synchrony and Imagine series indoor speakers — a driver type chosen for its extended high-frequency response to 23,000Hz, resistance to moisture and UV degradation, and consistent off-axis dispersion in open outdoor environments without the room reinforcement that supports treble perception indoors. The 5¼-inch woofer uses a clay and ceramic particle-reinforced polypropylene cone that resists moisture absorption and UV surface degradation across temperature cycling conditions typical of outdoor installations. The sealed cabinet at 0.2 cubic feet (5L) produces bass down to 50Hz at −10dB with controlled rolloff characteristics — sealed enclosures roll off at 12dB per octave below their tuning frequency, which is gentler and more musicaly natural than the 24dB per octave rolloff of ported designs below their port tuning point. The LR4 crossover at 1,800Hz provides 24dB per octave driver rolloff, minimizing harmonic overlap between the tweeter and woofer at the crossover frequency and producing a flat, coherent combined response.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWeatherproofing, Aluminum Grille, and Mounting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CS500's weatherproofing uses three complementary protective features. The UV-resistant polypropylene enclosure resists surface degradation, chalking, and color fade from extended direct sunlight exposure. The rustproof speaker terminals with rubber protective covers seal the connection area against moisture and particulate ingress at the cable entry point. The aluminum grille protects the drivers from physical impact — including hail, debris, and incidental contact in high-traffic commercial environments — while passing sound with minimal coloration. The two-axis rotation bracket allows the speaker to pivot both horizontally and vertically after the mounting hardware is fixed, enabling coverage angle adjustment independently from the mounting surface orientation. The 7 lb (3.2 kg) net weight per speaker simplifies single-person installation on wall brackets and ceiling soffits at standard commercial mounting heights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±3dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63Hz – 23,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±1.5dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65Hz – 20,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOff-Axis Response 30° (±1.5dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65Hz – 10,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLF Cutoff (−10dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Anechoic)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Listening Room)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eImpedance Nominal\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eImpedance Minimum\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20–120 Watts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProgram Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 Watts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTweeter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\" (25mm) Titanium Dome, Ferrofluid, Neodymium Magnet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWoofer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5¼\" (133mm) Clay\/Ceramic Reinforced Polypropylene Cone, Rubber Surround\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCrossover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,800Hz, Linkwitz-Riley 4th Order (LR4)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInternal Volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.2 cu ft (5L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSealed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEnclosure\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUV-Resistant Polypropylene\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrille\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTerminals\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRustproof with Rubber Protective Cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo-Axis Rotation Bracket (included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions (W × H × D)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7⅞\" × 10⅝\" × 9⅞\" (196 × 268 × 248mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 lb (3.2 kg) each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 lb (8 kg) per pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the PSB CS500 compare to the CS1000?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth the CS500 and CS1000 use the same 1-inch titanium dome tweeter with ferrofluid cooling, clay and ceramic reinforced polypropylene woofer, LR4 crossover, UV-resistant polypropylene enclosure, rustproof terminals, and two-axis rotation bracket. The CS500 uses a 5¼-inch woofer in a smaller sealed cabinet (7⅞\" × 10⅝\" × 9⅞\", 7 lb each) with a 1,800Hz crossover, 85dB sensitivity, and 120W program handling. The CS1000 uses a larger 6½-inch woofer in a bass reflex cabinet (9¼\" × 12¼\" × 11¾\", 10 lb each) with a 2,200Hz crossover, 86dB sensitivity, and 150W program handling, extending bass 10Hz lower to 40Hz at −10dB. The CS500 is the compact-installation choice for tight soffits, small patios, and commercial spaces with mounting constraints. The CS1000 is preferred for larger outdoor areas or applications that benefit from its additional bass extension and output capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy does the CS500 use a sealed cabinet instead of bass reflex?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CS500's sealed cabinet trades the deeper bass extension of a ported design for several installation and acoustic advantages. A sealed cabinet has no port opening that can introduce port chuffing noise at high playback levels, which becomes audible in outdoor settings where ambient noise masks it less effectively than indoors. A sealed cabinet also rolls off below its tuning frequency at a gentler 12dB per octave slope rather than the sharper 24dB per octave rolloff below the port tuning frequency of a bass reflex design — resulting in more natural-sounding deep bass rather than an abrupt cutoff. Additionally, a sealed cabinet produces usable bass output in any mounting orientation without concern for port placement, which matters in commercial installations where speakers may be mounted at varied angles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat weatherproofing does the PSB CS500 have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CS500 uses three weatherproofing elements. The polypropylene enclosure is UV-stabilized to resist surface chalking, cracking, and color fade from direct sunlight — a common failure mode in conventional painted enclosures. The speaker terminals are constructed from rustproof materials and fitted with rubber covers that seal the connection area from moisture and particulate ingress. The aluminum grille protects the tweeter dome and woofer cone from physical impact and debris while being corrosion-resistant in humid outdoor environments. PSB does not publish a formal IP rating for the CS500, so it should be installed in a sheltered or covered location rather than exposed to direct rainfall on the driver face. Both woofer and tweeter driver materials are selected for resistance to moisture and temperature variation in outdoor conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the aluminum grille on the CS500 and why does it matter outdoors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CS500's aluminum grille serves a different function from the fabric or plastic grilles used on indoor speakers. Outdoor installations expose speakers to physical contact hazards — incidental impact from maintenance equipment, hail, debris, and high-traffic commercial environments — that fabric grilles do not protect against. An aluminum grille provides rigid physical protection for the tweeter dome and woofer cone without contributing additional corrosion risk, as aluminum naturally forms a protective oxide layer that resists rust and surface degradation from moisture exposure. The grille is perforated to allow sound to pass through with minimal diffraction or frequency response coloration from the grille structure itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I mount the PSB CS500 for outdoor use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CS500 ships with a two-axis rotation bracket that attaches to a wall or ceiling surface and allows horizontal and vertical speaker aiming after the bracket is installed. This enables fine-tuning of the speaker's coverage angle to suit the listening area geometry without changing the mounting position. The 7 lb (3.2 kg) per speaker weight makes bracket installation manageable with standard drywall or masonry anchors at typical mounting heights. For outdoor residential installations, weather-rated exterior mounting hardware appropriate to the wall or soffit material is recommended in addition to the included bracket. For commercial installations in restaurants, retail stores, or hotel outdoor areas, a licensed electrician or AV integrator should confirm mounting hardware and cable protection conduit requirements for the specific installation environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the PSB CS500 suitable for commercial restaurant or retail use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The CS500's weatherproof enclosure, aluminum grille, and compact footprint are suited to commercial indoor and outdoor background music installations in restaurants, retail stores, hotel lobbies and courtyards, fitness centers, and bars. The 120-watt program power handling is compatible with commercial multi-zone amplifier systems. The two-axis rotation bracket allows ceiling and wall mounting with coverage angle adjustment to address the varied room geometries common in commercial renovation installations. For multi-speaker commercial arrays, the 85dB anechoic sensitivity and 8-ohm nominal impedance are compatible with standard commercial amplifier multi-zone output configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to buy PSB CS500 outdoor speakers in Buffalo NY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB CS500 is available from Vinyl Sound, an authorized PSB Speakers dealer in Buffalo, New York. Vinyl Sound also carries the CS1000 for applications requiring a larger cabinet and greater bass extension. Free shipping is available across the continental United States. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo by phone or email to purchase, compare the CS500 and CS1000, or discuss amplifier and multi-zone installation requirements for your project.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PSB Speakers","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":53575943487795,"sku":null,"price":679.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":53575943520563,"sku":null,"price":679.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0873\/0293\/0739\/files\/psb_cs500_blk_3_4.png?v=1782793525"},{"product_id":"psb-c-lcr-angled-in-ceiling-speaker","title":"PSB C-LCR Angled In-Ceiling Speaker","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePSB C-LCR Angled In-Ceiling Speaker at Vinyl Sound Buffalo NY\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB C-LCR is an in-ceiling Left\/Center\/Right speaker built around a dual 5¼-inch woofer and 1-inch titanium dome tweeter array drawn from PSB's Imagine Series, housed in a sealed enclosure with an angled baffle that directs sound toward the primary listening position rather than straight down from the ceiling. Available at Vinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York, the C-LCR delivers a frequency response of 65Hz to 23,000Hz (±3dB) with an LF cutoff of 50Hz at −10dB into a nominal 6-ohm load, accepting up to 150 watts of program power. The angled baffle eliminates the overhead projection characteristic of conventional flat in-ceiling speakers, creating a soundstage that appears to originate at ear level — a critical perceptual requirement for front LCR channel reproduction in Dolby Atmos, DTS:X, and 5.1\/7.1 home theater systems. The sealed cabinet minimizes vibration transfer through the ceiling structure to adjacent rooms. A magnetic frameless grille disappears flush with the ceiling surface. Steel and ABS doglegs clamp the speaker to ceiling material from below without requiring access from above, and integrated cable tracks keep wiring routed cleanly inside the enclosure. Pre-construction templates are included for rough-in cutout marking. The C-LCR is part of Vinyl Sound Buffalo's full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vinylsound.com\/collections\/speakers\"\u003espeaker collection\u003c\/a\u003e, which covers in-ceiling, outdoor, bookshelf, powered, and floorstanding speakers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAngled Baffle Design and Dual 5¼\" Woofer Array\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe C-LCR's angled baffle tilts the tweeter and woofer array toward the main listening position at installation, so the speaker's on-axis response is measured toward the seated listener rather than perpendicular to the ceiling. This matters because all loudspeakers exhibit progressively narrower dispersion at higher frequencies, and a flat-baffle in-ceiling speaker's on-axis response — its best-measuring response — is directed at the floor below the speaker rather than toward the listener. The C-LCR corrects for this by angling the driver assembly, ensuring that the listener receives the speaker's on-axis frequency response including full high-frequency extension to 23,000Hz rather than an off-axis response that rolls off in the high frequencies. The dual 5¼-inch woofers use clay and ceramic reinforced polypropylene cones shared with the Imagine Series, providing increased cone stiffness and internal damping compared to standard polypropylene for lower midrange coloration at high output levels. The 1-inch titanium dome tweeter uses ferrofluid cooling for extended thermal headroom at sustained output levels required by home theater dynamics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSealed Cabinet, Installation, and Grille\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sealed cabinet design minimizes sound transmission between floors and adjacent rooms compared to bass reflex in-ceiling speakers, whose port openings can transfer bass energy into the ceiling cavity and couple it to adjacent room surfaces. The magnetic frameless grille attaches and detaches without visible screw holes or a visible grille frame perimeter, producing a flush ceiling appearance that is less visually disruptive than speakers with visible mounting frames. The steel and ABS dogleg mounting system clamps the speaker body against the ceiling drywall from below once the speaker is inserted through the cutout, requiring no above-ceiling access and no additional backing structure beyond standard drywall at minimum depths of 7¾ inches (196mm) from the cutout surface to the nearest obstruction. The integrated cable tracks inside the enclosure route speaker wire neatly without visible cable runs on the ceiling surface. The included pre-construction templates allow rough-in cutout marking during initial construction before drywall is finished, simplifying new-construction home theater installations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±3dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65Hz – 23,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±1.5dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70Hz – 20,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLF Cutoff (−10dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eImpedance Nominal\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eImpedance Minimum\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20–150 Watts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProgram Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 Watts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTweeter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\" (25mm) Titanium Dome, Ferrofluid (Imagine Series)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWoofer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5¼\" (133mm) Clay\/Ceramic Reinforced Polypropylene Cone, × 2 (Imagine Series)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSealed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBaffle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAngled (directs sound toward listening position)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrille\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic Frameless (White)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel and ABS Doglegs; Cable Tracks; Pre-Construction Template included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCutout Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13³⁄₁₆\" × 13³⁄₁₆\" (335 × 335mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting Depth Required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7¾\" (196mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrille Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14¾\" × 14¾\" × ⅜\" (373 × 373 × 7mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17.6 lb (8.8 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 lb (10.9 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the angled baffle do on the PSB C-LCR?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe angled baffle tilts the C-LCR's driver array toward the primary listening position so that the speaker's on-axis frequency response — the direction where the speaker measures flattest with full high-frequency extension — is aimed at the listener rather than straight down at the floor. A flat-baffle in-ceiling speaker's drivers face directly downward, so a seated listener receives the off-axis response, which rolls off in the upper frequencies and produces a duller, less detailed sound. The C-LCR's angled baffle corrects for this, ensuring the listener receives the speaker's on-axis response including the full 23,000Hz treble extension from the titanium dome tweeter. This is particularly important for dialogue intelligibility in film center channel applications, where high-frequency consonants carry most of the vocal clarity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy does the C-LCR use two woofers instead of one?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dual 5¼-inch woofer configuration provides two advantages over a single larger woofer in an in-ceiling speaker. First, two 5¼-inch drivers have a combined cone area comparable to a single 7½-inch driver, delivering equivalent bass displacement capability from individual drivers that have lower moving mass and better pistonic behavior through the midrange. Second, the two-woofer array places one woofer on each side of the center-mounted tweeter, creating a left-right symmetric driver layout that mirrors the D'Appolito or MTM (midwoofer-tweeter-midwoofer) arrangement used in high-performance stand-mount monitors. This MTM configuration reduces vertical dispersion (which is toward the ceiling and floor, irrelevant in a ceiling installation) while widening horizontal dispersion toward the listening area, improving seat-to-seat consistency in home theater rows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the C-LCR work as a center channel speaker in a home theater?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The C-LCR's name designates it for use as a Left, Center, or Right channel speaker in a home theater system. As a center channel, it is installed in the ceiling above or near the screen, with the angled baffle directed toward the primary listening row. The angled baffle's function is especially valuable in center channel applications because dialogue intelligibility — the primary center channel function — depends on receiving the speaker's on-axis high-frequency response. A matched set of three C-LCR speakers provides consistent timbre across all three front channels, which is the standard approach for home theater LCR speaker configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat amplifier power does the PSB C-LCR require?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe C-LCR's recommended power range is 20–150 watts into its nominal 6-ohm load, with a minimum impedance of 4 ohms at certain frequencies. The 4-ohm minimum means the amplifier must be rated for stable operation into a 4-ohm load — most AV receivers rated at their nominal 8-ohm power output will deliver 1.5 to 2 times that power into a 4-ohm load, which should be within the C-LCR's 150-watt program power limit. Confirm that the AV receiver or amplifier specifies stable 4-ohm operation before purchase. For multi-channel home theater use with three C-LCR speakers across the front, each speaker can be driven from individual channels of an AV receiver or multi-channel amplifier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow deep does the PSB C-LCR need to be installed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe C-LCR requires a minimum mounting depth of 7¾ inches (196mm) from the cutout surface to the nearest obstruction above the ceiling drywall — including joists, HVAC ducts, electrical conduit, or insulation that would prevent the speaker from seating flush. This mounting depth is deeper than standard single-driver in-ceiling speakers due to the dual-woofer sealed enclosure design. The included pre-construction template allows rough-in cutout marking before drywall finishing in new construction. For retrofit installations in existing ceilings, confirm available ceiling cavity depth before ordering. The cutout dimensions are 13³⁄₁₆\" × 13³⁄₁₆\" (335 × 335mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the sealed cabinet advantage for an in-ceiling speaker?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn in-ceiling sealed cabinet contains the speaker's acoustic output within the enclosure rather than coupling it to the ceiling cavity through a port opening. Ported in-ceiling speakers transfer bass energy into the ceiling plenum, where it couples to the floor or walls of the room above and produces audible low-frequency leakage into adjacent spaces — a problem in multi-story homes and multi-room home theater installations. The C-LCR's sealed cabinet keeps bass energy contained within the speaker enclosure, minimizing room-to-room sound transfer. The sealed design also produces a gentler 12dB per octave bass rolloff below the tuning frequency, resulting in more natural-sounding deep bass rather than the sharp cutoff below the port tuning frequency of a ported in-ceiling design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to buy PSB C-LCR in-ceiling speakers in Buffalo NY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB C-LCR is available from Vinyl Sound, an authorized PSB Speakers dealer in Buffalo, New York. Vinyl Sound can advise on the number of units required for your LCR or surround configuration, amplifier compatibility with the 4-ohm minimum impedance, and installation depth requirements for your ceiling type. Free shipping is available across the continental United States. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo by phone or email to purchase or discuss home theater speaker system design.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PSB Speakers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53575950860595,"sku":null,"price":1599.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0873\/0293\/0739\/files\/C-LCR-_-Angled-In-Ceiling-Speaker.png?v=1782793663"},{"product_id":"psb-w-lcr-in-wall-speaker","title":"PSB W-LCR In-Wall Speaker","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePSB W-LCR In-Wall Speaker at Vinyl Sound Buffalo NY\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB W-LCR is an in-wall Left\/Center\/Right speaker built around dual 5¼-inch polypropylene cone woofers and a 1-inch titanium dome tweeter with ferrofluid cooling, housed in a self-contained acoustic enclosure that requires only 3¾ inches (95mm) of wall depth — significantly shallower than in-ceiling equivalents. Available at Vinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York, the W-LCR delivers a frequency response of 70Hz to 23,000Hz (±3dB) with an LF cutoff of 62Hz at −10dB into a nominal 6-ohm load, accepting up to 150 watts of program power. Unlike in-ceiling LCR speakers that require an angled baffle to redirect sound from overhead toward ear level, the W-LCR installs directly in the wall at listening height and fires on-axis at the seated listener. It mounts in horizontal or vertical orientation, providing flexibility across left, center, right, and surround channel positions in 2.1, 5.1, 7.1, and Dolby Atmos home theater configurations. A magnetic frameless grille with paintable fabric disappears into the wall surface. Steel and ABS doglegs clamp the enclosure to the wall from the front without above-wall access, and integrated cable tracks manage speaker wire routing inside the enclosure. The W-LCR is part of Vinyl Sound Buffalo's full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vinylsound.com\/collections\/speakers\"\u003espeaker collection\u003c\/a\u003e, which covers in-wall, in-ceiling, outdoor, powered, and floorstanding speakers from leading audio brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDual 5¼\" Woofers, Titanium Dome Tweeter, and Acoustic Enclosure\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe W-LCR's dual 5¼-inch woofer array in a vertical MTM (midwoofer-tweeter-midwoofer) configuration places one woofer above and one below the center-mounted titanium dome tweeter, mirroring the driver arrangement used in high-performance stand-mount monitor speakers. This MTM layout narrows vertical dispersion — directing less sound energy toward the floor and ceiling — while maintaining wide horizontal dispersion toward the seating area, improving consistency across multiple listening positions in a row. The rigid speaker baffle and precisely tuned acoustic enclosure contain the woofer back-wave and prevent the speaker from coupling acoustically to the wall cavity, which would otherwise cause resonance coloration from whatever materials happen to occupy the stud bay. The ferrofluid-cooled titanium dome tweeter maintains consistent performance at the sustained output levels required for home theater LFE and action-scene dynamics, and extends the frequency response to 23,000Hz on-axis.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation Flexibility, Grille, and Mounting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe W-LCR's 3¾-inch (95mm) mounting depth fits within standard 2×4 stud wall construction without modification — the most common installation constraint for in-wall speakers. The rectangular 9³⁄₁₆\" × 14³⁄₈\" (233 × 365mm) cutout can be oriented with the longer dimension either vertically (for a portrait installation between studs) or horizontally (for a landscape installation, typically used for a center channel mounted above or below a display). The speaker's internal driver layout rotates with the enclosure, maintaining the MTM woofer-tweeter-woofer configuration in either orientation. The magnetic frameless grille covers the cutout with a surface-flush fabric panel with no visible mounting screws or grille frame border, and the fabric can be painted to match the wall color for complete visual integration. Steel and ABS doglegs expand outward against the wall surface interior once the speaker is pushed through the cutout, securing the enclosure without requiring access from inside the wall cavity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±3dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70Hz – 23,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±1.5dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75Hz – 20,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLF Cutoff (−10dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e62Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eImpedance Nominal\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eImpedance Minimum\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20–150 Watts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProgram Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 Watts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTweeter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\" (25mm) Titanium Dome, Ferrofluid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWoofer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5¼\" (133mm) Polypropylene Cone, × 2 (MTM configuration)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSealed Acoustic Enclosure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting Orientation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHorizontal or Vertical\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrille\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic Frameless, Paintable Fabric (White)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel and ABS Doglegs; Cable Tracks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCutout Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9³⁄₁₆\" × 14³⁄₈\" (233 × 365mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting Depth Required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3¾\" (95mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrille Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10¾\" × 16\" × ⅜\" (273 × 406 × 7mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.7 lb (5.3 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 lb (6.8 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite (Paintable Fabric Grille)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the PSB W-LCR and the C-LCR?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe W-LCR and C-LCR share the same dual 5¼-inch woofer and 1-inch titanium dome tweeter driver configuration, the same 6-ohm nominal impedance, and the same 150-watt program power handling. The W-LCR installs in a wall and fires directly on-axis at the listening position without requiring an angled baffle, while the C-LCR installs in a ceiling and uses an angled baffle to redirect sound from overhead toward the seated listener. The W-LCR has a shallower mounting depth (3¾\" vs 7¾\"), a rectangular cutout (9³⁄₁₆\" × 14³⁄₈\" vs 13³⁄₁₆\" × 13³⁄₁₆\" square), and a paintable fabric grille that blends into painted walls. The W-LCR extends bass 12Hz less deep (62Hz at −10dB vs 50Hz for the C-LCR). Choose the W-LCR for wall installations at ear level; choose the C-LCR for ceiling installations where directing sound downward toward the listener is the primary acoustic challenge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the PSB W-LCR be mounted horizontally or vertically?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The W-LCR's rectangular enclosure installs in portrait orientation (taller than wide, vertically) between standard studs, or in landscape orientation (wider than tall, horizontally) typically for a center channel mounted above or below a display screen. The internal driver array rotates with the enclosure in either case — the dual woofers remain above and below the center tweeter in portrait orientation, and to the left and right of the tweeter in landscape orientation. Landscape mounting is common for center channel installations where the speaker sits horizontally behind an acoustically transparent screen or just above or below a flat-panel display. Both orientations provide the same frequency response and power handling specification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow shallow is the W-LCR wall depth requirement?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe W-LCR requires only 3¾ inches (95mm) of mounting depth from the wall surface to the nearest obstruction behind the drywall — electrical boxes, blocking, insulation, or structural members. This fits comfortably within standard North American 2×4 stud-framed interior walls, which provide approximately 3.5 inches of clear depth between the drywall face and the structural sheathing or blocking. For exterior walls with thicker insulation, or walls with existing electrical or plumbing runs in the stud bay, confirm available clearance before cutting the rough-in opening. The 9³⁄₁₆\" × 14³⁄₈\" rectangular cutout must fall between two studs on 16-inch or 24-inch stud centers to fit within a standard stud bay.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat amplifier or AV receiver does the W-LCR work with?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe W-LCR's nominal 6-ohm impedance is compatible with any AV receiver or amplifier rated for 6-ohm or 4-ohm loads. Because the minimum impedance dips to 4 ohms at certain frequencies, confirm that the amplifier specifies stable operation at 4 ohms before connecting multiple W-LCR speakers to the same amplifier channel. Most current AV receivers rated at 80–150 watts per channel into 8 ohms will drive the W-LCR adequately for home theater use. For a full 5.1 or 7.1 LCR-plus-surround installation using multiple W-LCR speakers, verify the receiver's total channel output current capacity at 4-ohm minimum loads with multiple channels driven simultaneously.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I paint the PSB W-LCR grille to match my wall?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The W-LCR's magnetic frameless grille uses a fabric panel that accepts standard latex wall paint, allowing the grille to be painted the same color as the surrounding wall for near-invisible integration. Apply paint lightly in thin coats to avoid saturating the fabric and reducing acoustic transparency. The magnetic attachment means the grille can be removed before painting the wall and reattached after painting without visible screw holes or grille frame marks on the wall surface. The grille cover removes and attaches with the speaker already installed — no tools required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the W-LCR be used as surround speakers in a home theater?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The W-LCR is designed for Left, Center, Right, and surround channel positions. For 5.1 surround, two W-LCR speakers positioned on the side walls at the listening row serve as left and right surround channels, ideally mounted at ear level or slightly above. For 7.1 configurations, additional W-LCR speakers can be mounted on the rear wall as back surround channels. The horizontal mount option positions the speaker in landscape orientation when wall height limits vertical installation or when a wider dispersion pattern suits the surround placement geometry. A matched set of W-LCR speakers across all positions provides consistent timbre throughout the room's full 5.1, 7.1, or Dolby Atmos speaker array.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to buy PSB W-LCR in-wall speakers in Buffalo NY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB W-LCR is available from Vinyl Sound, an authorized PSB Speakers dealer in Buffalo, New York. Vinyl Sound also carries the C-LCR for ceiling installations and the CS500 and CS1000 outdoor speakers for covered outdoor areas. Free shipping is available across the continental United States. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo by phone or email to purchase the W-LCR or discuss amplifier pairing and speaker layout for your home theater installation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PSB Speakers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53575959576883,"sku":null,"price":1399.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0873\/0293\/0739\/files\/psb_w_lcr_no-grill-front.png?v=1782793849"},{"product_id":"psb-cs-aic-860-angled-in-ceiling","title":"PSB CS AIC 860 Angled In-Ceiling","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePSB CS AIC 860 Angled In-Ceiling Speaker at Vinyl Sound Buffalo NY\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB CS AIC 860 is an angled in-ceiling speaker built around a 6½-inch fiber-filled polypropylene woofer and a 1-inch titanium dome tweeter with a pivoting wave guide, delivering a frequency response of 48Hz to 20,000Hz (±3dB) — among the deepest bass extension specifications available in a residential in-ceiling speaker format. Available at Vinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York, the CS AIC 860 features individual EQ level adjustment switches for both the tweeter and woofer, allowing on-site acoustic calibration to compensate for room boundary effects, ceiling height variation, and listening distance. The wave guide tweeter rotates on an indexed axis, enabling the high-frequency acoustic axis to be aimed precisely at the primary listening position independently of the physical installation angle. An open-back design allows installation without an enclosure, with an optional integrated acoustic backbox available for installations requiring fire-rated ceiling compliance or consistent acoustic performance independent of the ceiling cavity volume. Both frameless round and square grilles are available. Final voicing was performed by PSB Founder and Chief Designer Paul Barton at Canada's National Research Council. The CS AIC 860 is part of Vinyl Sound Buffalo's full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vinylsound.com\/collections\/speakers\"\u003espeaker collection\u003c\/a\u003e, which covers in-ceiling, in-wall, outdoor, powered, and floorstanding speakers from leading audio brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePivoting Wave Guide Tweeter, 6.5\" Woofer, and EQ Switches\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CS AIC 860's 1-inch titanium dome tweeter is mounted in a wave guide that both controls high-frequency dispersion and pivots on an indexed axis, allowing the tweeter's acoustic axis to be rotated toward the primary listening position after installation. The indexed detent positions allow the installer to set the tweeter angle to a specific pointing direction and verify it is securely locked rather than floating freely. Wave guides reduce the effective acoustic size of the tweeter aperture at high frequencies, which narrows the radiation pattern in a controlled and predictable way and allows more precise aim of the on-axis high-frequency response at the listener. The 6½-inch woofer's fiber-filled polypropylene cone is installed on an injection-molded basket at an angle that aligns the woofer's axis toward the listening position, consistent with the angled baffle principle shared with the C-LCR. Individual EQ level switches for the tweeter and woofer provide boost or cut at the speaker enclosure, allowing the installer to compensate for high-frequency brightness from reflective room surfaces or bass emphasis from ceiling-boundary proximity without requiring external equalization from the amplifier or receiver.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOpen-Back Design, Optional Backbox, and Installation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CS AIC 860's open-back design installs without a dedicated rear enclosure, using the ceiling cavity volume as a natural acoustic chamber behind the woofer. This allows rapid installation without fitting a backcan during the rough-in phase and takes advantage of a large ceiling cavity to extend bass output. However, open-back performance varies with ceiling cavity volume, surrounding insulation, and proximity to HVAC ducts or structural elements, which affect the acoustic loading on the woofer's rear cone. The optional integrated acoustic backbox provides a controlled, consistent enclosure volume behind the woofer regardless of ceiling cavity conditions — recommended for fire-rated ceiling assemblies where the ceiling cavity must be sealed, for attic-adjacent installations where temperature extremes would affect an open cavity, and for installations where consistent bass performance between multiple speaker positions is critical. Gold-plated spring-loaded connectors accept up to 12 AWG wire, reducing connection resistance on longer in-wall cable runs between the amplifier and speaker positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±3dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48Hz – 20,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Anechoic)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e86dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Listening Room)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e88dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eImpedance Nominal\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eImpedance Minimum\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10–100 Watts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTweeter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\" (25mm) Titanium Dome, Ferrofluid, Pivoting Wave Guide with Indexed Adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWoofer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6½\" (165mm) Fiber-filled Polypropylene Cone, Rubber Surround, Injection Molded Basket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEQ Adjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndividual Tweeter Level Switch and Woofer Level Switch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen Back\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBack Box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOptional Integrated Acoustic Backbox\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrille\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrameless Round and Square (Steel, Perforated with White Scrim)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConnectors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGold-plated, Spring-loaded, 12AWG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrille Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10¾\" (272mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting Hole Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9¾\" (245mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting Depth (with Backcan)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5¼\" (133mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.15 lb (2.3 kg) each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrille Finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the pivoting wave guide tweeter do on the CS AIC 860?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CS AIC 860's tweeter is mounted inside a wave guide that serves two functions. First, it controls the tweeter's high-frequency dispersion pattern — a wave guide reduces the tweeter's effective aperture at high frequencies, narrowing the radiation pattern in a predictable way and reducing the level of high-frequency energy reflected from the ceiling surface surrounding the speaker. Second, the entire wave guide assembly rotates on an indexed axis, allowing the installer to point the tweeter's on-axis high-frequency response toward the primary listening position on the floor below. Because the tweeter is physically the highest-directivity driver at the highest frequencies, adjusting where it points has the largest perceptible effect on the clarity and brightness of the speaker's sound at the listening position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat do the EQ adjustment switches do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CS AIC 860 includes two separate level adjustment switches — one for the tweeter and one for the woofer — accessible from the front of the speaker after grille removal. These switches provide level boost or cut at each driver independently, allowing the installer to adjust the speaker's tonal balance on-site to account for room-specific acoustic conditions. Tweeter level cut is commonly applied in rooms with highly reflective ceiling surfaces that emphasize high-frequency energy, or when the speaker is installed at closer-than-typical listening distances. Woofer level adjustment compensates for bass buildup from ceiling-boundary proximity, which can make bass frequencies sound boomy when the speaker is close to a wall junction. The ability to set each driver level independently provides more precise on-site calibration than a single global level trim switch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between open-back installation and the optional backbox?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn open-back installation relies on the ceiling plenum cavity behind the speaker as the acoustic chamber. The plenum volume, insulation, and surrounding structural elements all affect bass output and midrange coloration in an open-back installation, which means the CS AIC 860's measured performance may vary between installation positions with different ceiling cavity conditions. The optional integrated acoustic backbox provides a sealed, fixed-volume enclosure that clips behind the speaker cutout and gives the woofer a consistent acoustic load regardless of the ceiling cavity. The backbox is required or strongly recommended in fire-rated ceiling assemblies where the plenum must be acoustically sealed, in heated or cooled attic-adjacent spaces where temperature extremes affect the cavity, and in any installation where consistent bass performance between multiple speaker positions is a priority.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the CS AIC 860 compare to the C-LCR in-ceiling speaker?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CS AIC 860 uses a single 6½-inch woofer mounted at an angle in a round cutout (9¾\" diameter), while the C-LCR uses dual 5¼-inch woofers in an MTM array in a square cutout (13³⁄₁₆\" × 13³⁄₁₆\"). The CS AIC 860 has a deeper bass extension at 48Hz (±3dB) compared to the C-LCR's 65Hz, with higher 86dB sensitivity and 8-ohm nominal impedance making it easier to drive from standard AV receivers. The CS AIC 860 adds individual EQ tweeter and woofer level switches, an indexed pivoting wave guide tweeter for on-site high-frequency aiming, and the optional backbox for fire-rated or variable-cavity installations. The C-LCR uses a sealed enclosure and derives its drivers from the Imagine Series. The AIC 860 is positioned as a more versatile single-point ceiling solution with more on-site tuning flexibility; the C-LCR is positioned as a premium LCR installation with Imagine Series driver pedigree.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the CS AIC 860 mounting hole round or square?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe standard CS AIC 860 mounting hole is round — 9¾-inch (245mm) diameter — suited for installation between ceiling joists without the need to align a rectangular cutout parallel to the joist direction. A round hole saw or jab saw cuts the rough-in opening quickly without template marking. The frameless grille is 10¾ inches (272mm) in diameter, covering the rough-in cutout edge. PSB also supplies a frameless square grille option for installations where a square ceiling grille appearance is preferred aesthetically over the round profile — both grille styles fit the same round 9¾-inch mounting hole.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat amplifier power does the PSB CS AIC 860 need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CS AIC 860's recommended power range is 10–100 watts into its nominal 8-ohm load, with a minimum impedance of 6 ohms. The 86dB anechoic sensitivity and 8-ohm nominal impedance make it one of the easier-to-drive PSB in-ceiling options — a 50-watt per channel AV receiver will produce approximately 103dB at one meter, which is more than adequate for typical ceiling-to-floor listening distances in home theater applications. The 100-watt maximum is conservative; the gold-plated 12AWG spring-loaded connectors are rated for substantial current, but the speaker's program power specification should be confirmed with PSB directly for sustained high-output commercial use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to buy PSB CS AIC 860 in-ceiling speakers in Buffalo NY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB CS AIC 860 is available from Vinyl Sound, an authorized PSB Speakers dealer in Buffalo, New York. Vinyl Sound also carries the C-LCR sealed in-ceiling speaker and the W-LCR in-wall speaker for comparison across PSB's architectural speaker range. Free shipping is available across the continental United States. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo by phone or email to purchase the CS AIC 860, inquire about the optional backbox, or discuss ceiling installation and amplifier requirements for your home theater project.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PSB Speakers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53575965376819,"sku":null,"price":999.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0873\/0293\/0739\/files\/CS-AIC-860-_-6-Angled-In-Ceiling-Speaker.png?v=1782793999"},{"product_id":"psb-cs850-8-in-ceiling-speaker","title":"PSB CS850 8\" In-Ceiling Speaker","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePSB CS850 8\" In-Ceiling Speaker at Vinyl Sound Buffalo NY\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB CS850 is an in-ceiling speaker built around an 8-inch carbon-filled polypropylene cone woofer with a stamped steel basket and foam surround, paired with a 1-inch ferrofluid-cooled titanium dome tweeter with an indexed wave guide, delivering a frequency response of 45Hz to 20,000Hz (±3dB) at 86dB anechoic sensitivity into a nominal 8-ohm load. Available at Vinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York, the CS850 is a flat-baffle in-ceiling speaker whose tweeter wave guide rotates on an indexed axis for listener-directed high-frequency aim — providing precision aiming of the tweeter's on-axis response independently of the fixed woofer orientation. A 3,100Hz Linkwitz-Riley 4th-order (LR4) crossover transitions between the woofer and tweeter with a 24dB per octave rolloff slope, providing a smooth, coherent combined response across the crossover frequency. Dual-position EQ switches for tweeter and woofer levels allow on-site acoustic calibration. The open-back design uses the ceiling plenum as the acoustic chamber. Both round (10⅝\" diameter) and square magnetic frameless grilles are included. The CS850 is part of Vinyl Sound Buffalo's full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vinylsound.com\/collections\/speakers\"\u003espeaker collection\u003c\/a\u003e, which includes in-ceiling, in-wall, outdoor, powered, and floorstanding speakers from leading audio brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003e8\" Woofer, LR4 Crossover, and Indexed Wave Guide Tweeter\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CS850's 8-inch woofer provides approximately 54% more cone area than a 6.5-inch driver, which translates directly to greater air displacement capability and deeper bass extension at equivalent excursion levels. The carbon-filled polypropylene cone increases stiffness and internal damping compared to standard polypropylene, reducing midrange cone resonances that would otherwise color the speaker's response in the 300Hz–1kHz range where both music instruments and film dialogue occupy most of their tonal energy. The foam surround provides a compliant, low-hysteresis suspension appropriate for the woofer's relatively high crossover point of 3,100Hz — the LR4 crossover passes the woofer signal to the tweeter at a frequency where the 8-inch driver's upper-range behavior is already rolled off at 24dB per octave, preventing tweeter-range cone breakup from reaching the listener. The titanium dome tweeter's indexed wave guide rotates independently of the woofer baffle, allowing the tweeter's high-frequency axis to be aimed toward the seating area after the speaker is flush-mounted in the ceiling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eEQ Switches, Open-Back Design, and Grille Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CS850's dual-position tweeter and woofer level switches are accessible from the front of the speaker after grille removal, providing individual boost or cut for each driver to compensate for room-specific boundary conditions and listener distance. The open-back design installs without a dedicated rear enclosure, using the ceiling plenum cavity behind the cutout as the woofer's acoustic loading environment. At 3.25 lb (1.47 kg) per speaker, the CS850 is light enough for single-person ceiling installation without a second person supporting the speaker from below during dogleg deployment. The heavy-duty doglegs clamp the speaker to ceiling drywall from the front without requiring above-ceiling access. Both a round grille (10⅝\" diameter) and a square grille are included in the box — both frameless and magnetic, attaching and detaching without visible screw holes or frame borders. The same 9¾-inch (245mm) round mounting cutout accepts both grille shapes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±3dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45Hz – 20,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Anechoic)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e86dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Listening Room)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e88dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eImpedance Nominal\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eImpedance Minimum\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10–100 Watts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTweeter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\" (25mm) Titanium Dome, Ferrofluid, Indexed Wave Guide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWoofer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8\" (203mm) Carbon-filled Polypropylene Cone, Foam Surround, Stamped Steel Basket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCrossover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3,100Hz, Linkwitz-Riley 4th Order (LR4)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEQ Adjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDual-position Tweeter Level Switch and Woofer Level Switch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen Back\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrilles Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRound and Square Magnetic Frameless (White)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCutout Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9¾\" (245mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting Depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4⅜\" (111mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRound Grille Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10⅝\" (270mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.25 lb (1.47 kg) each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the PSB CS850 compare to the CS AIC 860?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CS850 uses a larger 8-inch woofer with a 3,100Hz LR4 crossover and standard flat baffle, while the CS AIC 860 uses a 6.5-inch woofer on an angled baffle that tilts the woofer toward the listening position. Both share the same 9¾-inch round mounting cutout, 86dB sensitivity, 8-ohm nominal impedance, and 10–100 watt power range. The CS850 extends bass 3Hz lower (45Hz vs 48Hz at ±3dB), is lighter (3.25 lb vs 5.15 lb), and includes both round and square grilles in the box. The CS AIC 860 adds an angled woofer baffle for better directional bass localization, a rubber rather than foam woofer surround, and support for an optional acoustic backbox for fire-rated ceiling installations. Choose the CS850 for its larger woofer and deeper bass; choose the AIC 860 where angled baffle directivity or backbox compatibility are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the 3,100Hz LR4 crossover mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe crossover in the CS850 transitions audio signal from the 8-inch woofer to the 1-inch tweeter at 3,100Hz using a Linkwitz-Riley 4th-order network. At this frequency, the woofer and tweeter each receive a 24dB per octave rolloff on their respective signals, so the combined output of the two drivers produces a flat response through the crossover region without the 3dB peak at the crossover frequency that simpler 2nd-order or acoustic crossover designs exhibit. A 3,100Hz crossover is higher than typical for an 8-inch woofer (many 8-inch two-way speakers cross at 2–2.5kHz), which keeps the tweeter above most of the energy range where intermodulation distortion from high-level bass signal would stress a smaller tweeter dome. It also means the 8-inch woofer handles the full range of vocal and instrumental midrange content below 3,100Hz, where its larger cone area provides good efficiency and output.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat do the EQ switches on the CS850 do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CS850 provides two separate dual-position level switches — one for the tweeter and one for the woofer — accessible from the front after grille removal. These allow the installer to apply a level adjustment at each driver independently to compensate for acoustic conditions specific to the installation. Tweeter level reduction is commonly applied in rooms with hard reflective ceiling materials (tile, plaster, or glass near the speaker) that emphasize high frequencies at the listening position. Woofer level reduction compensates for bass buildup when the speaker is installed close to a wall-ceiling junction where boundary reinforcement adds bass level. Having separate switches for each driver provides more precise tonal balance adjustment than a single global EQ trim control that adjusts both drivers together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the CS850 baffle angled like the CS AIC 860?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The CS850 uses a flat baffle — the woofer fires straight downward from the ceiling surface rather than at an angle toward the listening position. The tweeter's wave guide rotates on an indexed axis to aim the high-frequency acoustic axis toward the listener, which provides some improvement in on-axis high-frequency delivery at the seated listener compared to a fixed flat-baffle tweeter. However, the woofer's midrange output (below 3,100Hz) is not steered by the tweeter adjustment. The CS AIC 860 uses an angled baffle that tilts both the tweeter and woofer toward the listening position, which provides more comprehensive directional improvement across the full frequency range. For home theater center channel or surround applications where driver-level directional aim is a priority, the CS AIC 860's angled baffle offers a technical advantage over the CS850's adjustable-tweeter flat baffle approach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a back box for the CS850?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CS850 is an open-back design that uses the ceiling plenum as the acoustic chamber — a back box is not listed as an accessory option for the CS850 (unlike the CS AIC 860, which offers an optional acoustic backbox). For most residential drywall ceiling installations with adequate plenum depth, the open-back design delivers the specified 45Hz–20,000Hz frequency response using the available ceiling cavity volume. If the installation site requires a fire-rated ceiling assembly where the plenum must be acoustically sealed, consult with PSB or your installer about compliance options, as the open-back configuration may not satisfy local fire code requirements for penetrations in rated ceiling assemblies without additional sealing measures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat amplifier power does the CS850 need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CS850 operates across a wide recommended power range of 10–100 watts into its nominal 8-ohm load with a 6-ohm minimum impedance. The 86dB anechoic sensitivity means a 50-watt per channel AV receiver will produce approximately 103dB at one meter under sustained conditions — more than enough for typical home theater ceiling-to-floor listening distances. At the low end, even a 10-watt receiver channel will produce around 96dB at one meter, adequate for moderate background music volume in smaller rooms. For multi-zone commercial or whole-home audio installations, the 8-ohm nominal impedance is compatible with standard multi-room matrix amplifiers without impedance-related driver stress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to buy PSB CS850 in-ceiling speakers in Buffalo NY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB CS850 is available from Vinyl Sound, an authorized PSB Speakers dealer in Buffalo, New York. Vinyl Sound also carries the CS AIC 860 angled in-ceiling speaker and the C-LCR and W-LCR architectural speakers for comparison across PSB's in-ceiling and in-wall range. Free shipping is available across the continental United States. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo by phone or email to purchase the CS850 or discuss which architectural speaker best suits your ceiling installation and room requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PSB Speakers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53575974617395,"sku":null,"price":799.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0873\/0293\/0739\/files\/CS850-_-8-In-Ceiling-Speaker.png?v=1782794193"},{"product_id":"psb-cs810-8-in-ceiling-speaker","title":"PSB CS810 8\" In-Ceiling Speaker","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePSB CS810 8\" In-Ceiling Speaker at Vinyl Sound Buffalo NY\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB CS810 is an 8-inch two-way flush-mount in-ceiling speaker designed for whole-home audio and home theater installations, pairing an 8-inch polypropylene cone woofer with a cast basket and foam surround against a 1-inch ferrofluid-cooled titanium dome tweeter with a wave guide and ball-joint pivot mount. Available at Vinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York, the CS810 delivers a frequency response of 48Hz to 20,000Hz (±3dB) at 85dB anechoic sensitivity into a nominal 8-ohm load, with a 3,100Hz Linkwitz-Riley 4th-order (LR4) crossover providing 24dB per octave driver rolloff through the crossover frequency. A high-temperature voice coil in the woofer extends power handling capacity for sustained-level whole-home audio installations. A dual-position high-frequency level switch allows on-site tweeter calibration to compensate for room acoustic conditions. The open-back design uses the ceiling plenum as the acoustic chamber, and both round (10⅝\" diameter) and square (10¾\") magnetic frameless grilles are included. The 9¾-inch round cutout is the same diameter as the CS850 and CS AIC 860, allowing the CS810 to be installed in the same rough-in opening. The CS810 is part of Vinyl Sound Buffalo's full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vinylsound.com\/collections\/speakers\"\u003espeaker collection\u003c\/a\u003e, which includes in-ceiling, in-wall, outdoor, powered, and floorstanding speakers from leading audio brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003e8\" Woofer with Cast Basket, High-Temperature Voice Coil, and LR4 Crossover\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CS810's 8-inch woofer uses a cast basket — a basket formed by pouring molten metal into a mold rather than stamping a steel sheet — which provides a more rigid, precisely dimensioned driver frame with better dimensional stability under heat and sustained output levels. The polypropylene cone is bonded to a foam surround that provides a compliant, consistent suspension throughout the woofer's excursion range. The high-temperature voice coil is wound with a material that maintains its adhesive bonds and dimensional tolerances at elevated temperatures encountered during high-output sustained playback, which is relevant in whole-home audio applications where background music runs at continuous levels for many hours. The 3,100Hz LR4 crossover delivers the audio signal to the 1-inch titanium dome tweeter at a frequency where the 8-inch woofer's cone motion is already well managed, preventing the high-frequency distortion that occurs when a large-diameter woofer is operated at frequencies where its cone begins to flex and break up rather than moving as a rigid piston.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBall-Joint Tweeter, HF Switch, and Installation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CS810's tweeter is mounted on a ball-joint pivot assembly that allows continuous angular adjustment in any direction within its range of travel — different from the indexed detent adjustment on the CS850, which locks the tweeter into specific calibrated positions. The ball-joint provides finer angular resolution for installations where the exact aim angle falls between indexed detent positions, at the cost of not providing tactile confirmation of a specific set angle. The dual-position high-frequency level switch reduces or boosts tweeter output to compensate for listening room treble response variations — useful in rooms with reflective tile or glass surfaces that accumulate high-frequency energy, or in installations with significantly above-average ceiling height where the tweeter output arrives at the listening position with greater air-path attenuation. The heavy-duty dogleg mounting system clamps the CS810 to the drywall from the front face after insertion through the 9¾-inch cutout, without requiring above-ceiling access. At 4.95 lb (2.25 kg), the CS810 is manageable for a single-person installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±3dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48Hz – 20,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Anechoic)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Listening Room)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eImpedance Nominal\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eImpedance Minimum\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10–100 Watts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTweeter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\" (25mm) Titanium Dome, Ferrofluid, Wave Guide, Ball-Joint Pivot Mount\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWoofer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8\" (203mm) Polypropylene Cone, Cast Basket, Foam Surround, High-Temperature Voice Coil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCrossover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3,100Hz, Linkwitz-Riley 4th Order (LR4)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHF EQ Adjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDual-Position High-Frequency Level Switch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen Back\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrilles Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRound and Square Magnetic Frameless (White)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCutout Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9¾\" (245mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting Depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5\" (127mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRound Grille Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10⅝\" (270mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSquare Grille Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10¾\" (272mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.95 lb (2.25 kg) each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.2 lb (3.7 kg) each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the PSB CS810 compare to the CS850?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth speakers use an 8-inch woofer with a 3,100Hz LR4 crossover, the same 9¾-inch round cutout, 10–100 watt power range, and 8-ohm nominal impedance. Key differences: the CS850 has 1dB higher sensitivity (86dB vs 85dB anechoic), 3Hz deeper bass extension (45Hz vs 48Hz at ±3dB), and a lighter weight (3.25 lb vs 4.95 lb). The CS850 uses an indexed tweeter wave guide adjustment with individual EQ switches for both tweeter and woofer; the CS810 uses a ball-joint tweeter pivot with a single high-frequency level switch only. The CS810 uses a cast basket woofer and includes a high-temperature voice coil for sustained high-output applications. Both include round and square grilles. The CS850 is the higher-performing option; the CS810 is suited to whole-home audio applications where the high-temperature voice coil and cast basket construction are prioritized over the CS850's additional sensitivity and bass extension.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the ball-joint pivot mount on the CS810 tweeter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ball-joint pivot mount is a continuous adjustment mechanism that allows the tweeter assembly to be tilted in any direction within its angular range of motion — as opposed to an indexed adjustment that moves between discrete, locked positions. After inserting the CS810 through the ceiling cutout and before tightening the doglegs, the tweeter can be aimed toward the listening position by hand. Once the speaker is secured, the ball-joint friction holds the set position. The continuous adjustment provides fine angular resolution for aiming toward a listening position at any offset from directly below the speaker, without being constrained to the nearest indexed position. The trade-off is that there is no tactile click or position marker to confirm the set angle, unlike indexed adjustments that provide a positive lock at each detent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the high-frequency level switch do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CS810's dual-position high-frequency level switch boosts or cuts the tweeter's output level relative to the woofer. This compensates for room-to-room variation in high-frequency acoustic conditions: a room with hard, reflective ceiling materials accumulates high-frequency energy that makes the speaker sound bright at the listening position, which the switch corrects by reducing tweeter level. Conversely, a room with heavy acoustic treatment that absorbs high frequencies may benefit from the boost position to restore treble presence. The switch is accessible from the front of the speaker after grille removal and requires no tools to adjust. Unlike the CS850, the CS810 provides only a tweeter level switch and does not include a separate woofer level adjustment switch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does \"high-temperature voice coil\" mean for whole-home audio?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA high-temperature voice coil uses a voice coil former and adhesives rated to withstand elevated operating temperatures without degrading — typically 155°C or higher for high-temperature voice coils versus 100–120°C for standard voice coils. In home theater installations, speakers are driven at high power for short periods during action scenes and then rest. In whole-home audio applications, background music plays continuously at moderate levels for many hours per day, and the voice coil accumulates heat over time rather than dissipating it between short high-output bursts. The high-temperature voice coil in the CS810 maintains its dimensional tolerances and adhesive bonds under these extended moderate-output thermal conditions, which is a practical reliability advantage for background music applications compared to a standard voice coil of equivalent rated power.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the CS810 use the same mounting hole as the CS850 and AIC 860?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The CS810 uses a 9¾-inch (245mm) round cutout — the same diameter as the CS850 and CS AIC 860. This means all three speakers can be installed in the same rough-in opening if a system upgrade or model change is made during or after construction. The CS810 requires 5 inches (127mm) of mounting depth, slightly more than the CS850's 4⅜ inches, so confirm ceiling cavity clearance with the deepest model being considered before cutting the rough-in opening. Both round (10⅝\") and square (10¾\") frameless grilles are included and fit the same 9¾-inch cutout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the CS810 a good choice for a whole-home audio system?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The CS810's design prioritizes features relevant to whole-home audio installations: the high-temperature voice coil handles sustained moderate-level playback over long periods without thermal degradation, the 10–100 watt power range covers standard whole-home amplifier zone outputs, and the 8-ohm nominal impedance is compatible with standard multi-zone matrix amplifiers without impedance-related output current stress. The CS810's 85dB sensitivity is 1dB below the CS850, which has a negligible effect on background music volume levels in typical room sizes. The open-back design's ceiling cavity loading works well for residential rooms where ceiling cavity volume and insulation are reasonably consistent between speaker positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to buy PSB CS810 in-ceiling speakers in Buffalo NY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB CS810 is available from Vinyl Sound, an authorized PSB Speakers dealer in Buffalo, New York. Vinyl Sound also carries the CS850 and CS AIC 860 in-ceiling speakers for side-by-side comparison across PSB's in-ceiling range. Free shipping is available across the continental United States. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo by phone or email to purchase the CS810 or discuss which PSB in-ceiling speaker best fits your installation depth, sensitivity, and application requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PSB Speakers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53575981138227,"sku":null,"price":599.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0873\/0293\/0739\/files\/CS810-_-8-In-Ceiling-Speaker_8b795b1c-ee80-4c50-9ae9-33b0fcea8913.png?v=1782794383"},{"product_id":"psb-cs805-8-in-ceiling-speaker","title":"PSB CS805 8\" In-Ceiling Speaker","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePSB CS805 8\" In-Ceiling Speaker at Vinyl Sound Buffalo NY\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB CS805 is an entry-level 8-inch open-back in-ceiling speaker designed for multi-room and whole-home audio installations, built around an 8-inch polypropylene cone woofer with a stamped steel basket and foam surround, and a 1-inch treated textile dome tweeter with ferrofluid cooling. Available at Vinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York, the CS805 delivers a frequency response of 48Hz to 20,000Hz (±3dB) at 85dB anechoic sensitivity into a nominal 8-ohm load, accepting 10–100 watts of amplifier power. A 1st-order high-pass crossover filters the tweeter's low-frequency signal for driver protection and smooth transition from the woofer. The open-back design uses the ceiling plenum as the acoustic chamber. The CS805 shares the same 9¾-inch (245mm) round mounting cutout and 4⅜-inch mounting depth as the CS850, CS810, and CS AIC 860, making it interchangeable in the same rough-in opening. Both round (10⅝\") and square magnetic frameless grilles are included. The CS805 is available in a 4-pack only — a format designed for whole-home audio and multi-room installations where multiple speakers are required per zone. The CS805 is part of Vinyl Sound Buffalo's full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vinylsound.com\/collections\/speakers\"\u003espeaker collection\u003c\/a\u003e, which includes in-ceiling, in-wall, outdoor, powered, and floorstanding speakers from leading audio brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTreated Textile Tweeter, 8\" Woofer, and Simplified Crossover\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CS805 uses a treated textile dome tweeter — the same broad tweeter category found in many audiophile-grade stand-mount speakers — rather than the titanium dome specified in the CS850 and CS810. Textile dome tweeters apply a fabric dome impregnated with a damping compound that softens the dome's resonant frequency above 20kHz, producing a smooth high-frequency rolloff rather than the sharp resonant peak that untreated metal domes can exhibit. The ferrofluid cooling in the textile dome's voice coil gap extends its continuous output capability and thermal capacity at sustained playback levels. The 8-inch polypropylene cone woofer uses a stamped steel basket and foam surround, providing reliable cone suspension across the woofer's operating range. The 1st-order high-pass crossover filters the tweeter input at 6dB per octave, a simpler network than the 24dB per octave LR4 crossover used in the CS850 and CS810. The simpler crossover reduces the parts count and associated costs while maintaining adequate driver protection and a usable frequency response through the crossover region.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003e4-Pack Format, DIY Installation, and Grille Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CS805 is sold exclusively as a 4-pack, positioned for whole-home audio installations where multiple speakers are needed across several rooms or zones at a lower per-unit cost than individual CS810 or CS850 purchases. Four CS805 speakers cover a typical two-zone whole-home audio installation — two speakers per room — at a consolidated price that makes the CS805 the practical entry point for multi-room PSB in-ceiling system builds. The dogleg mounting system clamps the speaker to the drywall without above-ceiling access: the speaker is inserted through the 9¾-inch cutout from below, the doglegs are tightened, and the magnetic frameless grille attaches to the face without visible screws or frame borders. At 3.25 lb (1.47 kg) per speaker, single-person installation is straightforward. Both a round (10⅝\" diameter) and a square magnetic frameless grille are included with each speaker in the pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±3dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48Hz – 20,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Anechoic)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Listening Room)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eImpedance Nominal\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eImpedance Minimum\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10–100 Watts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTweeter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\" (25mm) Treated Textile Dome, Ferrofluid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWoofer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8\" (203mm) Polypropylene Cone, Stamped Steel Basket, Foam Surround\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCrossover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1st Order High Pass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen Back\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrilles Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRound and Square Magnetic Frameless (White)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCutout Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9¾\" (245mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting Depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4⅜\" (111mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRound Grille Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10⅝\" (270mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.25 lb (1.47 kg) each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailability\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4-Pack Only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy is the CS805 sold as a 4-pack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CS805's 4-pack format is designed for multi-room and whole-home audio installations where the standard deployment is two speakers per listening zone — a stereo pair per room. A 4-pack covers a complete two-zone installation, such as a living room and a kitchen, at a consolidated price that is lower per speaker than purchasing individual CS810 or CS850 units. For installers and homeowners building out a connected whole-home audio system across multiple zones, the 4-pack format provides better value than single-speaker purchase at the cost of requiring a minimum commitment of four units. If fewer than four speakers are needed, the CS810 or CS850 are available individually at Vinyl Sound Buffalo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is a treated textile dome tweeter and how does it differ from a titanium dome?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA textile dome tweeter uses a fabric dome — typically woven from polymer or natural fibers — impregnated with a damping compound that suppresses the dome's primary resonance frequency above the audible range. The damping compound prevents the sharp resonant peak that occurs when an untreated thin dome reaches its mechanical resonance, producing a smoother, more gradual high-frequency rolloff. Titanium dome tweeters, used in the CS850 and CS810, are stiffer and lighter than textile domes, which pushes the resonant frequency higher and extends usable on-axis frequency response toward 23–25kHz. The practical listening difference is that titanium dome tweeters can sound more detailed and extended at the highest frequencies, while textile dome tweeters are generally considered more forgiving and less prone to sounding harsh on bright recordings. For background music and whole-home audio at moderate volumes, the CS805's textile dome tweeter is appropriate; for critical home theater or dedicated listening room use, the CS850's titanium dome is the higher-performance choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the CS805 compare to the CS810 and CS850?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll three use an 8-inch polypropylene cone woofer, the same 9¾-inch round cutout, 85–86dB sensitivity range, 8-ohm nominal impedance, and 10–100 watt power range. The CS805 uses a treated textile dome tweeter (vs titanium dome on CS810 and CS850) and a 1st-order high-pass crossover (vs the LR4 4th-order crossover at 3,100Hz on both the CS810 and CS850). The CS805 has no EQ adjustment switches — the CS850 provides individual tweeter and woofer level switches, and the CS810 provides a single HF level switch. The CS805 also has no tweeter wave guide or pivot adjustment. It is sold in 4-packs only versus individual units for the CS810 and CS850. The CS805 is the entry-level, highest-volume option for whole-home audio; the CS810 adds a high-temperature voice coil, ball-joint tweeter pivot, and HF switch; the CS850 adds an indexed wave guide tweeter, dual EQ switches, and higher sensitivity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does a 1st-order high-pass crossover mean for the CS805?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 1st-order high-pass crossover applies a 6dB per octave rolloff to the tweeter's low-frequency input, reducing the signal level sent to the tweeter as frequency decreases below the crossover point. This protects the tweeter from low-frequency excursion damage and reduces distortion from driving the dome at frequencies below its optimal range. A 1st-order filter is simpler and uses fewer components than the 4th-order LR4 filter (24dB per octave) used in the CS850 and CS810. The simpler network contributes to the CS805's lower production cost and the cleaner phase response associated with lower-order crossovers. The woofer in a 1st-order crossover design typically operates without a dedicated low-pass filter, relying on its natural mechanical rolloff above its resonant frequency to limit high-frequency output.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the CS805 suitable for home theater surround channels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CS805 is usable for home theater surround channels — particularly rear and side surrounds in 5.1 and 7.1 configurations where the surround channels primarily reproduce diffuse ambient effects and low-level directional audio cues rather than dialogue or primary audio content. For front LCR channels in a home theater system, the CS850 or CS810 are preferred due to their titanium dome tweeters, LR4 crossovers, and EQ adjustment switches, which provide better imaging and tonal control for dialogue and music reproduction. The CS805's 48Hz–20kHz frequency response and 85dB sensitivity are adequate for surround channel use in rooms where the primary listening distance from the ceiling to the seated listener is within the speaker's practical output range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the CS805 use the same mounting hole as the CS850 and CS810?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The CS805 uses the same 9¾-inch (245mm) round cutout as the CS850, CS810, and CS AIC 860. This allows any of the four PSB in-ceiling models to be installed in the same rough-in opening, which is useful if a whole-home installation begins with CS805 units and is later upgraded to CS810 or CS850 speakers in a particular room without cutting new holes. The CS805's mounting depth is 4⅜ inches (111mm), the same as the CS850 and slightly shallower than the CS810's 5 inches, so the same ceiling cavity clearance works for both.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to buy PSB CS805 in-ceiling speakers in Buffalo NY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB CS805 is available in a 4-pack from Vinyl Sound, an authorized PSB Speakers dealer in Buffalo, New York. Vinyl Sound also carries the CS810 and CS850 for installations requiring individual speaker purchase or upgraded performance. Free shipping is available across the continental United States. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo by phone or email to purchase the CS805 4-pack or compare it to other PSB in-ceiling options for your multi-room audio project.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PSB Speakers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53575990411571,"sku":null,"price":379.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0873\/0293\/0739\/files\/CS805-_-8-In-Ceiling-Speaker.png?v=1782794538"},{"product_id":"psb-cs650-6-in-ceiling-speaker","title":"PSB CS650 6\" In-Ceiling Speaker","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePSB CS650 6\" In-Ceiling Speaker at Vinyl Sound Buffalo NY\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB CS650 is the flagship model of the CS600 in-ceiling speaker series, built around a 6½-inch fiber-filled injection-moulded polypropylene cone woofer with a rubber surround and a 1-inch ferrofluid-cooled titanium dome tweeter with an indexed wave guide, all integrated with a 1,800Hz Linkwitz-Riley 4th-order (LR4) crossover. Available at Vinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York, the CS650 delivers a frequency response of 48Hz to 20,000Hz (±3dB) at 86dB anechoic sensitivity into a nominal 8-ohm load, accepting 10–100 watts of recommended amplifier power. The 1,800Hz crossover is lower than the 3,100Hz crossover used in PSB's 8-inch in-ceiling models, allowing the 6½-inch woofer to handle the midrange frequency range — where vocal and instrument clarity is most critical — with its smaller, more controlled cone rather than passing those frequencies to the tweeter at a higher crossover point. The wave guide tweeter rotates on an indexed axis for listener-directed high-frequency aiming. Pre-construction brackets and backcans are available as accessories for new-construction and fire-rated ceiling installation requirements. Cutting templates are included. Both round (9⁷⁄₁₆\") and square (9½\") magnetic frameless grilles are included. The CS650 is part of Vinyl Sound Buffalo's full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vinylsound.com\/collections\/speakers\"\u003espeaker collection\u003c\/a\u003e, which includes in-ceiling, in-wall, outdoor, powered, and floorstanding speakers from leading audio brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003e6.5\" Fiber-Filled Woofer, Rubber Surround, and 1,800Hz LR4 Crossover\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CS650's 6½-inch woofer uses a fiber-filled polypropylene cone on an injection-moulded basket with a rubber surround. The fiber filling reinforces the polypropylene cone matrix, increasing stiffness and internal damping compared to standard polypropylene — the same design principle applied in PSB's Imagine T3 floorstanding speaker, from which the CS650's woofer technology is derived. The rubber surround provides a more durable, UV-stable cone suspension than the foam surrounds used in the CS805, CS810, and CS850, maintaining consistent compliance characteristics over a longer service life in environments with temperature cycling and humidity variation common in residential ceiling spaces. The 1,800Hz LR4 crossover transitions from woofer to tweeter at 6dB per octave lower than in the 8-inch models, keeping the critical 1–3kHz range — where sibilance, consonant intelligibility, and instrument attack transients are most audible — within the woofer's operating band rather than splitting it across the crossover frequency. This produces more coherent midrange reproduction than a higher crossover point on a 6.5-inch driver.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIndexed Wave Guide Tweeter, Accessories, and Installation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CS650's 1-inch titanium dome tweeter mounts in a wave guide that rotates on an indexed pivot, allowing the installer to aim the tweeter's high-frequency axis at the primary listening position after the speaker is installed through the ceiling cutout. The indexed adjustment locks the tweeter into discrete calibrated positions, providing tactile confirmation that the aim angle is set and secured. The wave guide itself controls high-frequency dispersion, narrowing the radiation pattern at high frequencies for more focused delivery to the listening position and reduced ceiling reflection energy. Pre-construction brackets are available to mount the CS650's rough-in frame before drywall is applied in new-construction projects, eliminating the need to locate ceiling joists and cut through finished drywall after construction is complete. Optional backcans — rear acoustic enclosures — are available for fire-rated ceiling assemblies and attic-adjacent installations where consistent acoustic loading independent of the ceiling cavity is required. The 8⅜-inch (212mm) cutout is smaller than the 9¾-inch cutout shared by PSB's 8-inch in-ceiling models, fitting between standard 16-inch on-center stud spacing with less cavity depth requirement at 4½ inches (114mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±3dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48Hz – 20,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Anechoic)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e86dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Listening Room)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e88dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eImpedance Nominal\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eImpedance Minimum\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10–100 Watts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTweeter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\" (25mm) Titanium Dome, Ferrofluid, Wave Guide with Indexed Adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWoofer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6½\" (165mm) Fiber-filled Injection Moulded Polypropylene Cone, Rubber Surround\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCrossover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,800Hz, Linkwitz-Riley 4th Order (LR4)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen Back\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAccessories Available\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePre-Construction Brackets, Acoustic Backcans (optional)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrilles Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRound and Square Magnetic Frameless (White)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCutout Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8⅜\" (212mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting Depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4½\" (114mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRound Grille Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9⁷⁄₁₆\" (240mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSquare Grille Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9½\" (241mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.6 lb (2.1 kg) each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes the CS650 the flagship of the CS600 series?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CS650 is the top model in PSB's CS600 6.5-inch in-ceiling speaker range, distinguishing itself from the other CS600 models with a fiber-filled injection-moulded polypropylene cone woofer derived from the Imagine T3 floorstanding speaker's driver technology, a rubber surround (more durable than foam), and an indexed wave guide tweeter that allows precise high-frequency aiming. It delivers 86dB sensitivity, 1dB higher than the entry CS600 model, and a 1,800Hz LR4 crossover that keeps more of the midrange band within the woofer's operating range for better imaging and clarity than higher crossover points used in lower-tier in-ceiling designs. The combination of premium driver materials, Imagine T3 technology derivation, and indexed tweeter adjustment places the CS650 at the top of the 6.5-inch PSB ceiling speaker lineup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the CS650 compare to the 8\" CS850?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CS650 uses a 6½-inch woofer in a smaller 8⅜-inch cutout, while the CS850 uses an 8-inch woofer in a larger 9¾-inch cutout. Both deliver 48–86dB sensitivity and extend to 20,000Hz at the top, and both use a titanium dome tweeter and LR4 crossover. The CS850's 8-inch woofer provides more low-frequency output and reaches 45Hz (±3dB) vs the CS650's 48Hz, and its 3,100Hz crossover differs from the CS650's lower 1,800Hz. The CS650's lower crossover frequency keeps more of the vocal midrange within the 6.5-inch woofer's operating range, which can provide better midrange imaging in that frequency zone. The CS650's rubber surround is more durable than the CS850's foam surround. Choose the CS850 for maximum bass output from a larger driver; choose the CS650 where ceiling cavity size or cutout diameter limits the installation to a 6.5-inch speaker, or where better midrange imaging from the lower crossover frequency is a priority.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy does the CS650 have a lower crossover frequency than the 8\" PSB models?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CS650's 1,800Hz LR4 crossover is set lower than the 3,100Hz used in the CS810 and CS850 because a 6.5-inch woofer maintains better pistonic behavior to higher frequencies than an 8-inch woofer. As a woofer cone increases in diameter, the upper frequency at which it begins to flex and produce cone breakup distortion decreases. A smaller 6.5-inch cone can reproduce 1,800–3,000Hz with better linearity than an 8-inch cone, allowing the crossover to the tweeter to occur lower in the frequency band. Placing the crossover at 1,800Hz rather than 3,100Hz means the woofer handles more of the critical midrange range — including fundamental vocal frequencies and instrument attack transients between 1,000Hz and 1,800Hz — where the smaller cone's better upper-range behavior produces cleaner, more accurate sound than if those frequencies were near the crossover transition point.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the benefit of a rubber surround compared to a foam surround?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA woofer surround connects the outer edge of the cone to the basket frame and provides the primary restoring force that returns the cone to its rest position after excursion. Rubber surrounds are physically more durable than foam surrounds — rubber resists UV degradation, humidity cycling, and oxidation over extended periods, maintaining its compliance and geometry for 20 or more years in normal environmental conditions. Foam surrounds are lighter and can provide slightly lower fundamental resonance (Fs) in some driver designs, but degrade more rapidly in UV-exposed or humid environments and typically require replacement after 10–15 years. In a ceiling installation where the speaker is accessible only by cutting through drywall, the CS650's rubber surround's longer service life before deterioration is a practical advantage over the foam surrounds used in the CS805, CS810, and CS850.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre pre-construction brackets and backcans available for the CS650?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. PSB offers optional pre-construction brackets for the CS650 that mount to ceiling joists before drywall installation, establishing the precise cutout location and depth reference without requiring template marking on finished drywall. This is standard practice in custom home installation where speakers are specified before construction completes. Optional acoustic backcans provide a sealed rear enclosure behind the CS650 when the open-back design cannot be used — required for fire-rated ceiling assemblies where plenary penetrations must be sealed, and recommended for attic-adjacent installations where temperature extremes would affect an open ceiling cavity. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo for availability and pricing on the pre-construction bracket and backcan accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the CS650 use the same mounting hole as other PSB in-ceiling speakers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The CS650 uses an 8⅜-inch (212mm) round cutout, which is smaller than the 9¾-inch (245mm) cutout shared by the CS805, CS810, CS850, and CS AIC 860. This means the CS650 cannot be swapped into existing 9¾-inch rough-in openings without enlarging the hole. The smaller cutout is an advantage in retrofit installations where ceiling joist spacing or existing conduit runs limit the available opening size, and in rooms with lower ceiling cavities where a 6.5-inch speaker's shallower driver stack fits where an 8-inch model would not. The CS650 requires 4½ inches (114mm) of mounting depth — slightly shallower than the CS810's 5 inches and deeper than the CS850's 4⅜ inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to buy PSB CS650 in-ceiling speakers in Buffalo NY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB CS650 is available from Vinyl Sound, an authorized PSB Speakers dealer in Buffalo, New York. Vinyl Sound also carries the CS850, CS810, and CS AIC 860 for customers comparing 6.5-inch and 8-inch in-ceiling options. Accessories including pre-construction brackets and backcans can be discussed at time of purchase. Free shipping is available across the continental United States. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo by phone or email to purchase or discuss ceiling installation requirements for your project.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PSB Speakers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53575994933555,"sku":null,"price":699.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0873\/0293\/0739\/files\/CS650-_-6-In-Ceiling-Speaker.png?v=1782794673"},{"product_id":"psb-cs630-stereo-in-ceiling-speaker","title":"PSB CS630 Stereo In-Ceiling Speaker","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePSB CS630 Stereo In-Ceiling Speaker at Vinyl Sound Buffalo NY\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB CS630 is a stereo in-ceiling speaker that delivers both left and right audio channels from a single ceiling cutout, using a dual voice coil 6½-inch fiber-filled polypropylene cone woofer and two separate ¾-inch black anodized aluminum dome tweeters — one per stereo channel. Available at Vinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York, the CS630 is designed for hallways, bathrooms, kitchens, and other compact spaces where placing two separate single-channel in-ceiling speakers is impractical but stereo playback is desired. A 2,100Hz Linkwitz-Riley 4th-order (LR4) crossover manages the woofer-to-tweeter transition at 24dB per octave rolloff. The entire tweeter array and woofer assembly can be rotated post-installation to aim each tweeter toward a different listening position within the room, adjusting the stereo image without changing the mounting point. The frequency response spans 50Hz to 20,000Hz (±3dB) at 85dB anechoic sensitivity into a nominal 8-ohm load per stereo channel. The open-back design uses the ceiling plenum as the acoustic chamber. The 8⅜-inch (212mm) round cutout is the same diameter as the CS650, with both round and square magnetic frameless grilles included. The CS630 is part of Vinyl Sound Buffalo's full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vinylsound.com\/collections\/speakers\"\u003espeaker collection\u003c\/a\u003e, which includes in-ceiling, in-wall, outdoor, powered, and floorstanding speakers from leading audio brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDual Voice Coil Woofer and Two-Tweeter Stereo Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CS630's stereo architecture places both left and right channels into one speaker body. The 6½-inch woofer contains a dual voice coil — two separate voice coils wound on the same former, each connected to one stereo amplifier channel. Each voice coil drives the same physical cone simultaneously, meaning both stereo channels share a single woofer cone for low-frequency reproduction. This is acoustically appropriate because bass frequencies below approximately 150–200Hz are non-directional — human hearing cannot localize the source of low-frequency sound — so sharing one woofer cone between left and right channels produces no perceptible loss of stereo bass imaging. Above the 2,100Hz crossover, each stereo channel drives its own dedicated ¾-inch aluminum dome tweeter for the high-frequency range where human hearing is directionally sensitive. The two black anodized aluminum dome tweeters are mounted within the speaker's rotating assembly, allowing them to be aimed at different parts of the room after installation for the widest possible stereo spread from a single ceiling position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRotating Tweeter Array, LR4 Crossover, and Installation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CS630's tweeter array and woofer assembly rotate within the ceiling cutout frame after installation, allowing the installer to aim each tweeter in a direction suited to the room geometry and intended listening positions. Because the two tweeters are separated within the speaker body and can be rotated together or aimed at angles diverging from the ceiling centerline, the stereo image width can be adjusted to match the width of the room or the distance between listening positions. The fiber-filled injection-moulded polypropylene cone with rubber surround provides a durable, consistent woofer suspension that matches the CS650's woofer specification — the rubber surround resists UV degradation and humidity cycling longer than foam surrounds used in PSB's 8-inch CS series models. The dogleg mounting system secures the CS630 to drywall from the front face after insertion through the 8⅜-inch (212mm) cutout. Both round (9⁷⁄₁₆\" diameter) and square (9½\") magnetic frameless grilles are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±3dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50Hz – 20,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Anechoic)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Listening Room)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eImpedance Nominal\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 Ohms per channel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eImpedance Minimum\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10–100 Watts per channel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTweeter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × ¾\" (19mm) Aluminum Dome, Black Anodized (one per stereo channel)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWoofer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6½\" (165mm) Fiber-filled Injection Moulded Polypropylene Cone, Rubber Surround, Dual Voice Coil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCrossover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,100Hz, Linkwitz-Riley 4th Order (LR4)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen Back (Stereo — both L and R channels)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTweeter Adjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotating Tweeter Array (post-installation)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrilles Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRound and Square Magnetic Frameless (White)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCutout Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8⅜\" (212mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting Depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4½\" (114mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRound Grille Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9⁷⁄₁₆\" (240mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSquare Grille Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9½\" (241mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.8 lb (2.2 kg) each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is a stereo in-ceiling speaker and how does the CS630 work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA conventional in-ceiling speaker is a single-channel (mono) speaker — one unit reproduces either the left or the right stereo channel, and two units are needed for stereo playback. A stereo in-ceiling speaker like the CS630 reproduces both left and right channels from a single ceiling cutout. The CS630 achieves this with a dual voice coil woofer that connects each stereo channel to its own voice coil on the same woofer cone, and two separate aluminum dome tweeters — one per stereo channel — that can be aimed in different directions within the room. The result is a stereo speaker pair within a single ceiling cutout, connected to left and right amplifier outputs exactly as two separate speakers would be.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is a dual voice coil woofer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA dual voice coil woofer contains two separate voice coils wound on the same former, both driving the same physical cone. In a stereo in-ceiling application like the CS630, each voice coil receives one stereo channel's signal from the amplifier. Both voice coils drive the same cone simultaneously, so the woofer reproduces the combined bass content of both channels from a single driver. This works without perceptible loss of stereo imaging because bass frequencies below approximately 150–200Hz are non-directional — the human auditory system cannot determine the location of a low-frequency sound source at close range, so sharing one woofer cone between left and right channels produces no audible change in stereo bass perception. Above 2,100Hz, each channel drives its own dedicated tweeter for directional high-frequency reproduction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the CS630 compare to the CS650?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CS630 and CS650 share the same 8⅜-inch cutout, 4½-inch mounting depth, and 6½-inch fiber-filled polypropylene cone with rubber surround. The CS630 is a stereo speaker with a dual voice coil woofer and two aluminum dome tweeters; the CS650 is a single-channel speaker with one titanium dome tweeter and a single voice coil woofer. The CS650 has 1dB higher sensitivity (86dB vs 85dB) and a lower crossover at 1,800Hz (vs CS630's 2,100Hz). The CS630's crossover is higher because sharing a woofer between two channels at higher frequencies produces more coloration, so the crossover to the dedicated per-channel tweeters occurs sooner. Choose the CS630 for hallways, bathrooms, and spaces where a single cutout must serve both stereo channels; choose the CS650 for any installation where two separate cutouts are practical and higher sensitivity or a more natural crossover point is preferred.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn what rooms is a stereo in-ceiling speaker most useful?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CS630 is most practical in rooms where the ceiling geometry, joist spacing, or room width makes it impractical to place two separate speakers on either side of the listening area for a conventional stereo pair. Common applications include narrow hallways where the ceiling is too narrow to position speakers at useful left-right separation, bathrooms where a single ceiling position is all that is available, kitchens where a single central speaker location above an island or counter is preferred, and small utility rooms or closets connected to a whole-home audio system. In any room where a single speaker position must serve as the sole audio source and stereo playback is desired, the CS630 provides two-channel stereo from a single 8⅜-inch hole.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I rotate the tweeters on the CS630 after installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The CS630's entire internal assembly — including both aluminum dome tweeters and the woofer — rotates within the ceiling cutout frame after the speaker is installed and the doglegs are secured. Rotating the assembly changes the orientation of the two tweeters relative to the room, allowing the installer to aim the left tweeter toward one side of the room and the right tweeter toward the other for the widest possible stereo spread from the single ceiling position. This adjustment is made after drywall installation from below, without removing the speaker or accessing the ceiling cavity. The grille is removed, the assembly is rotated to the desired orientation, and the grille is reattached.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat impedance does the CS630 present to the amplifier?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CS630 presents 8 ohms nominal per stereo channel to the amplifier — the left amplifier channel drives the left voice coil and left tweeter at 8 ohms, and the right amplifier channel drives the right voice coil and right tweeter at the same 8 ohms independently. Each amplifier channel is wired to its own dedicated voice coil and tweeter, so the CS630 connects to a stereo amplifier exactly as two separate 8-ohm speakers would — left output to left CS630 terminals, right output to right CS630 terminals. No special wiring or bridging is required. If multiple CS630 speakers are installed in the same zone, standard series or parallel multi-speaker wiring rules apply per channel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to buy PSB CS630 stereo in-ceiling speakers in Buffalo NY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB CS630 is available from Vinyl Sound, an authorized PSB Speakers dealer in Buffalo, New York. Vinyl Sound also carries the CS650 single-channel in-ceiling speaker for installations where two separate cutouts are practical. Free shipping is available across the continental United States. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo by phone or email to purchase the CS630 or compare it with other PSB in-ceiling speaker models for your installation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PSB Speakers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53575999488307,"sku":null,"price":599.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0873\/0293\/0739\/files\/CS630-6-in-Stereo-In-Ceiling-Speaker.png?v=1782794783"},{"product_id":"psb-cs610-6-inch-in-ceiling-speaker","title":"PSB CS610 6-Inch In-Ceiling Speaker","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePSB CS610 6-Inch In-Ceiling Speaker at Vinyl Sound Buffalo NY\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB CS610 is a 6½-inch in-ceiling speaker built around a carbon-filled polypropylene cone woofer with rubber surround and a ¾-inch aluminum dome tweeter with ferrofluid cooling, Wave Guide, and a ball-joint pivot mount. Available at Vinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York, the CS610 is engineered for high-performance architectural audio in home theaters, whole-home audio zones, and large open-plan living areas where ceiling installation is preferred. The carbon-filled polypropylene cone delivers a warm and well-balanced low-frequency response, and the high-temperature voice coil provides robust power handling across the 10–100 watt recommended operating range. The ferrofluid-cooled tweeter reduces thermal compression at high output levels, while the Wave Guide focuses tweeter dispersion to produce a smoother crossover transition and broader off-axis response. A ball-joint pivot mount allows the tweeter to be aimed in any direction post-installation, directing high-frequency energy toward the primary listening position regardless of where the speaker is positioned in the ceiling. A tweeter level switch allows the installer to fine-tune the upper-frequency output to match the acoustic characteristics of the room after installation. The CS610 delivers a frequency response of 50Hz to 20,000Hz (±3dB) at 85dB anechoic sensitivity into a nominal 8-ohm load. The open-back design uses the ceiling plenum as the acoustic volume. Both round (9⁷⁄₁₆\") and square (9⁷⁄₁₆\" × 9⁷⁄₁₆\") magnetic frameless grilles are included. The CS610 is part of Vinyl Sound Buffalo's full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vinylsound.com\/collections\/speakers\"\u003espeaker collection\u003c\/a\u003e, which includes in-ceiling, in-wall, outdoor, powered, and floorstanding speakers from leading audio brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCarbon-Filled Polypropylene Woofer and Ferrofluid Tweeter with Wave Guide\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CS610's 6½-inch woofer uses a carbon-filled polypropylene cone — a composite material in which carbon particles are dispersed throughout the polypropylene matrix during the injection moulding process. The carbon fill increases the cone's stiffness-to-mass ratio compared to unfilled polypropylene, shifting cone breakup resonances higher in frequency and reducing coloration in the upper woofer operating range. The rubber surround provides a long-service, UV-stable suspension that maintains consistent mechanical compliance over time in the ceiling environment. The high-temperature voice coil is wound to handle sustained power without adhesive softening or former deformation at elevated temperatures, supporting the full 100-watt upper power handling limit. The ¾-inch aluminum dome tweeter is loaded with ferrofluid — a magnetically suspended colloidal liquid that fills the gap between the voice coil and the pole piece. Ferrofluid improves heat transfer away from the voice coil by conducting thermal energy into the magnet structure, reducing the power compression that occurs when a tweeter's voice coil heats up under sustained high-frequency output. The Wave Guide is a shaped acoustic lens surrounding the tweeter dome that controls the dispersion pattern and extends the tweeter's useful output bandwidth, smoothing the transition into the crossover frequency range for a more seamless woofer-to-tweeter blend.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBall-Joint Pivot Tweeter, Tweeter Level Switch, and Installation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CS610's ball-joint pivot mount is a swivel assembly that allows the tweeter to be tilted in any direction independently of the woofer and speaker baffle. Unlike a simple rotating baffle that repositions the tweeter by rotating the entire speaker assembly, the ball-joint permits true angular offset — the tweeter can be aimed toward a seating position that is to the side of, or angled away from, the ceiling cutout center axis, without changing the orientation of the woofer or speaker body. This is particularly useful in room configurations where the speaker must be placed near a wall due to joist spacing, but the listening position is across the room from that wall rather than directly below the ceiling cutout. The tweeter level switch provides a post-installation EQ trim for the upper-frequency output, allowing the installer to adjust the high-frequency balance to compensate for rooms with hard reflective surfaces (lower tweeter output setting) or heavily damped rooms with thick carpet and soft furnishings (higher tweeter output setting). The dogleg mounting system clamps to ceiling drywall from the front after insertion through the 8⅜-inch (212mm) cutout at a mounting depth of 4½ inches. Pre-construction brackets and acoustic backcans are available separately for new construction installation before drywall is applied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±3dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50Hz – 20,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Anechoic)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Listening Room)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eImpedance Nominal\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eImpedance Minimum\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10–100 Watts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTweeter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e¾\" (19mm) Aluminum Dome with Ferrofluid, Black Anodized\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWoofer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6½\" (165mm) Carbon-filled Polypropylene Cone, Rubber Surround\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTweeter Features\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWave Guide, Ball-Joint Pivot Mount\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEQ Adjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTweeter Level Switch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen Back\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrilles Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRound and Square Magnetic Frameless (White)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCutout Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8⅜\" (212mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting Depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4½\" (114mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRound Grille Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9⁷⁄₁₆\" (240mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSquare Grille Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9⁷⁄₁₆\" × 9⁷⁄₁₆\" (240mm × 240mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the ball-joint pivot tweeter on the CS610 and why does it matter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ball-joint pivot mount is a swivel assembly that allows the CS610's tweeter to be physically tilted in any direction independently of the woofer and the speaker baffle. Standard in-ceiling speakers with rotating baffles allow the entire speaker body — tweeter and woofer together — to be rotated around the cutout axis, which only changes the tweeter's position relative to room features in one rotational plane. The CS610's ball-joint allows true angular offset in any direction: the tweeter dome can be aimed toward a sofa that is across the room from the ceiling cutout, toward a kitchen island off-axis from the speaker's center, or angled to cover a wide listening zone in an open-plan area. This flexibility is most useful when joist spacing or ceiling layout forces the speaker into a position that is not directly above the primary listening area — the ball-joint corrects the off-axis alignment at the tweeter level without relocating the speaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the Wave Guide on the CS610 tweeter do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Wave Guide is a shaped acoustic lens or horn structure surrounding the CS610's ¾-inch tweeter dome. It serves two primary functions. First, it controls the dispersion angle of the tweeter — the Wave Guide shapes the high-frequency radiation pattern to maintain a wider coverage area as frequency increases, reducing the \"beaming\" effect where an unguided dome tweeter's output narrows to a tight cone at very high frequencies. Second, the Wave Guide acoustically couples the tweeter dome to the woofer's radiation at the crossover frequency, extending the tweeter's useful low-frequency output lower and smoothing the amplitude and phase transition between the woofer and tweeter. The result is a more seamless blend through the crossover region, reducing audible coloration at the handoff between the two drivers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the tweeter level switch do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tweeter level switch is a physical selector switch on the CS610 that adjusts the high-frequency output level of the tweeter relative to the woofer. Rooms vary significantly in their acoustic treatment — a room with hard tile floors, plaster walls, and glass surfaces reflects high-frequency energy back into the listening area and can make a speaker sound bright or sharp. A room with thick carpet, upholstered furniture, and acoustic panels absorbs high-frequency energy and can make the same speaker sound muffled. The tweeter level switch allows the installer to lower tweeter output in a bright room or raise it in a damped room, compensating for these room-specific acoustic differences after the speaker is installed and the listening environment is evaluated. This adjustment is made without any electronic equalizer or amplifier EQ — it is a passive level adjustment within the speaker's crossover network.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between carbon-filled and fiber-filled polypropylene cones?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth carbon-filled and fiber-filled polypropylene are composite cone materials created by adding reinforcing particles or fibers to the polypropylene matrix during injection moulding. Fiber-filled polypropylene — used in PSB's CS650 and CS630 — incorporates glass or synthetic fibers that increase stiffness and damp internal cone resonances. Carbon-filled polypropylene — used in the CS610 — incorporates carbon particles that similarly increase stiffness but with a different density, damping profile, and surface texture. Carbon-filled cones tend to offer a higher stiffness-to-mass ratio at equivalent fill percentages, pushing the first cone breakup resonance higher in frequency. In practice, both materials produce durable, temperature-stable cones suitable for ceiling installation environments. The specific sonic character difference between the two in the CS610 versus CS650 application is subtle and speaker-system-dependent — the crossover tuning, enclosure, and tweeter selection contribute more to the overall tonal balance than the cone fill material alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the CS610 compare to the CS650?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CS610 and CS650 share the same 8⅜-inch cutout diameter and 4½-inch mounting depth, making them interchangeable in an existing ceiling cutout. Both use a 6½-inch polypropylene cone with rubber surround and an open-back design. Key differences: the CS650 uses a 1-inch titanium dome tweeter without a Wave Guide or ball-joint, and its sensitivity is 86dB anechoic; the CS610 uses a ¾-inch aluminum dome tweeter with ferrofluid cooling, a Wave Guide, and a ball-joint pivot mount at 85dB anechoic sensitivity. The CS610 adds a post-installation tweeter level switch that the CS650 does not have, and the CS610 uses carbon-filled polypropylene while the CS650 uses fiber-filled. Choose the CS650 if titanium dome construction and a larger tweeter dome diameter are priorities; choose the CS610 if a steerable ball-joint tweeter, Wave Guide dispersion control, ferrofluid cooling, and post-installation tweeter level trim are the deciding features.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the CS610 use a backcan or pre-construction bracket?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. PSB offers pre-construction brackets and acoustic backcans compatible with the CS610 series for new construction installations where the ceiling framing is accessible before drywall is applied. Pre-construction brackets are mounted to joists before drywall, positioning the speaker cutout location precisely and providing a secure mounting point without relying on drywall clamping. Acoustic backcans are enclosures installed behind the speaker that isolate the ceiling plenum from the speaker's rear acoustic output, which can reduce sound transmission between adjacent rooms sharing a ceiling and improve bass definition by controlling the effective acoustic volume behind the woofer. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo for current availability and compatibility of backcans and pre-construction brackets for the CS610.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to buy PSB CS610 in-ceiling speakers in Buffalo NY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB CS610 is available from Vinyl Sound, an authorized PSB Speakers dealer in Buffalo, New York. Vinyl Sound also carries the CS650, CS630, CS850, CS810, and CS805 for customers comparing PSB in-ceiling speaker options across different room sizes and budget ranges. Free shipping is available across the continental United States. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo by phone or email to purchase the CS610 or discuss which PSB in-ceiling model fits your installation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PSB Speakers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53576013906227,"sku":null,"price":449.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0873\/0293\/0739\/files\/CS610-_-6-In-Ceiling-Speaker.png?v=1782795157"},{"product_id":"psb-cs605-6-inch-in-ceiling-speaker","title":"PSB CS605 6-Inch In-Ceiling Speaker","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePSB CS605 6-Inch In-Ceiling Speaker at Vinyl Sound Buffalo NY\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB CS605 is a 6½-inch in-ceiling speaker built around a black polypropylene cone woofer with foam surround and a ¾-inch treated textile dome tweeter with ferrofluid cooling. Available at Vinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York, the CS605 is designed for wide-dispersion background audio coverage in residential multi-room audio systems, home theaters, and commercial spaces where consistent room-filling sound across a broad listening area matters more than pinpoint stereo imaging. A first-order high-pass crossover routes signal to the textile dome tweeter, which produces the wide off-axis dispersion pattern characteristic of soft dome designs. The frequency response spans 50Hz to 20,000Hz (±3dB) at 85dB anechoic sensitivity into a nominal 8-ohm load. The open-back design uses the ceiling plenum as the acoustic volume. Heavy-duty doglegs secure the CS605 to ceiling drywall from the front after insertion through the 8⅜-inch (212mm) cutout, and a cutting template is included for layout. A round magnetic frameless grille is included. Pre-construction brackets and backcans are available separately for new construction installation. At 4.6 lb (2.1 kg), single-person installation is straightforward. The CS605 is part of Vinyl Sound Buffalo's full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vinylsound.com\/collections\/speakers\"\u003espeaker collection\u003c\/a\u003e, which includes in-ceiling, in-wall, outdoor, powered, and floorstanding speakers from leading audio brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTreated Textile Dome Tweeter, Ferrofluid Cooling, and Wide Dispersion\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CS605's ¾-inch treated textile dome tweeter uses a soft dome diaphragm rather than the rigid aluminum dome used in PSB's CS610, CS650, and CS630 in-ceiling speakers. Treated textile domes are typically formed from woven fabric coated with a stiffening damping compound. The soft dome material disperses high-frequency energy across a wide angle more gradually than a hard dome, producing a broader and more consistent coverage pattern at high frequencies — a characteristic that makes the CS605 well-suited to rooms where listeners occupy multiple positions across a wide area rather than a single focused sweet spot. Ferrofluid fills the voice coil gap and conducts heat away from the voice coil and into the magnet structure, reducing thermal compression at sustained power levels and extending reliable tweeter life at higher continuous output. The 6½-inch woofer uses a black polypropylene cone with a stamped steel basket and foam surround, suited to background music output levels in living rooms, corridors, and commercial listening environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFirst-Order Crossover, Open-Back Design, and Installation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CS605 uses a first-order high-pass crossover for the tweeter — a single capacitor that rolls off the tweeter's signal below the crossover frequency at approximately 6dB per octave. This is a simpler crossover topology compared to the 4th-order Linkwitz-Riley crossovers used in PSB's CS650 and CS610 models. The first-order filter produces a gentler rolloff slope and a broader transition band between the woofer and tweeter operating ranges, which complements the textile dome's wide dispersion by blending the two drivers across a larger frequency window. The woofer operates without a dedicated low-pass crossover filter, handling the full signal below the tweeter's high-pass rolloff. The dogleg mounting system clamps to ceiling drywall from the front after insertion through the 8⅜-inch (212mm) cutout. A cutting template is included for marking the ceiling cutout. The magnetic round frameless grille installs without visible hardware. Pre-construction brackets and backcans are available for new construction installations before drywall is applied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±3dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50Hz – 20,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Anechoic)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Listening Room)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eImpedance Nominal\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eImpedance Minimum\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10–100 Watts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTweeter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e¾\" (19mm) Treated Textile Dome with Ferrofluid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWoofer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6½\" (165mm) Black Polypropylene Cone, Stamped Steel Basket, Foam Surround\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCrossover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1st Order High Pass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen Back\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrille Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRound Magnetic Frameless (White)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCutout Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8⅜\" (212mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting Depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4½\" (114mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRound Grille Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9⁷⁄₁₆\" (240mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.6 lb (2.1 kg) each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is a treated textile dome tweeter and how does it differ from an aluminum dome?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA treated textile dome tweeter uses a woven fabric diaphragm coated with a polymer or resin compound that stiffens the fabric and controls its resonant behavior. The textile dome is a soft dome — it flexes when it reaches its mechanical limits rather than ringing like a rigid material would. Aluminum dome tweeters, used in PSB's CS610 and CS650, are hard domes — stiffer and lighter per unit area, with a higher breakup frequency that keeps the dome behaving as a rigid piston to higher frequencies before the dome begins to flex unevenly. Aluminum domes tend to produce a brighter high-frequency presentation and more precise imaging at the cost of a narrower dispersion angle at high frequencies. Textile domes produce a warmer high-frequency character and a wider off-axis dispersion pattern that distributes high-frequency energy more evenly across the room. The CS605's textile dome is suited to whole-home audio zones and commercial background music applications where broad, even coverage is the design goal. The CS610 and CS650 aluminum domes are better suited to home theater or dedicated listening room installations where focused imaging is preferred.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is a first-order high-pass crossover and how does it affect the CS605?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA first-order high-pass crossover is a single-capacitor filter placed in series with the tweeter that attenuates signals below the crossover frequency at a rolloff rate of 6dB per octave. For every halving of frequency below the crossover point, the tweeter's signal is reduced by 6dB. This is the simplest crossover topology — one component, the lowest parts cost, and the least insertion loss. The CS605's woofer operates without a dedicated low-pass crossover filter, so it runs full-range from the amplifier output with the tweeter's high-pass filter providing a gradual reduction of overlap between the two drivers. The 6dB-per-octave slope produces a wider, more gradual transition band between where the woofer and tweeter are each contributing, which in practice means both drivers are active simultaneously across a broad frequency range around the crossover point. For background music reproduction at moderate listening levels, this broad transition produces a smooth, continuous tonal response across the room. Higher-order crossovers like the 4th-order Linkwitz-Riley (LR4) in the CS610 and CS650 provide steeper rolloff and better driver protection at high power levels, but add cost and complexity appropriate to more demanding listening applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy does the CS605 use a foam surround instead of rubber?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFoam surrounds are less expensive to manufacture than rubber surrounds and provide a compliant woofer suspension well-suited to normal residential listening levels and typical indoor environments. The trade-off is longevity in extreme conditions: foam surrounds can degrade, dry out, and crack over time when exposed to ultraviolet light, very high humidity, or wide temperature cycling — all conditions more common in outdoor or semi-outdoor installations than in a conditioned indoor ceiling. PSB's CS650, CS630, CS610, and outdoor CS500\/CS1000 models use rubber surrounds for longer service life across a wider range of environmental conditions. The CS605's foam surround is appropriate for standard conditioned interior ceiling installation in homes and commercial spaces where temperature and humidity are controlled. For any installation in an unheated garage, sunroom, or covered patio with significant temperature variation, PSB's rubber-surround in-ceiling models are a better long-term choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat wide-dispersion applications is the CS605 best suited for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CS605 is designed for listening environments where multiple people are distributed across the room rather than seated at a focused sweet spot, and where background music reproduction — rather than critical stereo imaging — is the primary goal. Common applications include: whole-home audio zones in living rooms, kitchens, dining rooms, and hallways; retail and restaurant background audio where one or two speakers per zone must cover a wide floor area; office or waiting room audio; and residential multi-room distributed audio systems driven by a whole-home audio matrix or streaming amplifier. The textile dome tweeter's wider dispersion minimizes the high-frequency drop-off that occurs when a listener is not directly on-axis below the speaker, producing a more consistent tonal balance across the room. For dedicated home theater use, critical stereo listening, or installations requiring high output levels and precise imaging, PSB's CS610 or CS650 with their aluminum dome tweeters and higher-order crossovers are more appropriate choices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the CS605 compare to the CS610?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CS605 and CS610 share the same 8⅜-inch cutout and 4½-inch mounting depth, making them interchangeable in an existing ceiling cutout. Key differences: the CS610 uses a carbon-filled polypropylene cone with rubber surround and a ¾-inch aluminum dome tweeter with ferrofluid, Wave Guide, ball-joint pivot mount, and a tweeter level switch; the CS605 uses a standard black polypropylene cone with foam surround and a ¾-inch textile dome tweeter with ferrofluid and a first-order high-pass crossover. The CS610 has a more sophisticated crossover and adjustable tweeter aiming; the CS605 is simpler, lighter (4.6 lb vs no published weight for the CS610), and focused on wide-dispersion coverage. For background music zones where even coverage across the room is the priority, the CS605's textile dome and first-order crossover serve well. For home theater, critical listening rooms, or installations where the tweeter needs to be aimed at an off-axis listening position, the CS610's ball-joint pivot, Wave Guide, and aluminum dome make it the stronger choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the CS605 include a square grille option?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The CS605 includes a round magnetic frameless white grille only. PSB's specifications for the CS605 list the round grille diameter at 9⁷⁄₁₆ inches (240mm) and do not include a square grille option. If a square ceiling grille appearance is required for aesthetic consistency with surrounding ceiling details or tile grid layouts, PSB's CS610 or CS650 models include both round and square grille options at the same 8⅜-inch cutout size. All three models are interchangeable in the same ceiling cutout, so upgrading from a CS605 to a CS610 or CS650 does not require a new cutout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to buy PSB CS605 in-ceiling speakers in Buffalo NY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB CS605 is available from Vinyl Sound, an authorized PSB Speakers dealer in Buffalo, New York. Vinyl Sound also carries the CS610 and CS650 for customers comparing performance tiers within PSB's 6.5-inch in-ceiling speaker lineup. Free shipping is available across the continental United States. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo by phone or email to purchase the CS605 or discuss which PSB in-ceiling model fits your installation requirements and budget.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PSB Speakers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53576018493747,"sku":null,"price":199.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0873\/0293\/0739\/files\/CS605-6-In-Ceiling-Speaker.png?v=1782795294"},{"product_id":"psb-pwm3-7-driver-on-wall-speaker","title":"PSB PWM3 7-Driver On-Wall Speaker","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePSB PWM3 On-Wall Speaker at Vinyl Sound Buffalo NY\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB PWM3 is a seven-driver on-wall speaker built around a 1-inch titanium dome tweeter with ferrofluid, two 3-inch carbon fibre midrange drivers with rubber surround and cast basket, and four 4-inch carbon fibre woofers with rubber surround and cast basket, all housed in a dual-ported MDF bass reflex cabinet measuring 48 inches wide by 6.5 inches tall by 3.38 inches deep. Available at Vinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York, the PWM3 is the flagship of PSB's PWM on-wall speaker series, designed for high-performance home theater installations where flush in-wall construction is not possible or desired. The bass reflex cabinet extends the frequency response to 60Hz (±3dB) with a -10dB point at 35Hz — bass performance uncommon in on-wall speaker form factors. The titanium dome tweeter extends high-frequency output to 35,000Hz. The PWM3 delivers 86dB anechoic sensitivity into a nominal 8-ohm load. The cabinet can be mounted horizontally for center channel or L\/R stereo use below or above a display, or vertically as L\/R or surround channels beside a screen, using the included wall mount bracket — note that the bracket is not rated for ceiling mounting. The satin black and satin white finish options allow the PWM3 to match wall color or blend into the display surround. Multiple PWM3 units can be configured as a matched L\/C\/R front stage or expanded to a five- or seven-channel surround array. The PWM3 is part of Vinyl Sound Buffalo's full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vinylsound.com\/collections\/speakers\"\u003espeaker collection\u003c\/a\u003e, which includes on-wall, in-wall, in-ceiling, outdoor, powered, and floorstanding speakers from leading audio brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSeven-Driver Configuration: Titanium Tweeter, Carbon Fibre Midrange, and Carbon Fibre Woofers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PWM3's driver complement spans three size categories across seven individual drivers. The single 1-inch titanium dome tweeter is ferrofluid-cooled and handles the highest frequencies in the system, extending output to 35,000Hz. Titanium dome tweeters are hard dome designs with a high natural resonance frequency and high stiffness-to-mass ratio, producing accurate high-frequency transient response and smooth off-axis dispersion. The ferrofluid fills the gap between the tweeter voice coil and the pole piece, removing heat from the coil via conduction into the magnet structure, which reduces dynamic compression at sustained high output levels. The two 3-inch midrange drivers use carbon fibre cones, rubber surrounds, and cast aluminum baskets. Carbon fibre cone material provides high stiffness and low mass relative to the cone's diameter, which pushes the first breakup resonance above the operating range of each driver. The cast basket provides a rigid, dimensionally stable platform for the driver's motor and surround — cast metal does not flex under the mechanical forces generated by a driver in motion, maintaining precise voice coil alignment through the gap. The four 4-inch woofers share the same construction: carbon fibre cone, rubber surround, and cast basket. Distributing bass output across four smaller woofers rather than one or two larger drivers keeps the cabinet depth shallow while providing the combined cone area and motor force needed to drive the dual-ported bass reflex enclosure to 35Hz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDual-Ported Bass Reflex Cabinet, Vertical and Horizontal Mounting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PWM3's bass reflex cabinet uses two ports tuned to extend low-frequency output below the four woofers' free-air resonance frequency. Dual ports allow the cabinet's bass reflex loading to be spread across two smaller port apertures rather than one large one, which reduces port air velocity at a given output level and lowers the frequency at which port chuffing — turbulent airflow noise at the port opening — becomes audible. The result is a bass reflex alignment that achieves the -10dB point at 35Hz from a cabinet that is only 3.38 inches deep and 6.5 inches tall. The MDF cabinet and MDF frame provide a dense, well-damped enclosure that suppresses panel resonances across the woofer operating range. The wall mount bracket included with the PWM3 supports both vertical and horizontal installation. Mounted horizontally, the PWM3 presents its 48-inch width along the wall with the drivers arranged in a horizontal line — the standard orientation for a center channel installed below or above a display. Mounted vertically, the PWM3 presents a 6.5-inch wide by 48-inch tall column for left, right, or surround channel use beside a screen. The bracket is designed for wall installation only and is not rated for ceiling mounting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±3dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60Hz – 35,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLF Cutoff (-10dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Anechoic)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e86dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Listening Room)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eImpedance Nominal\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eImpedance Minimum\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTweeter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\" (25mm) Titanium Dome with Ferrofluid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMidrange\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 3\" (75mm) Carbon Fibre Cone, Rubber Surround, Cast Basket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWoofer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 × 4\" (100mm) Carbon Fibre Cone, Rubber Surround, Cast Basket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBass Reflex (Dual-Ported)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCabinet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrille\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic Cloth Grille (Acoustic Transparent)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\" (1219mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.5\" (165mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth (without grille)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.38\" (85mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth (with grille)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5\" (90mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall Mount Bracket Included (Vertical and Horizontal — not ceiling rated)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable Finishes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSatin Black, Satin White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does a seven-driver configuration mean in the PSB PWM3?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA seven-driver speaker uses seven individual transducers — separate physical drivers — to cover the full audio frequency range. In the PWM3, the seven drivers are divided by function: one 1-inch titanium dome tweeter handles the highest frequencies; two 3-inch carbon fibre midrange drivers reproduce the midrange frequencies; and four 4-inch carbon fibre woofers reproduce the bass frequencies. Each driver group operates over the frequency range it is best suited to, rather than one or two drivers attempting to cover the full range. Multiple midrange and woofer drivers working in parallel multiply the available cone area and motor force, allowing the speaker to produce higher output levels and deeper bass extension from a cabinet that is only 3.38 inches deep. The seven-driver array is distributed across the PWM3's 48-inch cabinet length, which provides acoustic advantages in controlling the speaker's vertical dispersion pattern when mounted horizontally in a center or L\/R configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the PWM3 achieve 35Hz bass extension in a 3.38-inch-deep cabinet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PWM3 achieves -10dB bass extension to 35Hz through a combination of factors: four separate 4-inch woofers working in parallel to multiply cone area and motor force; a dual-ported bass reflex tuning that extends the low-frequency output below the woofers' free-air resonance frequency; and an MDF cabinet tuned to control the bass reflex alignment. Bass reflex loading allows the port itself to radiate bass output at and below the driver's resonance frequency, augmenting the woofer's natural output in that range. Distributing the load across four drivers instead of one or two larger woofers keeps the individual driver excursion low, reducing distortion at the output levels needed to load the ports effectively. The result is bass performance that approaches or matches some compact bookshelf speakers, from a cabinet only 3.38 inches deep and 6.5 inches tall — shallow enough to mount flat on a standard interior wall without significant protrusion into the room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the PWM3 be mounted both vertically and horizontally?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The included wall mount bracket supports both vertical and horizontal installation. Mounted horizontally, the PWM3 is 48 inches wide and 6.5 inches tall — the standard orientation for a center channel below or above a display, or for L\/R stereo speakers mounted at ear level along a wall. Mounted vertically, the PWM3 is 6.5 inches wide and 48 inches tall — a narrow column speaker suited to flanking a display screen as left and right front channels or as surround speakers. The bracket is designed for wall installation only; PSB's specifications note it is not designed or rated for ceiling mounting. The satin black and satin white finish options allow the PWM3 to match the wall color or the bezel of the display it is mounted beside.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat home theater configurations can use the PWM3?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PWM3 is designed to function as any channel in a home theater speaker system. Multiple PWM3 units can be configured as a matched L\/R stereo pair, a matched L\/C\/R front stage (three PWM3 units across the front wall), a 5.1 system (L\/C\/R front plus two surround channels, all PWM3), or a 7.1 or larger system with additional PWM3 units as rear surrounds or height channels. Using the same model for all channels provides a consistent tonal signature across the soundstage, which is particularly important in home theater where sounds cross from the front stage through to the surrounds as effects pan across the listening space. The PWM3's ability to be mounted horizontally or vertically means the same unit can serve as a horizontal center channel below the screen and as vertical L\/R channels beside the screen without requiring a different model for each position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the carbon fibre cone drivers in the PWM3 and why does PSB use them?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PWM3's midrange and woofer drivers use carbon fibre cone diaphragms — composite cones in which carbon fibre material provides the structural matrix of the cone rather than paper, polypropylene, or other common cone materials. Carbon fibre cones offer a high stiffness-to-mass ratio: they are rigid enough to behave as a true piston — moving as a single rigid surface rather than flexing — across a wider frequency range than most polymer cone materials at the same mass. High cone rigidity pushes the first cone breakup resonance higher in frequency, keeping the driver in its controlled piston operating range through its intended pass band and reducing the coloration that occurs when a cone flexes unevenly. The cast basket on each driver — both midrange and woofer — provides a rigid, precisely machined mounting frame for the driver's surround and voice coil assembly. Cast baskets maintain dimensional accuracy under the mechanical stresses of speaker operation, keeping the voice coil centered in the magnetic gap for low distortion at high excursion levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the PWM3 differ from PSB's in-wall speakers like the W-LCR?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PWM3 mounts on the surface of the wall using the included bracket; it does not require cutting into the drywall or accessing the wall cavity. The W-LCR and other PSB in-wall models are flush-mounted — installed by cutting a rectangular hole in the drywall and securing the speaker frame to the wall opening. In-wall installation produces a flush, invisible appearance where only the grille is visible on the wall surface. On-wall installation like the PWM3 leaves the speaker body visible on the wall surface, with only a 3.38-inch protrusion from the wall plane. On-wall is the correct choice when the wall construction does not allow cutting — concrete or brick walls, walls with dense insulation, steel stud commercial construction, or apartment installations where wall modification is restricted. On-wall is also faster to install and fully reversible, since no wall opening is required. The PWM3's satin finish and magnetic cloth grille are designed to make the on-wall appearance as clean and minimal as the installation constraints allow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to buy PSB PWM3 on-wall speakers in Buffalo NY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB PWM3 is available from Vinyl Sound, an authorized PSB Speakers dealer in Buffalo, New York. Vinyl Sound carries the full PSB PWM series along with PSB's in-ceiling and in-wall speaker lines for customers designing complete architectural audio systems. Free shipping is available across the continental United States. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo by phone or email to purchase the PWM3, order multiple units for a matched home theater configuration, or compare on-wall versus in-wall speaker options for your installation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PSB Speakers","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":53576035074355,"sku":null,"price":2099.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":53576035107123,"sku":null,"price":2099.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0873\/0293\/0739\/files\/pwm3_front_black.png?v=1782795533"},{"product_id":"psb-pwm2-5-driver-on-wall-speaker","title":"PSB PWM2 5-Driver On-Wall Speaker","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePSB PWM2 On-Wall Speaker at Vinyl Sound Buffalo NY\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB PWM2 is a five-driver 3-way on-wall speaker built around a 1-inch titanium dome tweeter with ferrofluid and Neodymium magnet, two 3-inch carbon fibre midrange drivers with rubber surround and cast basket, and two 4-inch carbon fibre woofers with rubber surround and cast basket, all housed in a bass reflex MDF cabinet measuring 36 inches wide by 6.5 inches tall by 3.38 inches deep. Available at Vinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York, the PWM2 is a mid-series model in PSB's PWM on-wall speaker line, positioned below the seven-driver PWM3 flagship and sharing the same 3-way driver layout and cabinet depth while offering a more compact 36-inch cabinet footprint. The bass reflex design extends low-frequency output to 70Hz (±3dB) with a -10dB point at 40Hz, and the titanium tweeter covers the upper frequency range to 23,000Hz. The PWM2 delivers 86dB anechoic sensitivity into a nominal 8-ohm load. The four-layer voice coils on the midrange and woofer drivers provide high power handling capacity and low impedance consistency across the driver's operating range. The included wall mount bracket supports both horizontal and vertical installation — horizontal for center or L\/R channels positioned relative to a display, vertical as a column speaker for L\/R or surround channels beside a screen. The bracket is not rated for ceiling mounting. Satin Black and Satin White finishes allow the PWM2 to integrate with the wall surface or the display surround. The PWM2 is part of Vinyl Sound Buffalo's full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vinylsound.com\/collections\/speakers\"\u003espeaker collection\u003c\/a\u003e, which includes on-wall, in-wall, in-ceiling, outdoor, powered, and floorstanding speakers from leading audio brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTitanium Tweeter with Neodymium Magnet, Carbon Fibre Midrange, and Carbon Fibre Woofers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PWM2's 1-inch titanium dome tweeter uses a Neodymium magnet motor rather than the ferrite magnet found in lower-cost driver designs. Neodymium magnets produce a stronger magnetic field per unit of magnet mass, which allows the tweeter motor to be smaller and lighter without reducing the magnetic flux density in the voice coil gap. A stronger flux density produces higher motor efficiency — more acoustic output per watt of input — contributing to the PWM2's 86dB sensitivity figure. Ferrofluid fills the voice coil gap to conduct heat away from the coil and into the magnet structure, reducing thermal compression at sustained output levels. The two 3-inch carbon fibre midrange drivers and two 4-inch carbon fibre woofers share the same cone material: carbon fibre composite. Carbon fibre cones are stiff and light, with a higher stiffness-to-mass ratio than glass-filled polypropylene or paper cones of comparable size, which pushes the first cone breakup resonance above the driver's intended operating range and reduces high-order distortion products. Cast baskets on all four cone drivers provide a rigid, dimensionally stable chassis that maintains precise voice coil-to-gap alignment under the mechanical forces generated during normal speaker operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFour-Layer Voice Coils, Bass Reflex Design, and Wall Installation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PWM2's midrange and woofer drivers use four-layer voice coils — coils wound in four separate layers of wire on the same voice coil former rather than the two-layer configuration common in budget speaker drivers. Four-layer winding increases the total length of wire in the gap, which reduces the DC resistance per unit of motor force and improves the power handling capacity of the driver. More wire layers in the gap also increases the coil's thermal mass, which absorbs more energy before the coil temperature rises to a level that affects adhesive bonding or wire insulation integrity. The bass reflex cabinet uses one or more tuned ports to extend low-frequency output below the woofers' free-air resonance frequency, enabling the PWM2 to reach 40Hz (-10dB) from a cabinet only 3.38 inches deep and 6.5 inches tall. The MDF cabinet provides a dense enclosure material with high damping of internal panel resonances. The wall mount bracket installs to the wall first, then the PWM2 cabinet attaches to the bracket. Horizontal mounting positions the 36-inch cabinet width along the wall; vertical mounting positions the 6.5-inch width as a narrow column 36 inches tall. The bracket is not designed for ceiling installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±3dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70Hz – 23,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLF Cutoff (-10dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Anechoic)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e86dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Listening Room)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eImpedance Nominal\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eImpedance Minimum\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTweeter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\" (25mm) Titanium Dome with Ferrofluid, Neodymium Magnet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMidrange\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 3\" (75mm) Carbon Fibre Cone, Rubber Surround, Cast Basket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWoofer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 4\" (100mm) Carbon Fibre Cone, Rubber Surround, Cast Basket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoice Coil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour-Layer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBass Reflex\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCabinet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrille\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic Cloth Grille (Acoustic Transparent)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\" (914mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.5\" (165mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth (without grille)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.38\" (85mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth (with grille)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5\" (90mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall Mount Bracket Included (Vertical and Horizontal — not ceiling rated)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable Finishes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSatin Black, Satin White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the PWM2 differ from the PWM3?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PWM2 and PWM3 share the same cabinet depth (3.38 inches), height (6.5 inches), sensitivity (86dB anechoic \/ 89dB listening room), impedance (8 ohms nominal \/ 6 ohms minimum), and 3-way driver topology with titanium dome tweeter, carbon fibre midrange, and carbon fibre woofers. The key differences are driver count and cabinet width. The PWM3 uses four 4-inch woofers in a 48-inch cabinet and extends bass to 60Hz (±3dB) with a -10dB point at 35Hz, and its titanium tweeter reaches 35,000Hz. The PWM2 uses two 4-inch woofers in a 36-inch cabinet and extends bass to 70Hz (±3dB) with a -10dB point at 40Hz, and its tweeter reaches 23,000Hz. The PWM2 is 12 inches shorter than the PWM3, which makes it a better fit for narrower wall spaces, smaller displays, or rooms where a 48-inch speaker is too wide for the available mounting position. For maximum bass extension and the highest output ceiling, the PWM3 is the stronger performer; for installations where the PWM3's 48-inch footprint is excessive, the PWM2 provides the same cabinet depth, the same sensitivity, and comparable performance in a more compact 36-inch format.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is a four-layer voice coil and why does the PWM2 use one?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA voice coil is a cylindrical coil of wire attached to the speaker cone that moves in and out of a magnetic gap in response to the audio signal. A four-layer voice coil has four separate layers of wire wound concentrically on the same former, as opposed to the two-layer design used in lower-cost drivers. More wire layers increase the total length of conductor in the magnetic gap, which reduces the DC resistance per unit of generated force (improving the motor's efficiency) and increases the coil's thermal mass — the coil can absorb more energy before reaching temperatures that risk adhesive failure or wire insulation damage. Four-layer voice coils are also associated with higher linear excursion capability because the taller, more mechanically stable coil is better controlled by the spider and surround at large excursion values. In the PWM2's midrange and woofer drivers, four-layer voice coils contribute to the high power handling capacity appropriate for a home theater speaker that may see significant sustained power from a receiver or amplifier driving a full surround sound system at high levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is a Neodymium magnet tweeter and how does it differ from a standard tweeter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNeodymium is a rare earth element used to make permanent magnets that are significantly stronger than conventional ferrite (ceramic) magnets at the same physical size and mass. In a speaker tweeter, the magnet's job is to create a strong, stable magnetic field in the gap where the voice coil operates. A stronger field produces more force on the voice coil per unit of current, which means more acoustic output for a given amplifier power — higher sensitivity. A Neodymium magnet produces the same or greater magnetic flux density as a ferrite magnet many times its size, which allows the tweeter motor assembly to be smaller and lighter without sacrificing sensitivity. In the PWM2's 1-inch titanium dome tweeter, the Neodymium magnet combined with ferrofluid cooling allows the tweeter to achieve high sensitivity (contributing to the PWM2's 86dB overall sensitivity) while maintaining consistent performance at elevated power levels across a home theater listening session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the PWM2 be used as a center channel speaker?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The PWM2 is designed to function as a center channel speaker when mounted horizontally below or above a display. In horizontal orientation, the speaker is 36 inches wide and 6.5 inches tall, with its driver array — tweeter, two midranges, and two woofers — distributed across the 36-inch width. This driver arrangement produces a horizontal radiation pattern appropriate for center channel dialogue and effects reproduction. Using PWM2 units for all channels in a home theater — left, center, right, and surround — provides a tonally matched speaker system where all channels have the same frequency response, sensitivity, and driver complement. A tonally matched system produces smoother panning and transitions as audio effects move from the front stage to the surrounds and back, which is particularly noticeable in action film soundtracks and multichannel music mixes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bass extension does the PWM2 achieve and how does the bass reflex design work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PWM2 extends bass to 70Hz (±3dB) and 40Hz (-10dB) — a significant low-frequency output range from a speaker only 3.38 inches deep. A bass reflex enclosure adds one or more ports to the sealed cabinet volume. The port is a tuned acoustic resonator — a tube of specific length and diameter whose resonant frequency is set below the woofer's free-air resonance. At and near the port's tuning frequency, the port aperture itself radiates acoustic output in-phase with the woofer cone's output, augmenting the bass below the frequency where the woofer alone would begin rolling off. The combined woofer and port output extends the low-frequency response lower than an equivalent sealed enclosure of the same internal volume. The trade-off is that below the port tuning frequency, the woofer cone is no longer controlled by the enclosure pressure, and excursion rises rapidly — which is why a bass reflex speaker's -10dB point of 40Hz is not the same as a flat response to 40Hz. The PWM2's dual 4-inch woofers provide the combined cone area needed to drive the bass reflex loading effectively from the slim 3.38-inch cabinet depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many PWM2 units do I need for a complete home theater system?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA basic 5.1 home theater system using PWM2 speakers for all channels requires five PWM2 units: one as a center channel (horizontal, below or above the display), two as left and right front channels (horizontal or vertical beside the display), and two as left and right surround channels (typically mounted on the side or rear walls). A 7.1 system adds two additional PWM2 units for left and right back surround positions. All five or seven PWM2 units can use the same satin black or satin white finish, maintaining a consistent visual appearance across the system. A subwoofer handles bass reproduction below 80Hz in a .1 surround configuration — the PWM2's bass reflex extension to 40Hz supplements the subwoofer overlap range. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo to discuss the PWM2 quantity needed for your specific room layout and surround format.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to buy PSB PWM2 on-wall speakers in Buffalo NY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB PWM2 is available from Vinyl Sound, an authorized PSB Speakers dealer in Buffalo, New York. Vinyl Sound also carries the PWM3 for customers who need the larger 48-inch footprint and deeper bass extension of PSB's flagship on-wall model. Free shipping is available across the continental United States. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo by phone or email to purchase the PWM2, order multiple units for a matched surround system, or compare PWM2 versus PWM3 for your installation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PSB Speakers","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":53576039465267,"sku":null,"price":1399.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":53576039498035,"sku":null,"price":1399.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0873\/0293\/0739\/files\/pwm2_front_black.png?v=1782795762"},{"product_id":"psb-pwm1-3-driver-on-wall-speaker","title":"PSB PWM1 3-Driver On-Wall Speaker","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePSB PWM1 On-Wall Speaker at Vinyl Sound Buffalo NY\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB PWM1 is a three-driver 2-way on-wall speaker built around a 1-inch titanium dome tweeter with ferrofluid and two 4-inch carbon fibre woofers with four-layer voice coils, rubber surround, and cast basket, all in a bass reflex MDF cabinet measuring 28 inches wide by 6.5 inches tall by 3.38 inches deep. Available at Vinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York, the PWM1 is the entry point in PSB's PWM on-wall speaker series, sharing the same cabinet depth, height, and finish options as the PWM2 and PWM3 in the most compact 28-inch footprint. The 2-way design routes the audio signal to a titanium dome tweeter for the high-frequency range and to two 4-inch carbon fibre woofers for the midrange and bass, without a separate midrange driver layer. The bass reflex cabinet extends low-frequency output to 70Hz (±3dB) with a -10dB point at 50Hz. The PWM1 delivers 85dB anechoic sensitivity into a nominal 8-ohm load. The included wall mount bracket supports horizontal installation below or above a display for center channel or L\/R stereo use, or vertical installation as a narrow 6.5-inch-wide column speaker for L\/R or surround channels. The bracket is not rated for ceiling mounting. Satin Black and Satin White finishes allow the PWM1 to match the wall surface or display surround. The PWM1 is part of Vinyl Sound Buffalo's full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vinylsound.com\/collections\/speakers\"\u003espeaker collection\u003c\/a\u003e, which includes on-wall, in-wall, in-ceiling, outdoor, powered, and floorstanding speakers from leading audio brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003e2-Way Design: Titanium Dome Tweeter and Dual Carbon Fibre Woofers with Four-Layer Voice Coils\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PWM1 is a 2-way speaker — it uses two driver stages instead of three. The 1-inch titanium dome tweeter handles high-frequency reproduction above the crossover frequency, and the two 4-inch carbon fibre woofers handle both the midrange and bass frequencies below the crossover. In a 3-way speaker like the PWM2 or PWM3, a separate set of dedicated 3-inch midrange drivers covers the frequency band between the woofer and tweeter, allowing each driver stage to operate over a narrower frequency range with less interference between adjacent bands. In the PWM1's 2-way design, the 4-inch woofers cover the midrange band in addition to the bass band, which requires careful crossover tuning to maintain smooth midrange response from a driver sized primarily for low-frequency output. The four-layer voice coils in the two woofers improve power handling and thermal capacity by increasing the total wire length in the magnetic gap and the coil's heat storage mass. The carbon fibre cone material keeps the woofer diaphragm stiff across both the bass and midrange portions of its operating range, reducing cone breakup distortion in the upper portion of the woofer band. Cast baskets on both woofers provide a rigid chassis that maintains voice coil-to-gap alignment under the mechanical loads of normal speaker operation. The titanium dome tweeter is ferrofluid-cooled, using the magnetically suspended fluid in the tweeter gap to conduct heat away from the voice coil and into the magnet structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003e28-Inch Bass Reflex Cabinet, Slim Profile, and Wall Installation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PWM1's cabinet is 28 inches wide and 3.38 inches deep — 8 inches shorter than the PWM2 and 20 inches shorter than the PWM3, while maintaining the same 6.5-inch height and 3.38-inch depth as both larger models. This shared profile means the PWM1 can be installed in wall positions that are too narrow for the PWM2 or PWM3 while remaining visually consistent in depth and height with those models in a mixed-unit surround sound installation. The bass reflex port tuning extends the two 4-inch woofers' combined low-frequency output to a -10dB point of 50Hz from the compact MDF enclosure. The magnetic cloth grille covers the full 28-inch face without visible hardware. The wall mount bracket attaches to the wall surface first; the PWM1 cabinet secures to the bracket in either horizontal orientation (28 inches wide, 6.5 inches tall) or vertical orientation (6.5 inches wide, 28 inches tall). The bracket is not designed for ceiling installation. Satin Black and Satin White finishes allow the PWM1 to be ordered to match a white or dark wall and display surround without painting the speaker or applying a custom grille cloth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±3dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70Hz – 23,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLF Cutoff (-10dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Anechoic)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Listening Room)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eImpedance Nominal\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eImpedance Minimum\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTweeter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\" (25mm) Titanium Dome with Ferrofluid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWoofer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 4\" (100mm) Carbon Fibre Cone, Rubber Surround, Cast Basket, Four-Layer Voice Coil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBass Reflex (2-Way)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCabinet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrille\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic Cloth Grille (Acoustic Transparent)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28\" (711mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.5\" (165mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth (without grille)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.38\" (85mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth (with grille)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5\" (90mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall Mount Bracket Included (Vertical and Horizontal — not ceiling rated)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable Finishes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSatin Black, Satin White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the PWM1's 2-way design differ from the PWM2 and PWM3?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 2-way speaker divides the audio signal between two driver stages — in the PWM1, a titanium dome tweeter for high frequencies and two 4-inch carbon fibre woofers for midrange and bass. A 3-way speaker like the PWM2 and PWM3 adds a third driver stage — separate 3-inch midrange drivers — that covers the frequency band between the woofers and the tweeter. Dedicated midrange drivers in a 3-way design allow each driver to operate over a narrower portion of the frequency range, reducing the mechanical demands on each individual driver and allowing more precise crossover alignment with its neighbors. The PWM1's 2-way design relies on the 4-inch woofers to cover both the bass and midrange bands, which requires the woofer's carbon fibre cone to remain well-behaved over a wider frequency range. For typical residential listening at normal to moderate output levels, the PWM1's 2-way design produces smooth, full-range reproduction. The PWM2 and PWM3's 3-way designs offer advantages at higher output levels and in larger rooms where the wider operating range of each driver stage in the PWM1 becomes audible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does a four-layer voice coil do in the PWM1's woofers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe two 4-inch woofers in the PWM1 use four-layer voice coils — each coil is wound in four concentrically layered passes of wire on the same cylindrical former, compared to the single or two-layer coils used in standard speaker drivers. Four-layer winding increases the total conductor length in the magnetic gap, which reduces the DC resistance per unit of generated mechanical force. Lower resistance per unit of force means the driver is more efficient — it produces more acoustic output per watt of electrical input. Four-layer coils also have greater thermal mass: more wire in the coil stores and conducts heat away from the former more effectively, reducing the temperature rise that occurs during sustained high-power operation. This improves the PWM1's power handling ceiling and reduces the thermal compression — output level drop caused by voice coil heating — that occurs when a speaker is driven hard over a long listening session. In a home theater installation running demanding film soundtracks at elevated levels, the four-layer voice coil's thermal advantage translates into more consistent dynamic performance over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn what situations is the PWM1 the right choice over the PWM2?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PWM1 is the better choice when the available wall space is too narrow for the PWM2's 36-inch footprint, or when a 28-inch cabinet width is proportionally better matched to the display size or room scale. A 55-inch display with a 28-inch center channel below it maintains a visual proportion that a 36-inch PWM2 may exceed. In a smaller room where output requirements are moderate and the listening distance is shorter, the PWM1's 85dB sensitivity and 50Hz (-10dB) bass extension are fully adequate. The PWM1 is also the appropriate choice for rear surround or height channel positions in a larger home theater where the PWM2 or PWM3 is used for the front L\/C\/R stage — the rear surround positions require less output and smaller cabinet size is acceptable in those positions. For installations where all channels use the same model for tonal matching, the PWM1's 28-inch width allows a five-speaker surround installation in rooms where five PWM2 units would require more wall width than the room provides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the PWM1 be used horizontally as a center channel speaker?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The PWM1 mounts horizontally below or above a display as a center channel using the included wall bracket. In horizontal orientation, the speaker is 28 inches wide and 6.5 inches tall. This profile fits below most displays sized 50 inches or larger without obstructing the screen, and the PWM1's 28-inch width does not extend past the display edges on a 50-inch to 65-inch screen. The two 4-inch woofers and titanium dome tweeter are arranged across the 28-inch horizontal span. Center channel dialogue and effects from the horizontal PWM1 project forward into the room from the wall surface. Using a PWM1 as center channel alongside PWM1 left and right speakers maintains a tonally matched front stage — all three channels share the same drivers, crossover, and cabinet construction, which produces consistent timbre as sounds pan across the front soundstage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does a 28-inch on-wall speaker compare to a typical soundbar as a TV speaker?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PWM1 and a typical soundbar occupy a similar physical space — slim, wall-mounted, and positioned below or above a display — but differ significantly in driver quality, bass extension, and system integration capability. A typical soundbar contains multiple small full-range drivers aimed at generating a wide stereo image from a single compact enclosure, often using digital signal processing to simulate surround sound. The PWM1 uses a proper 2-way design with a dedicated titanium dome tweeter and two 4-inch carbon fibre bass reflex woofers — driver sizes and construction quality that are rarely found in a soundbar at comparable price. The PWM1 connects to a standard amplifier or AV receiver speaker output — any channel, any receiver — with no proprietary apps, Bluetooth pairing, or brand-specific ecosystem requirements. Multiple PWM1 units can be added to form a discrete multichannel surround system with matched tonal balance across all channels, which is not achievable with a soundbar as the starting point.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bass does the PWM1 deliver from its 3.38-inch-deep cabinet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PWM1 extends bass to 70Hz (±3dB) with a -10dB cutoff at 50Hz from its 3.38-inch-deep bass reflex cabinet. The bass reflex port augments the output of the two 4-inch woofers at and below their free-air resonance frequency, extending the usable low-frequency range below what the woofers produce in a sealed enclosure of the same volume. In a home theater system paired with a subwoofer, the AV receiver's bass management crossover — typically set at 80Hz or 100Hz for small satellite speakers — routes bass below the crossover frequency to the subwoofer, and the PWM1 handles mid-bass and above. In a stereo music listening application without a subwoofer, the PWM1's 50Hz (-10dB) extension covers most bass fundamentals — kick drum, bass guitar, and lower piano notes — with the natural roll-off below 50Hz reducing the deepest sub-bass content that a larger speaker or subwoofer would reproduce. For full-range bass reproduction in a home theater, pairing the PWM1 with a PSB or compatible subwoofer provides the complete frequency range the on-wall cabinet alone cannot deliver.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to buy PSB PWM1 on-wall speakers in Buffalo NY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB PWM1 is available from Vinyl Sound, an authorized PSB Speakers dealer in Buffalo, New York. Vinyl Sound also carries the PWM2 and PWM3 for customers comparing cabinet widths and driver configurations across the PWM series. Free shipping is available across the continental United States. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo by phone or email to purchase the PWM1 or discuss which PWM model fits your wall dimensions and home theater layout.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PSB Speakers","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":53576044511539,"sku":null,"price":999.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":53576044544307,"sku":null,"price":999.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0873\/0293\/0739\/files\/PWM1_-_On-Wall_Speaker_front_black.png?v=1782795917"},{"product_id":"psb-pwm-sat-compact-on-wall-speaker","title":"PSB PWM Sat Compact On-Wall Speaker","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePSB PWM Sat On-Wall Speaker at Vinyl Sound Buffalo NY\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB PWM Sat is a two-driver 2-way on-wall speaker built on PSB's Synchrony driver platform, pairing a 1-inch titanium dome tweeter with ferrofluid with a single 4-inch woven carbon fibre woofer with rubber surround and cast basket, all in a bass reflex MDF cabinet measuring 12 inches wide by 6.5 inches tall by 3.38 inches deep. Available at Vinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York, the PWM Sat is the smallest and most compact model in PSB's PWM on-wall speaker series — 16 inches shorter than the PWM1 and compatible in depth and height with all PWM series siblings. The bass reflex design extends low-frequency output to 90Hz (±3dB) with a -10dB point at 62Hz, suited to pairing with a subwoofer in a home theater bass management configuration or 2-channel system. The titanium tweeter covers the upper frequency range to 23,000Hz. The PWM Sat delivers 83dB anechoic sensitivity into a nominal 8-ohm load. The two-piece locking bracket supports horizontal or vertical wall installation. The bracket can be inverted for near-ceiling placement — mounting the speaker high on a wall with the drivers angled downward into the room — making the PWM Sat suitable as a front height channel in Dolby Atmos or DTS:X surround configurations. The bracket is not rated for direct ceiling surface mounting. Satin Black and Satin White finishes match residential and commercial wall surfaces without modification. The PWM Sat is voiced to integrate tonally with PSB's in-room, in-wall, in-ceiling, and other on-wall speakers for consistent sonic character across mixed-model installations. The PWM Sat is part of Vinyl Sound Buffalo's full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vinylsound.com\/collections\/speakers\"\u003espeaker collection\u003c\/a\u003e, which includes on-wall, in-wall, in-ceiling, outdoor, powered, and floorstanding speakers from leading audio brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSynchrony-Platform Titanium Dome Tweeter and Woven Carbon Fibre Woofer\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PWM Sat's drivers are based on PSB's Synchrony driver platform — the same design foundation used in PSB's flagship Synchrony loudspeaker series. Synchrony-platform drivers are developed through PSB's psychoacoustic research process, which uses National Research Council of Canada anechoic chamber measurement protocols and listener evaluation to optimize frequency response, dispersion, and distortion characteristics. The 1-inch titanium dome tweeter uses ferrofluid cooling to manage thermal compression at elevated output levels. The titanium dome's high stiffness-to-mass ratio extends the tweeter's controlled pistonic range to 23,000Hz. The single 4-inch woven carbon fibre woofer uses a woven composite cone rather than an injection-moulded carbon-filled polymer. Woven carbon fibre cones are fabricated by weaving carbon fibre strands into a cloth and forming them into a cone shape, creating a directional fiber structure that provides very high stiffness and low mass. The rubber surround provides long-service suspension in wall-mounted environments. The cast basket maintains dimensional accuracy for the voice coil gap alignment across the woofer's operating range. The Synchrony driver platform is the distinguishing feature separating the PWM Sat from the rest of the PWM series — it brings PSB's reference driver technology into the compact 12-inch on-wall format.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTwo-Piece Locking Bracket, Near-Ceiling Placement, and System Integration\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PWM Sat's two-piece locking bracket is a more versatile mounting system than the standard bracket on the PWM1, PWM2, and PWM3. The two-piece design separates the wall plate from the speaker cradle, allowing the speaker body to be positioned in multiple orientations relative to the wall plate. Horizontal installation positions the 12-inch width along the wall with the drivers facing into the room — suited to front left, center, or right channel placement beside or below a display. Vertical installation positions the 6.5-inch face as a narrow column 12 inches tall. The bracket can also be inverted — the speaker mounts with the drivers angled downward toward the listening area — enabling near-ceiling placement for front height channels in Dolby Atmos or DTS:X object-based surround configurations where the speaker is positioned high on the wall rather than on the ceiling surface. The bracket is not rated for direct ceiling surface mounting. The PWM Sat's voiced tonal match to PSB's broader speaker family — including the Alpha, Imagine, and Synchrony series — simplifies system design in installations that mix PSB product lines across front channels, surrounds, and height positions without the crossover coloration that occurs when mismatched brands are combined in the same system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±3dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90Hz – 23,000Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLF Cutoff (-10dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e62Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Anechoic)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e83dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Listening Room)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eImpedance Nominal\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eImpedance Minimum\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTweeter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\" (25mm) Titanium Dome with Ferrofluid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWoofer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 × 4\" (100mm) Woven Carbon Fibre Cone, Rubber Surround, Cast Basket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBass Reflex (2-Way)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDriver Platform\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSynchrony-Based\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCabinet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrille\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic Cloth Grille (Acoustic Transparent)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12\" (305mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.5\" (165mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth (without grille)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.38\" (85mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth (with grille)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5\" (90mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 lbs (9.1 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28 lbs (12.7 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo-Piece Locking Bracket Included (Vertical, Horizontal, Near-Ceiling Inverted — not direct ceiling surface rated)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable Finishes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSatin Black, Satin White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the Synchrony driver platform and why does it matter in the PWM Sat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePSB's Synchrony series is the company's flagship loudspeaker line, developed using the anechoic measurement facilities at Canada's National Research Council and PSB's own psychoacoustic research program established by founder Paul Barton. The Synchrony driver platform refers to the specific driver engineering — cone materials, motor geometries, surround profiles, and basket designs — developed for the Synchrony series and subsequently applied across PSB products to spread flagship-level driver technology into more accessible form factors. In the PWM Sat, the Synchrony-based titanium dome tweeter and woven carbon fibre woofer bring the same core driver design philosophy used in PSB's most expensive freestanding speakers into a 12-inch on-wall cabinet. This matters practically because it means the PWM Sat's drivers are designed to the same psychoacoustic benchmarks as PSB's reference speakers — measured and optimized for low distortion, smooth off-axis response, and tonal accuracy — rather than being a budget component chosen to meet a price target in the compact on-wall category.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the PWM Sat be used as a Dolby Atmos or DTS:X height channel speaker?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The PWM Sat's two-piece locking bracket supports inverted near-ceiling mounting — the speaker is positioned high on the side or front wall with the drivers angled downward toward the listening area. This mounting position matches the placement requirement for Dolby Atmos front height and rear height channels, which call for speakers mounted at roughly 45 degrees above the listening position on the front or rear walls. DTS:X height channel placement specifications use similar positioning. The PWM Sat's 12-inch compact profile and 3.38-inch depth make it practical for wall mounting near the ceiling without significant visual intrusion into the room. Because the PWM Sat is tonally voiced to match other PSB speakers, it can serve as the height layer in a system where PSB PWM1, PWM2, or PWM3 units handle the front and surround bed channels, maintaining a consistent tonal character across the full three-dimensional sound field. Note that the bracket is not rated for direct ceiling surface mounting — the inverted near-ceiling placement is achieved by mounting the bracket on the wall near the ceiling, not on the ceiling itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the PWM Sat's bracket differ from the other PWM series brackets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PWM Sat uses a two-piece locking bracket — a wall plate that mounts to the wall surface and a speaker cradle that attaches to and locks onto the wall plate. The two-piece system allows the speaker cradle to be positioned in multiple orientations relative to the wall plate: horizontal, vertical, and inverted for near-ceiling downward-angled placement. The PWM1, PWM2, and PWM3 use a single-piece wall bracket that supports horizontal and vertical installation. The two-piece locking system in the PWM Sat provides the additional orientation flexibility needed for height channel and near-ceiling surround placements where the speaker must be angled toward the listening area rather than pointing directly into the room perpendicular to the wall. This bracket design also allows the PWM Sat to be positioned in narrow wall spaces and corners where a fixed-orientation bracket could not achieve adequate driver aiming toward the listening position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the PWM Sat compare to the PWM1?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PWM Sat and PWM1 share the same cabinet height (6.5 inches) and depth (3.38 inches), and both use a 1-inch titanium dome tweeter with ferrofluid and carbon fibre woofer with rubber surround and cast basket in a bass reflex MDF cabinet. Key differences: the PWM1 is 28 inches wide with two 4-inch woofers, 85dB anechoic sensitivity, and bass extending to 70Hz (±3dB) \/ 50Hz (-10dB); the PWM Sat is 12 inches wide with a single 4-inch woofer, 83dB anechoic sensitivity, and bass extending to 90Hz (±3dB) \/ 62Hz (-10dB). The PWM Sat uses the Synchrony driver platform, which is not specified for the PWM1. The PWM Sat's two-piece locking bracket adds inverted near-ceiling placement capability that the PWM1's bracket does not provide. The PWM1 is the better choice for a primary listening position channel that needs higher output and deeper bass; the PWM Sat is the better choice for height channels, rear surrounds, or compact 2-channel systems paired with a subwoofer where the smallest possible footprint and Synchrony-platform driver quality take priority.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the PWM Sat be used as a standalone stereo pair with a subwoofer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The product description describes the PWM Sat as capable of serving as \"a compact 2-channel solution with a subwoofer\" — a stereo pair of PWM Sat speakers handling midrange and high-frequency reproduction while a subwoofer covers bass below the bass management crossover point. In this configuration, an AV receiver or integrated amplifier with bass management sends frequencies above 80Hz to 100Hz to the PWM Sat pair and routes the low-frequency content to the subwoofer. The PWM Sat's 62Hz (-10dB) bass extension overlaps with a subwoofer crossover set at 80Hz, providing smooth bass transition at the crossover frequency. This is a practical configuration for small rooms, secondary listening spaces, offices, or mixed-use living areas where the 12-inch PWM Sat footprint fits the available wall space and a subwoofer provides the bass foundation the compact satellite cabinet cannot deliver alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the PWM Sat match tonally with other PSB speaker families?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePSB specifically voices the PWM Sat to match its on-wall, in-room, and architectural speaker families — including the Alpha, Imagine, and Synchrony series. This tonal matching means the frequency response, sensitivity, and off-axis character of the PWM Sat are intentionally tuned to sound consistent with other PSB models rather than being a category-isolated product tuned independently. In practice, tonal matching matters most in home theater installations where the same sounds pan continuously from the front left and right channels through the center channel and into the surround and height positions. A tonally matched system — even one using different PSB models in different positions — produces smooth panning transitions without the coloration and timbre shifts that occur when speakers from different manufacturers or with different tonal voicings are combined in the same surround sound system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to buy PSB PWM Sat on-wall speakers in Buffalo NY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB PWM Sat is available from Vinyl Sound, an authorized PSB Speakers dealer in Buffalo, New York. Vinyl Sound also carries the PWM1, PWM2, and PWM3 for customers building matched home theater systems across multiple PWM series models. Free shipping is available across the continental United States. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo by phone or email to purchase the PWM Sat individually or discuss a complete PSB PWM series speaker configuration for your home theater or surround sound installation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PSB Speakers","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":53576053588275,"sku":null,"price":1149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":53576053621043,"sku":null,"price":1149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0873\/0293\/0739\/files\/psb_pwm_sat_front_horizontal_-_black.png?v=1782796177"},{"product_id":"psb-cs-500w-subwoofer-amplifier","title":"PSB CS 500W Subwoofer Amplifier","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePSB CS 500W Architectural Subwoofer Amplifier at Vinyl Sound Buffalo NY\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB CS 500W is a 500-watt RMS digital subwoofer amplifier with built-in DSP, designed to drive one or two passive subwoofer enclosures in architectural home audio and home theater installations. Available at Vinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York, the CS 500W delivers 500 watts RMS into a 4-ohm load and 250 watts RMS into an 8-ohm load, with a frequency response spanning 20Hz to 500Hz and a -10dB cutoff at 10Hz. The integrated DSP provides predefined EQ curves calibrated for specific PSB subwoofer models, as well as adjustable profiles for movies, music, and flat response. A built-in limiter circuit prevents the amplifier and connected subwoofers from operating beyond safe parameters at high output levels. The CS 500W occupies a single 1U rack height slot at 16⅞ inches wide by 1¾ inches tall by 8⅛ inches deep, and ships with a rack mounting kit including removable rack ears and feet. Terminal block speaker connectors accommodate up to 10-gauge speaker cable for high-current subwoofer connections. Power-on options include auto signal-sensing and a 12-volt trigger input. Low-level inputs and outputs, IR input with up to four selectable IR channels, a switchable power supply, detachable power cord, and under 0.5-watt standby power consumption round out the feature set. The CS 500W is the designated amplifier for PSB's CSIR SUB In-Room Subwoofer and other passive PSB subwoofer enclosures. It is part of Vinyl Sound Buffalo's full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vinylsound.com\/collections\/speakers\"\u003espeaker collection\u003c\/a\u003e, which includes architectural subwoofer systems, in-ceiling speakers, on-wall speakers, and amplification from leading audio brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003e500W DSP Amplifier with Predefined EQ Profiles, Limiter, and Dual Subwoofer Drive\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CS 500W's 500-watt digital amplifier section uses a Class D switching amplifier topology, which provides high power output from a compact 1U chassis at low heat dissipation — important for rack installations where ventilation space between components is limited. The rated output of 500 watts RMS at 4 ohms halves to 250 watts RMS at 8 ohms, which reflects standard amplifier behavior: the same voltage swing into half the impedance delivers twice the current and twice the power. Two passive subwoofer enclosures with 8-ohm nominal impedance wired in parallel present a 4-ohm combined load to the amplifier, allowing a dual-sub installation to draw the full 500-watt rated output. The integrated DSP handles both the predefined PSB subwoofer EQ profiles and the user-selectable content optimization modes. Predefined profiles are factory-calibrated EQ curves mapped to the frequency response and port tuning characteristics of specific PSB subwoofer enclosures — when a PSB sub is selected in the DSP menu, the amplifier applies the correct equalization to optimize bass extension, output, and distortion behavior for that enclosure. The movies, music, and flat DSP modes adjust the overall bass character for different content types: movies mode typically emphasizes deep sub-bass for low-frequency effects tracks, music mode optimizes the midrange bass texture for instrument tonality, and flat mode applies no additional EQ beyond the subwoofer profile correction. The limiter circuit monitors output level and clips the signal peak before the amplifier or connected driver reaches a condition that could cause thermal damage or mechanical overexcursion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003e1U Rack Installation, Control Inputs, and System Integration\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CS 500W is a 1U rack unit — 1¾ inches tall, fitting a standard 19-inch equipment rack in the smallest single-unit slot. Removable rack ears mount to standard 19-inch rack rails; the ears can be removed and replaced with feet for shelf or closet installation without a rack. At 8.5 lb (3.9 kg), the CS 500W can be installed anywhere along a rack column without loading the rack structure. The 12-volt trigger input allows the CS 500W to power on automatically when any component in the system outputs a 12V control signal — typically an AV receiver or preamplifier that switches its trigger output on when the system is activated and off when the system enters standby. The auto signal-sensing power mode detects an audio signal at the low-level input and powers the amplifier on without requiring a trigger connection, making it suitable for installations where the source component does not have a 12V trigger output. The IR input with up to four selectable IR channels allows an IR distribution system to send remote control commands to the CS 500W — the channel selection determines which IR code set the unit responds to, preventing conflicts when multiple IR-controlled devices share a distribution hub. The terminal block speaker connector accepts bare wire up to 10-gauge, providing a secure, vibration-resistant connection appropriate for in-wall and in-ceiling speaker cable runs where a push-terminal or binding post connector could loosen over time. The detachable power cord and switchable power supply simplify rack installation and allow the unit to operate on 120V or 240V mains.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20Hz – 500Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLF Cutoff (-10dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOutput Power (4 Ohm)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 Watts RMS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOutput Power (8 Ohm)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 Watts RMS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEQ Adjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePredefined EQ Curves (PSB Sub Profiles + Movies \/ Music \/ Flat)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInputs\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLow Level\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOutputs\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLow Level\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpeaker Connection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTerminal Block (10-gauge speaker cable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower On\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuto Signal Sensing or 12V Trigger Input\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIR Input\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, up to 4 selectable IR channels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLimiter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuilt-in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStandby Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u0026lt;0.5W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Supply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwitchable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Cord\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDetachable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRack Height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1U\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16⅞\" (429mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1¾\" (45mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8⅛\" (206mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.5 lb (3.9 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.4 lb (4.7 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does 500 watts at 4 ohms and 250 watts at 8 ohms mean for my subwoofer installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CS 500W's output power rating changes with the impedance of the connected subwoofer load. At 4 ohms, the amplifier delivers 500 watts RMS; at 8 ohms, it delivers 250 watts RMS. This is standard amplifier behavior: the amplifier's voltage output is fixed at a given gain setting, and halving the impedance doubles the current draw and doubles the output power. In a single-subwoofer installation using one 8-ohm passive enclosure, the CS 500W delivers 250 watts to that enclosure. In a dual-subwoofer installation where two 8-ohm enclosures are wired in parallel, the combined load drops to 4 ohms and the amplifier delivers the full 500 watts — 250 watts to each enclosure. This makes the dual-subwoofer configuration the most efficient use of the CS 500W's power rating and is how PSB designs the unit to be used with a pair of CSIR SUB In-Room Subwoofer enclosures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the DSP do and how do the predefined PSB EQ profiles work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CS 500W's digital signal processor performs equalization on the subwoofer output signal before it reaches the amplifier stage. Equalization adjusts the frequency response — boosting or cutting specific frequency bands — to correct for the acoustic characteristics of the subwoofer enclosure it is driving. Every passive subwoofer enclosure has a native frequency response shaped by its port tuning, internal volume, and driver parameters. PSB has measured the specific frequency response of each supported PSB subwoofer enclosure and programmed a corresponding correction curve into the CS 500W's DSP. When the installer selects a PSB sub's profile in the DSP menu, the amplifier applies that enclosure-specific correction to flatten the subwoofer's output across the bass range and extend usable low-frequency output below what the enclosure would produce without correction. The movies, music, and flat modes layer an additional global adjustment on top of the enclosure profile: movies emphasizes sub-bass for LFE track impact, music optimizes upper bass texture, and flat applies no global adjustment beyond the profile correction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the CS 500W drive two passive subwoofers at the same time?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The CS 500W is specifically rated and designed to drive two passive subwoofer enclosures simultaneously from its single speaker output. PSB recommends wiring two 8-ohm subwoofer enclosures in parallel, presenting a combined 4-ohm load to the amplifier. At 4 ohms, the CS 500W delivers its full 500-watt RMS rating, splitting approximately 250 watts to each enclosure. Using two subwoofers in a room rather than one provides more even bass distribution across the listening area — a dual-sub arrangement reduces the room mode peaks and nulls that a single-sub placement creates in most rectangular rooms, producing more consistent bass response at different seating positions. The CS 500W's terminal block speaker output connects to both subwoofer enclosures via parallel wiring runs, with the 10-gauge cable capacity allowing sufficient current delivery to both drivers at high output levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is a 12V trigger and how does it work with the CS 500W?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 12-volt trigger is a low-voltage DC control signal used in home audio systems to remotely switch components on and off. When an AV receiver, preamplifier, or control processor is turned on, it outputs 12V DC on its trigger output terminal; when the source component enters standby, the trigger signal drops to 0V. The CS 500W's 12V trigger input monitors this signal — when 12V is present, the amplifier powers on; when the signal drops, the amplifier enters standby. This eliminates the need to manually power the subwoofer amplifier on and off as part of a system operation sequence. In a rack installation where the CS 500W is hidden from direct access, trigger control is essential for practical day-to-day use. The CS 500W also supports auto signal-sensing power-on as an alternative: in this mode, the amplifier monitors the low-level audio input and powers on when it detects a signal above the sensing threshold, without requiring a trigger connection to the source component.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat PSB subwoofers is the CS 500W designed to work with?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePSB specifically names the CSIR SUB In-Room Subwoofer as the primary companion for the CS 500W, and the unit includes predefined DSP EQ profiles calibrated for specific PSB passive subwoofer enclosures in the CS (Custom Sound) architectural series. The predefined profiles are the key integration feature — using a CS 500W with a matched PSB passive enclosure allows the installer to select the factory-calibrated EQ profile rather than manually adjusting the DSP, ensuring the subwoofer system performs to PSB's engineering specifications without requiring an additional measurement microphone and room correction process. The CS 500W can also be used as a general-purpose subwoofer amplifier for other compatible passive 4-ohm or 8-ohm subwoofer enclosures using the flat or manually adjusted DSP modes. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo for current availability of PSB CSIR SUB enclosures and CS 500W amplifier packages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does IR input with 4 selectable channels do in a home audio system?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIR stands for infrared — the same transmission protocol used by most home audio and video remote controls. The CS 500W's IR input accepts a connection from an IR distribution system, which is a separate component that receives infrared signals from a remote control in one room and distributes them via wire to components installed in other rooms, equipment racks, or closets where the original IR signal cannot reach. The four selectable IR channels on the CS 500W determine which IR code set or address the unit responds to. In an installation where multiple IR-controlled components share the same IR distribution bus — an AV receiver, a streaming player, a preamplifier, and the CS 500W — each component is assigned a different IR channel to prevent command conflicts: a volume command intended for the receiver does not accidentally trigger the CS 500W. The channel selection is made during installation and allows the CS 500W to participate in a fully controllable architectural audio system without the amplifier needing to be physically accessible for manual operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to buy the PSB CS 500W subwoofer amplifier in Buffalo NY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB CS 500W is available from Vinyl Sound, an authorized PSB dealer in Buffalo, New York. Vinyl Sound carries the CS 500W alongside PSB's passive subwoofer enclosures and in-ceiling and in-wall speaker systems for complete architectural audio installations. Free shipping is available across the continental United States. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo by phone or email to purchase the CS 500W, pair it with a PSB CSIR SUB enclosure, or discuss amplification requirements for a custom architectural subwoofer installation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PSB Speakers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53576061387059,"sku":null,"price":1399.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0873\/0293\/0739\/files\/psb_cs500w.png?v=1782796383"},{"product_id":"psb-csiw-sub28-in-wall-subwoofer","title":"PSB CSIW SUB28 In-Wall Subwoofer","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePSB CSIW SUB28 Dual 8-Inch In-Wall Subwoofer at Vinyl Sound Buffalo NY\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB CSIW SUB28 is a dual 8-inch in-wall subwoofer with two carbon fibre cone woofers with rubber surround and steel basket, housed in a sealed metal cabinet measuring 13½ inches wide by 25⅜ inches tall by 3¾ inches deep. Available at Vinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York, the CSIW SUB28 is a passive in-wall subwoofer designed to pair with the PSB CS 500W architectural subwoofer amplifier, which delivers 500 watts RMS into the CSIW SUB28's 4-ohm nominal impedance. The sealed cabinet design provides a controlled, well-damped bass response with minimal port noise or low-frequency overhang compared to a ported enclosure, at the cost of higher amplifier power requirement for equivalent output — a trade-off well-suited to the CS 500W's 500-watt output rating. The cabinet interior volume is 0.3 ft³. The metal cabinet and metal grille face are both more rigid than the wood or MDF enclosures typical of in-wall speaker systems, reducing panel resonances that could color bass output in the low-frequency range. The white paintable grille can be finished to match the wall surface color after installation, making the CSIW SUB28 visually invisible in the room. Heavy-duty nylon dog ears secure the enclosure to wall drywall from the front after insertion through the cutout, and the unit is compatible with new construction and retrofit applications. At 26 lb (12 kg), two-person installation is advisable for the wall cutout positioning. The CSIW SUB28 is part of Vinyl Sound Buffalo's full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vinylsound.com\/collections\/speakers\"\u003espeaker collection\u003c\/a\u003e, which includes in-wall subwoofer systems, in-ceiling speakers, on-wall speakers, and amplification from leading audio brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDual 8-Inch Carbon Fibre Woofers, Sealed Metal Cabinet, and 4-Ohm Impedance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CSIW SUB28 uses two 8-inch woofers with carbon fibre cones, rubber surrounds, and steel baskets operating in a sealed metal enclosure. Carbon fibre cones provide a high stiffness-to-mass ratio suited to the large excursion demands of subwoofer operation — at low frequencies, a subwoofer woofer cone moves significantly more back-and-forth than a midrange or tweeter driver, and a stiffer cone maintains its shape under that mechanical stress rather than flexing unevenly and introducing harmonic distortion. Rubber surrounds provide the compliant, durable suspension needed to support large excursion at low frequencies over the subwoofer's service life. Steel baskets are appropriate for subwoofer applications where the primary structural requirement is rigidity — steel baskets are heavier than cast aluminum but provide adequate dimensional accuracy for the voice coil-to-gap alignment that low-distortion subwoofer performance requires. The two 8-inch drivers share the sealed 0.3 ft³ metal enclosure, with both drivers radiating into the room through the single wall opening. The nominal 4-ohm impedance places the CSIW SUB28 directly at the CS 500W amplifier's rated load impedance, allowing the amplifier to deliver its full 500-watt RMS output to the enclosure without impedance-related power derating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSealed vs Ported Design, Wall Installation, and CS 500W Pairing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CSIW SUB28's sealed cabinet design differs from a ported (bass reflex) subwoofer enclosure in its acoustic behavior below the resonance frequency. A sealed enclosure rolls off smoothly below its resonance at a relatively gentle slope, providing predictable behavior and minimal group delay (time-domain smearing) through the bass range. A ported enclosure uses a tuned port to extend output below resonance but rolls off more steeply below the port's tuning frequency, and the port introduces group delay around the tuning frequency. In a home theater context where timing accuracy of low-frequency effects matters for impact and transient punch, the sealed design's lower group delay is an audible advantage. The PSB CS 500W amplifier's DSP includes a predefined EQ profile for the CSIW SUB28, which applies equalization to flatten and extend the sealed enclosure's bass response below its natural rolloff — the amplifier's 500-watt output provides the headroom needed to compensate for the sealed enclosure's lower bass sensitivity relative to a ported design. Installation requires cutting a wall opening approximately 13½ inches wide by 25⅜ inches tall. The nylon dog ears clamp the metal enclosure to the drywall from the front. The metal grille face installs magnetically over the cutout after the enclosure is secured.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Anechoic)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Listening Room)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eImpedance Nominal\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWoofer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 8\" (203mm) Carbon Fibre Cone, Rubber Surround, Steel Basket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSealed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCabinet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrille\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal, White Paintable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInternal Volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.3 ft³\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13½\" (343mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25⅜\" (625mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3¾\" (95mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26 lb (12 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32.6 lb (14.8 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite Paintable Grille\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Amplifier\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePSB CS 500W (sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is a sealed in-wall subwoofer and how does it differ from a ported design?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA sealed subwoofer enclosure is a completely airtight cabinet — the woofer drives air into a closed volume with no ports or openings other than the speaker opening itself. The sealed air volume creates a restoring force on the woofer cone that adds to the driver's own suspension compliance, resulting in a subwoofer that rolls off bass response below its tuning frequency at a gentle 12dB per octave slope. This gentle rolloff means sealed subwoofers maintain some output well below their rated bass extension, produce lower group delay (time-domain distortion) across the bass range, and recover quickly from transients without the overhang that occurs when a ported enclosure's port resonance sustains bass output after the drive signal has stopped. A ported enclosure extends bass output lower but at the cost of a steeper 24dB-per-octave rolloff below the port tuning frequency and higher group delay near the port resonance. For home theater applications where the timing accuracy and impact of low-frequency effects matter — explosions, bass guitar, kick drum — the CSIW SUB28's sealed design produces a tighter, faster bass character than a comparable ported design would in the same wall cutout size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the CSIW SUB28 pair with the PSB CS 500W amplifier?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CSIW SUB28 has a nominal impedance of 4 ohms — exactly the load impedance at which the CS 500W delivers its full 500-watt RMS output rating. One CS 500W amplifier drives one CSIW SUB28 at the amplifier's full rated power. The CS 500W's DSP includes a predefined EQ profile calibrated specifically for the CSIW SUB28 enclosure, which applies frequency response correction optimized for the sealed 0.3 ft³ enclosure volume and the two 8-inch drivers' Thiele-Small parameters. Selecting the CSIW SUB28 profile in the CS 500W's DSP menu replaces the need for manual EQ tuning or an external room correction system to get the subwoofer performing to PSB's design specification. The CS 500W's built-in limiter also prevents the amplifier from driving the CSIW SUB28 beyond its mechanical excursion limits, protecting the woofers during high-output home theater passages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the CSIW SUB28 be installed in both new construction and retrofit applications?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The CSIW SUB28 supports both new construction and retrofit wall installation. In new construction, the wall opening can be framed out before drywall is applied, and the CSIW SUB28 can be positioned precisely during the framing stage. In a retrofit installation into an existing finished wall, a rectangular cutout is made in the drywall and the CSIW SUB28 is inserted from the front. The heavy-duty nylon dog ear clamps secure the metal cabinet to the drywall face after insertion. Because the CSIW SUB28 is a sealed enclosure that uses the wall cavity as no part of its acoustic design — unlike some in-wall speakers that use the wall stud bay as an acoustic volume — the installation site does not require a specific stud bay depth or cavity preparation. The wall opening must be in a location that allows the 3¾-inch depth of the metal enclosure to fit within the available wall cavity depth between the drywall faces, with clearance for the dog ear mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does \"white paintable grille\" mean for the CSIW SUB28?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CSIW SUB28's grille is a metal perforated panel factory-finished in white primer — a surface specifically prepared to accept latex or oil-based paint. After installation is complete and the grille is in place on the wall, the installer or homeowner can paint the grille face with the same wall color used on the surrounding drywall surface. When the grille color matches the wall, the CSIW SUB28 is visually continuous with the wall plane — the subwoofer is present in the room but not identifiable as a speaker. This is the defining aesthetic advantage of a paintable-grille in-wall subwoofer over a freestanding subwoofer cabinet or a subwoofer with a fixed black or white grille: the CSIW SUB28 adds no visual presence to the room once the grille is painted. The metal grille face is acoustically transparent — the perforation pattern allows bass frequencies to pass through the grille without significant attenuation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the internal cabinet volume and why does 0.3 ft³ matter for a subwoofer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CSIW SUB28's sealed enclosure has an internal volume of 0.3 cubic feet (approximately 8.5 liters). Cabinet volume is a primary parameter in subwoofer design: for a sealed enclosure, the internal volume determines the resonance frequency and Q factor of the combined driver-enclosure system — a smaller volume raises the resonance frequency and increases the Q (making bass output more peaked and the rolloff slope faster), while a larger volume lowers the resonance frequency and produces a flatter rolloff. PSB engineers the CSIW SUB28's 0.3 ft³ volume to work with the specific driver parameters of its two 8-inch woofers, and the CS 500W amplifier's predefined CSIW SUB28 EQ profile applies bass boost below the enclosure's natural rolloff to extend effective bass output to a flat response down to the target low-frequency limit. The sealed metal cabinet maintains this volume precisely without the flexing or expansion that an MDF or thin-walled cabinet can exhibit at high output levels, contributing to the CSIW SUB28's low distortion character at high listening levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the CSIW SUB28 require the PSB CS 500W or can it use a standard AV receiver?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CSIW SUB28 is a passive subwoofer enclosure — it has no built-in amplifier and requires an external amplifier connected to its speaker terminals. A standard AV receiver's powered subwoofer output is a line-level RCA output (LFE or subwoofer pre-out), not a speaker-level amplifier output, so a receiver's subwoofer output cannot drive the CSIW SUB28 directly. The CS 500W is the recommended amplifier because it provides 500 watts RMS at the CSIW SUB28's 4-ohm load, includes the predefined PSB DSP EQ profile for the CSIW SUB28 enclosure, and accepts the low-level RCA input from an AV receiver's subwoofer pre-out. An alternative passive subwoofer amplifier — any amplifier that accepts a line-level subwoofer input and provides a speaker-level output rated for 4-ohm loads — could technically drive the CSIW SUB28, but would not have the PSB-calibrated EQ profile for the enclosure and would require manual equalization to optimize bass performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to buy the PSB CSIW SUB28 in-wall subwoofer in Buffalo NY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB CSIW SUB28 is available from Vinyl Sound, an authorized PSB dealer in Buffalo, New York. Vinyl Sound also carries the PSB CS 500W subwoofer amplifier, which is the recommended amplifier pairing for the CSIW SUB28. Free shipping is available across the continental United States. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo by phone or email to purchase the CSIW SUB28, order it as part of a CS 500W and CSIW SUB28 system bundle, or discuss in-wall subwoofer options for your home theater installation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PSB Speakers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53576071250227,"sku":null,"price":1399.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0873\/0293\/0739\/files\/cs_iw_sub28.png?v=1782796575"},{"product_id":"psb-csiw-sub10-in-wall-subwoofer","title":"PSB CSIW SUB10 In-Wall Subwoofer","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePSB CSIW SUB10 10-Inch In-Wall Subwoofer at Vinyl Sound Buffalo NY\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB CSIW SUB10 is a 10-inch in-wall subwoofer built around a single high-excursion driver with a glass fiber and PMI foam sandwich cone, dual rubber surround, die cast basket, and Balanced Drive motor structure, housed in a sealed MDF cabinet measuring 14 inches wide by 26 inches tall by 3⅞ inches deep. Available at Vinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York, the CSIW SUB10 is designed specifically for new construction installation — it mounts directly to wall stud beams via dual rubber-isolated mounting brackets rather than clamping to drywall from the front as retrofit in-wall speakers do. Direct stud beam connection provides a more rigid and acoustically controlled mounting platform than drywall clamping, and the rubber isolation brackets decouple the cabinet from the stud structure to prevent bass energy from transmitting through the building frame into adjacent rooms. The sealed MDF cabinet delivers a frequency response of 25Hz to 150Hz (±3dB), with 88dB anechoic sensitivity into an 8-ohm nominal impedance. The CSIW SUB10 is a passive subwoofer enclosure designed to pair with the PSB CS 500W architectural subwoofer amplifier, which includes a predefined DSP EQ profile calibrated for the CSIW SUB10 enclosure. A magnetic small-perforation metal grille covers the wall opening after installation. The CSIW SUB10 is part of Vinyl Sound Buffalo's full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vinylsound.com\/collections\/speakers\"\u003espeaker collection\u003c\/a\u003e, which includes in-wall subwoofer systems, in-ceiling speakers, on-wall speakers, and amplification from leading audio brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGlass Fiber \/ PMI Foam Sandwich Cone, Dual Rubber Surround, and Balanced Drive Motor\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CSIW SUB10's 10-inch driver uses a sandwich cone construction — a composite diaphragm built from two thin skins of glass fiber laminated to a core of PMI foam. PMI (Polymethacrylimide) is a rigid closed-cell structural foam used in aerospace and high-performance speaker applications. When sandwiched between glass fiber skins, the PMI core creates a composite structure where the outer fiber layers carry bending stress and the foam core increases the cone's effective thickness and resistance to flexure — without adding significant mass. The result is a cone that is lighter than a solid fiberglass cone of equivalent stiffness, with a higher stiffness-to-mass ratio than carbon-filled or fiber-filled polypropylene cones of comparable size. For a high-excursion subwoofer driver, cone stiffness is critical because the cone must remain dimensionally consistent across large back-and-forth movements without flexing and adding harmonic distortion. The dual rubber surround is an unusual construction where two separate rubber surround rings — one at each end of the cone travel path — control the cone's motion. The dual surround allows significantly greater linear excursion range than a single surround provides, as each surround contributes compliance control at a different point in the driver's excursion cycle. The Balanced Drive motor structure maintains symmetrical electromagnetic force on the voice coil across the driver's full excursion range, reducing the motor asymmetry that generates second harmonic distortion at high output levels — the most audible form of subwoofer distortion in demanding home theater passages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eStud Beam Mounting, Rubber Isolation Brackets, and New Construction Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CSIW SUB10 is designed for new construction installation only. Unlike the CSIW SUB28, which uses nylon dog ears to clamp to drywall from the front in a retrofit installation, the CSIW SUB10 mounts its MDF cabinet directly to the wall stud beams before drywall is applied. This mounting method provides a more rigid connection to the building structure and allows the installer to position the subwoofer precisely within the stud bay without constraint from an existing drywall cutout. The dual rubber-isolated mounting brackets are the critical isolation element: they are positioned between the MDF cabinet and the stud beams, physically decoupling the subwoofer enclosure from the wooden frame. Without isolation, the woofer's bass output would couple mechanically into the stud structure and transmit through the wall framing into adjacent rooms or floors — a significant issue in multi-room residential installations. The rubber brackets act as vibration dampers, absorbing bass energy at the cabinet-to-structure connection points and reducing flanking transmission. The grille is designed to accommodate various wall thicknesses — since the CSIW SUB10 is installed before drywall, the grille must bridge the gap between the enclosure face and the finished drywall surface regardless of the specific wall assembly used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±3dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25Hz – 150Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Anechoic)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e88dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Listening Room)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eImpedance Nominal\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWoofer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10\" (254mm) Glass Fiber \/ PMI Foam Sandwich Cone, Die Cast Basket, Rubber Surround (Dual), Balanced Drive Motor Structure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSealed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCabinet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrille\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic, Small Perforation Metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14\" (356mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26\" (660mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3⅞\" (98mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInstallation Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNew Construction Only (stud beam mount)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDual Rubber-Isolated Mounting Brackets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Amplifier\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePSB CS 500W (sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTBD\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is a glass fiber and PMI foam sandwich cone?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA sandwich cone is a composite diaphragm built from multiple material layers bonded together, similar to how structural composite panels are made in aerospace applications. In the CSIW SUB10, thin skins of woven glass fiber are laminated to both sides of a PMI foam core. PMI (Polymethacrylimide) is a rigid closed-cell structural foam — the same family of materials used in aircraft interior panels and satellite structures — that is extremely light relative to its stiffness. The outer glass fiber skins carry the tensile and compressive stresses that occur when the cone flexes, while the PMI core positions those skins farther apart from each other, dramatically increasing the cone's resistance to bending without adding significant mass. A sandwich composite cone of equivalent stiffness to a solid fiberglass cone is substantially lighter, which allows the driver to accelerate the cone faster for a given motor force — improving transient response and reducing distortion at high output levels. For a high-excursion 10-inch subwoofer driver, the sandwich cone's combination of stiffness, light weight, and internal damping from the foam core controls cone breakup resonances and maintains pistonic behavior across the full subwoofer frequency range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is a dual rubber surround and why does the CSIW SUB10 use two surrounds instead of one?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA speaker driver's surround is the flexible ring connecting the outer edge of the cone to the basket frame. The surround's compliance — how easily it flexes — is one of the two main factors (along with the spider\/damper) that determine the driver's resonance frequency, linear excursion limit, and restoring force as the cone moves. A single surround can only provide a certain amount of linear compliance before it reaches the limits of its geometry and begins to add nonlinear distortion to the cone's motion. A dual rubber surround uses two separate surround rings — one at the front of the cone edge (the conventional position) and one at the rear of the cone or at a second attachment point — to share the mechanical compliance load across two elastic elements rather than one. This doubles the available linear range of motion before the suspension begins to behave nonlinearly, allowing the 10-inch driver to reach higher excursion values with lower distortion. For a high-excursion subwoofer driver like the CSIW SUB10, which must move large volumes of air to produce deep bass at high output levels, the dual surround is the mechanism that extends the driver's clean, low-distortion operating range beyond what a single surround provides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is a Balanced Drive motor structure?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA standard speaker motor uses a single permanent magnet with a voice coil suspended in the magnetic gap. As the voice coil moves forward and backward in response to the audio signal, the motor should ideally generate a perfectly proportional force in both directions across the entire excursion range. In practice, as the voice coil moves to the extremes of its travel and the coil begins to exit the magnetic gap, the force decreases faster in one direction than the other — this asymmetry generates even-order harmonic distortion, primarily second harmonic, which adds a bass colorization that is audible as a blurring or softening of low-frequency transients. A Balanced Drive motor structure addresses this by designing the motor to generate symmetrical force in both the forward and backward directions through the coil's full excursion range. This can be achieved through dual opposing magnets, underhung or overhung voice coil geometry, or other motor design techniques that maintain flux density consistency across the coil's travel. In the CSIW SUB10, the Balanced Drive motor works in conjunction with the dual rubber surround to extend the driver's clean, low-distortion operating range — the motor maintains symmetrical force while the dual surround maintains linear compliance, allowing the 10-inch driver to produce deep bass at high output levels with minimal harmonic distortion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the CSIW SUB10's stud beam mounting differ from retrofit in-wall installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CSIW SUB10 requires new construction installation — the subwoofer cabinet is physically attached to the wall stud beams before drywall is applied. The installer positions the CSIW SUB10 in the stud bay at the desired location, secures it to the studs via the dual rubber-isolated mounting brackets, and then applies drywall around the subwoofer. The grille opening is cut in the drywall during finishing. A retrofit in-wall speaker like the CSIW SUB28 uses a different approach: the installer cuts an opening in existing finished drywall, inserts the speaker enclosure through the opening, and tightens the dog ear clamps to grip the back of the drywall panel. The retrofit approach requires no access to the studs or wall cavity. The stud beam mounting of the CSIW SUB10 provides a mechanically stronger and more acoustically controlled connection than drywall clamping alone — the subwoofer cabinet is anchored to the primary structural element of the wall rather than to the finish panel. The rubber isolation brackets prevent the stud-mounted cabinet from transmitting bass energy into the building frame, which drywall clamping does not address at all.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat do the rubber-isolated mounting brackets prevent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen a subwoofer cabinet is mounted rigidly to a wall's structural frame, the cabinet's vibration — generated by the woofer's back-and-forth cone motion — couples mechanically into the stud beams and transmits through the framing into adjacent floors, walls, and ceilings. This flanking path allows low-frequency energy to appear in rooms that are not directly connected to the room containing the subwoofer — a room on the other side of a wall, a floor above or below, or an adjacent bedroom. In a home theater installation, this flanking bass transmission is both acoustically objectionable (audible bass in quiet rooms) and structurally fatiguing over time. The CSIW SUB10's rubber-isolated mounting brackets interrupt this mechanical coupling path. The rubber isolators are positioned between the MDF cabinet mounting points and the stud beam contact surfaces, absorbing and dissipating vibration energy at the cabinet-to-frame connection rather than transmitting it into the structure. The result is a subwoofer that produces its bass output acoustically through the room opening while its cabinet vibrations are substantially decoupled from the building structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the CSIW SUB10 compare to the CSIW SUB28?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CSIW SUB10 and CSIW SUB28 are both in-wall passive subwoofers designed for the PSB CS 500W amplifier, but they differ significantly in driver configuration, installation method, enclosure material, and impedance. The CSIW SUB28 uses two 8-inch drivers with carbon fibre cones, rubber surrounds, and steel baskets in a metal sealed cabinet at 4-ohm nominal impedance, installs via drywall dog ear clamps in new or retrofit applications, and measures 13½ inches wide by 25⅜ inches tall. The CSIW SUB10 uses a single 10-inch driver with a glass fiber \/ PMI foam sandwich cone, dual rubber surround, die cast basket, and Balanced Drive motor in an MDF sealed cabinet at 8-ohm nominal impedance, installs via stud beam mounting in new construction only, and measures 14 inches wide by 26 inches tall. The CSIW SUB10's driver technology — sandwich cone, dual surround, die cast basket, Balanced Drive motor — is substantially more sophisticated than the CSIW SUB28's driver complement, and its frequency response of 25Hz (±3dB) extends lower than the CSIW SUB28. The CSIW SUB28 is the appropriate choice for retrofit applications or when new construction installation is not available; the CSIW SUB10 is the appropriate choice for new construction projects where maximum driver technology, deepest bass extension, and flanking isolation are the priorities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to buy the PSB CSIW SUB10 in-wall subwoofer in Buffalo NY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB CSIW SUB10 is available from Vinyl Sound, an authorized PSB dealer in Buffalo, New York. Vinyl Sound also carries the PSB CS 500W subwoofer amplifier and the CSIW SUB28 retrofit in-wall subwoofer for customers comparing installation options. Free shipping is available across the continental United States. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo by phone or email to purchase the CSIW SUB10, discuss new construction subwoofer installation planning, or compare the CSIW SUB10 and CSIW SUB28 for your project.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PSB Speakers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53576076427571,"sku":null,"price":1499.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0873\/0293\/0739\/files\/csiw_sub_10_front_in_studs.png?v=1782796716"},{"product_id":"psb-csir-sub-slim-in-room-subwoofer","title":"PSB CSIR SUB Slim In-Room Subwoofer","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePSB CSIR SUB In-Room Subwoofer at Vinyl Sound Buffalo NY\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB CSIR SUB is a passive 10-inch in-room subwoofer built around a glass fiber and PMI foam sandwich cone driver with die cast basket, rubber surround, and Balanced Drive motor structure, housed in a slim MDF cabinet measuring 15¾ inches wide by 17 inches tall by 5¼ inches deep. Available at Vinyl Sound in Buffalo, New York, the CSIR SUB is a room-placement passive subwoofer — it sits in or against the room rather than fitting inside a wall — and includes both a wall mounting bracket and a floor stand for flexible positioning. IsoAcoustics isolators are built into the CSIR SUB, decoupling the cabinet from the floor or wall surface it rests against to prevent bass energy from coupling into the room structure. The frequency response extends from 25Hz to 150Hz (±3dB) with a -10dB cutoff at 20Hz — very deep bass extension from a cabinet only 5¼ inches deep. Sensitivity is 88dB anechoic into a nominal 8-ohm load. Recommended amplifier power is 40–200 watts. The CSIR SUB is designed to pair with the PSB CS 500W architectural subwoofer amplifier, which includes a predefined DSP EQ profile calibrated for the CSIR SUB enclosure. Satin Black and Satin White finishes allow the CSIR SUB to blend into residential or commercial room decor. The acoustic transparent cloth grille on a wood frame provides a finished appearance consistent with quality audio furniture. The CSIR SUB is part of Vinyl Sound Buffalo's full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vinylsound.com\/collections\/speakers\"\u003espeaker collection\u003c\/a\u003e, which includes in-room subwoofers, in-wall subwoofer systems, on-wall speakers, and amplification from leading audio brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003e10-Inch PMI Sandwich Cone, IsoAcoustics Isolators, and Balanced Drive Motor\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CSIR SUB's 10-inch driver uses the same glass fiber and PMI foam sandwich cone construction found in PSB's CSIW SUB10 in-wall subwoofer. The sandwich cone pairs thin glass fiber skins with a PMI (Polymethacrylimide) rigid foam core, producing a diaphragm that is significantly stiffer than solid polypropylene or standard fiberglass cones of the same mass. For a high-excursion subwoofer driver that must move large volumes of air to produce deep bass at 20Hz, cone stiffness controls the breakup resonances that occur when the cone flexes unevenly at high excursion values and introduces harmonic distortion into the bass output. The Balanced Drive motor structure generates symmetrical electromagnetic force on the voice coil through the driver's full excursion range in both forward and backward directions, minimizing the second-harmonic distortion that asymmetric motor force produces at high output levels. The die cast basket provides a rigid, precision-machined chassis that maintains voice coil-to-gap alignment at large excursion values where a stamped steel basket would flex under the mechanical loads. IsoAcoustics isolators are incorporated into the CSIR SUB's mounting points — whether on the floor stand or the wall bracket — and physically decouple the MDF cabinet from the contact surface using geometrically shaped elastic elements that absorb and dissipate bass energy at the cabinet-to-surface interface rather than transmitting it into the floor or wall structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWall Bracket, Floor Stand, IsoAcoustics Isolation, and CS 500W Integration\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CSIR SUB includes both a wall mounting bracket and a floor stand, and PSB describes three placement options: wall-mounted via the included bracket, floor-standing via the floor stand, or placed behind or under furniture such as a sofa or cabinet where it remains out of sight. In all three placements, the IsoAcoustics isolators between the CSIR SUB cabinet and its mounting surface prevent bass vibrations from coupling mechanically into the wall, floor, or furniture structure — a source of secondary resonance that colors bass output and can transmit low-frequency energy into adjacent rooms through the building structure. The CSIR SUB pairs with the PSB CS 500W amplifier, which at 8-ohm load delivers 250 watts RMS — slightly above the CSIR SUB's 40–200 watt recommended power range. PSB explicitly designates the CS 500W as the companion amplifier for the CSIR SUB; the CS 500W's built-in limiter circuit and predefined CSIR SUB DSP EQ profile work together to keep the subwoofer operating within its design parameters even when the amplifier's rated output exceeds the recommended power ceiling. The EQ profile calibrates the frequency response for the CSIR SUB enclosure's dimensional constraints, and the limiter prevents excursion overload at the output levels the 250-watt amplifier section could otherwise deliver.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Response (±3dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25Hz – 150Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLF Cutoff (-10dB)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Anechoic)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e88dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensitivity (Listening Room)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eImpedance Nominal\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 Ohms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40–200 Watts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWoofer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10\" (254mm) Glass Fiber \/ PMI Foam Sandwich Cone, Die Cast Basket, Rubber Surround, Balanced Drive Motor Structure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIsolation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIsoAcoustics Isolators (Included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCabinet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrille\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAcoustic Transparent Cloth, Wood Frame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15¾\" (400mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17\" (432mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5¼\" (133mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24⅘ lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32½ lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable Finishes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSatin Black, Satin White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall Bracket Included, Floor Stand Included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Amplifier\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePSB CS 500W (sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are IsoAcoustics isolators and why does the CSIR SUB include them?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIsoAcoustics is a Canadian audio accessory company whose isolation products have become a reference standard for decoupling speakers from the surfaces they rest on. IsoAcoustics isolators are elastic geometric elements — typically cylindrical or disc-shaped — positioned between a speaker cabinet and its contact surface (floor, shelf, wall bracket, stand). They work by absorbing and dissipating the vibration energy transmitted from the speaker cabinet into the contact surface, rather than allowing it to pass through rigidly. When a subwoofer vibrates against a floor or wall surface, that vibration couples mechanically into the building structure and can cause secondary resonances — the floor itself begins to radiate bass energy, adding coloration — and can transmit low-frequency energy through the building frame into adjacent rooms. IsoAcoustics isolators interrupt this coupling path at the point of contact. In the CSIR SUB, PSB integrates IsoAcoustics technology into the floor stand and wall bracket mounting points, ensuring that the subwoofer remains isolated from its contact surface regardless of whether it is placed on the floor, mounted on the wall, or positioned under furniture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat placement options does the CSIR SUB support?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CSIR SUB supports three placement configurations, all included in the box. First, wall mounting via the included bracket: the subwoofer mounts flush against the wall surface at any height, with the IsoAcoustics isolators in the bracket decoupling the cabinet from the wall. This eliminates the floor footprint entirely and positions the subwoofer at any wall location suited to the room's bass response. Second, floor standing via the included stand: the subwoofer sits on the floor on the floor stand, with IsoAcoustics isolators between the cabinet and the stand preventing bass coupling into the floor. Third, concealed placement: the CSIR SUB's 5¼-inch depth and compact 15¾ × 17-inch footprint allow it to be placed behind a sofa, inside an entertainment unit with an open back, or under a raised cabinet where it is acoustically present but visually hidden. The placement flexibility is a practical advantage over conventional subwoofers, which typically require a specific floor position and cannot be wall-mounted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the CSIR SUB pair with the CS 500W amplifier?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CS 500W subwoofer amplifier includes a predefined DSP EQ profile calibrated for the CSIR SUB enclosure. When the installer selects the CSIR SUB profile in the CS 500W's DSP menu, the amplifier applies a frequency response correction curve designed for the CSIR SUB's enclosure volume, driver parameters, and cabinet depth. This correction extends and flattens the subwoofer's bass response below its natural rolloff point, allowing the CSIR SUB to achieve its 20Hz (-10dB) extension despite its 5¼-inch depth. The CS 500W delivers 250 watts RMS at 8 ohms — slightly above the CSIR SUB's 40–200 watt recommended range. The CS 500W's built-in limiter circuit monitors output and prevents the amplifier from exceeding the driver's safe excursion limits, even at the 250-watt output level. PSB designates the CS 500W as the companion amplifier for the CSIR SUB, and the predefined profile plus limiter are specifically tuned to protect the driver while maximizing the subwoofer's performance envelope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does \"Balanced Drive motor structure\" mean in a passive in-room subwoofer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Balanced Drive motor refers to the electromagnetic motor assembly that drives the 10-inch woofer cone back and forth in response to the audio signal. A standard single-magnet motor generates force on the voice coil that decreases as the coil moves to the extremes of its travel and begins to exit the uniform magnetic field region of the gap. This force variation is asymmetric — the coil exits the gap differently in the forward and backward directions due to manufacturing tolerances and magnet geometry — and asymmetric force generates second-harmonic distortion: a bass coloration that adds an unwanted harmonic at twice the fundamental frequency of the signal being played. The Balanced Drive motor structure addresses this by designing the motor geometry to produce equal, symmetric force on the voice coil throughout its full travel range in both directions. For a subwoofer producing low frequencies at high output levels — where the cone excursion is large and motor asymmetry is most pronounced — the Balanced Drive motor reduces the second-harmonic distortion that would otherwise add audible coloration to bass guitar, kick drum, and low-frequency effects channel output.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the CSIR SUB differ from the CSIW SUB10 in-wall model?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CSIR SUB and CSIW SUB10 share the same 10-inch glass fiber \/ PMI foam sandwich cone driver format, Balanced Drive motor structure, and CS 500W compatibility, but they differ in installation method, cabinet design, and application. The CSIW SUB10 is installed inside a wall — it is a new construction in-wall model that mounts to stud beams before drywall, is completely hidden after installation, and uses rubber-isolated mounting brackets to decouple the cabinet from the wall structure. Its cabinet depth is 3⅞ inches and frequency response is 25Hz to 150Hz (±3dB). The CSIR SUB is a room-placement subwoofer — it sits in the room on a floor stand, mounts on the wall surface via a bracket, or is placed behind furniture — and uses IsoAcoustics isolators at its mounting contacts for the same decoupling function as the CSIW SUB10's rubber brackets. The CSIR SUB extends bass slightly deeper to 20Hz (-10dB) compared to the CSIW SUB10, and its 5¼-inch depth and cloth grille give it a finished appearance suited to visible room installation. Choose the CSIW SUB10 when hiding the subwoofer entirely in the wall is the priority; choose the CSIR SUB when room placement flexibility and visible in-room installation are preferred.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the CSIR SUB be used with amplifiers other than the CS 500W?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The CSIR SUB is a standard 8-ohm passive subwoofer enclosure that accepts a speaker-level connection from any amplifier rated for 8-ohm loads and within the 40–200 watt recommended power range. An AV receiver with a dedicated subwoofer amplifier channel capable of speaker-level output, a separate subwoofer amplifier plate, or a two-channel amplifier bridged to mono can all drive the CSIR SUB without requiring the CS 500W. The advantage of the CS 500W is the predefined CSIR SUB DSP EQ profile — when using the CS 500W with the CSIR SUB profile, the amplifier applies PSB-calibrated equalization specific to this enclosure's design, which extends and optimizes the bass response without requiring manual EQ adjustment or a separate room correction system. Using the CSIR SUB with a generic amplifier or receiver produces functional results but requires the user to apply their own bass equalization to optimize the response. The CS 500W is the simplest path to calibrated, optimized performance from the CSIR SUB.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to buy the PSB CSIR SUB in-room subwoofer in Buffalo NY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSB CSIR SUB is available from Vinyl Sound, an authorized PSB dealer in Buffalo, New York. Vinyl Sound also carries the PSB CS 500W subwoofer amplifier — the recommended pairing for the CSIR SUB — as well as the CSIW SUB10 and CSIW SUB28 in-wall subwoofer models for customers who prefer a hidden in-wall installation. Free shipping is available across the continental United States. Contact Vinyl Sound Buffalo by phone or email to purchase the CSIR SUB, pair it with the CS 500W, or compare in-room versus in-wall subwoofer options for your installation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PSB Speakers","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":53576088813875,"sku":null,"price":1599.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":53576088846643,"sku":null,"price":1599.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0873\/0293\/0739\/files\/psb_csir_sub_-_black.png?v=1782796904"}],"url":"https:\/\/vinylsound.com\/collections\/psb-speakers.oembed?page=2","provider":"Vinyl Sound USA","version":"1.0","type":"link"}